Home

Acronis True Image Home 2012

1. A Sct pirttion tnn Click to simplify selection to single partition Destinator Where to store p O My decane The backup file will be stored in this location Schedule Off Tun on Backup scheme Version chan Beckup name My gettonm Disk backup options L 4 Click to configure j Duk backup optom additional settings Backup name box Schedule and Back up now Type a name for the backup scheme button Allows you to keep your Click when all settings backup up to date and are configured optimize backup strategy The steps below describe how to configure a backup using most of the available image backup settings 1 Select a partition to back up by selecting the corresponding check box If you want to back up more than one partition click Multiple partition selection If the disk has several partitions and you want to back up the whole disk click Switch to disk mode in the upper right corner and then select the disk s check box To return to the partition selection click Switch to partition mode 2 Select a destination for backup you can leave the default destination when it suits you or browse for a destination after clicking the down arrow to the right of the current destination and selecting Browse When the backup destination is any removable media USB stick BD DVD the Make this media bootable check box becomes selectable Selecting the check box results in creating a bootab
2. Acronis Inc 2000 2012 Close the Plugins window and click the Build button to start the building process If you want the image to be burned to CD select the Burn to CD option and choose the necessary burner in the Device menu After the image is created burn it to CD or DVD If you did not check the Burn to CD option at the previous step After booting from the CD DVD you can find the Acronis True Image Home 2012 plug in in Go System Storage Adding drivers BartPE supports adding two types of drivers storage drivers and network drivers For instructions on how to add drivers refer to PE builder driver help at http www nu2 nu pebuilder help english drivers htm There is also an option to add storage drivers for RAID or SCSI devices during BartPE boot up You need to press F6 and point to the diskette with the drivers Common storage drivers are available at http nu2 nu pebuilder drivers When you boot from the newly created BartPE media Acronis True Image Home 2012 can be found here Go gt System gt Storage gt Acronis True Image Home 2012 8 2 3 Creating WinPE based rescue media To create a WinPE based rescue media you need to purchase and install Acronis True Image Home 2012 Plus Pack Acronis Plug in for WinPE can be added to WinPE distributions based on any of the following kernels Windows Vista PE 2 0 also suitable for Windows XP SP2 with KB926044 or later Windows Vista
3. eese eene 175 Acronis Secure Zone SUMIMALY ccccccecececececececececececececececeeeeeseseceeeeess 178 8 3 1 Acronis Secure Zone The Acronis Secure Zone is a secure partition that lets you keep backups on a managed machine disk space This lets you recover a disk where the disk backup resides When you create an Acronis Secure Zone an icon appears under My Computer in the Other section Double clicking on the Acronis Secure Zone icon opens the Secure Zone and you can view all the backups it contains You can also open the Secure Zone by right clicking on its icon and choosing Open in the shortcut menu Double clicking on a backup icon shows all backup versions full incremental differential contained in that backup Right clicking on a specific backup version opens the shortcut menu allowing you to choose a desired operation For example you can choose explore mount for image backups recover validate update remove the backup and view the backup s details If Acronis Secure Zone is password protected any operation except viewing backup details will require entering the password Double clicking on a backup will open the backup The shortcut menu that appears after right clicking on the Acronis Secure Zone icon has two more items Open and Create Shortcut for placing it on the Desktop The Acronis Secure Zone is available as a location to store backup files as long as it has free space If there is not enough s
4. 33 Copyright Acronis Inc 2000 2012 These menu items allow you to use the main program features tools and utilities without starting Acronis True Image Home 2012 The Acronis True Image Home 2012 button on the Windows taskbar becomes much more informative and functional Its shortcut menu gets additional items You can use the shortcut menu to start Acronis Nonstop Backup and Online Backup In addition the button shows the progress and result of Acronis True Image Home 2012 operations 1 4 7 1 Integration settings You can select the Acronis components that should be integrated into Windows Acronis console in Windows Control Panel available for Windows 7 users only Select this item to replace Windows Backup with Acronis console in the Windows Control Panel In such a case you will be able to manage your backups without running Acronis True Image Home 2012 The Acronis Recovery tab in the Properties window Select this item to add the Acronis Recovery tab to the Properties window To open the window in Windows Explorer right click the required file or folder and then click Properties The Acronis Recovery tab allows you to view and recover versions of the selected file or folder If you rename a file or folder protected by Acronis Nonstop Backup or included into a regular backup the versions of the renamed item on the Acronis Recovery tab will disappear They may reappear after certain time Shortcut me
5. Eea Flacoyary wizard 3 Recovery Wizard Partition Fla Capa Free S Type Disk 1 Settings of Partition C Einish P LS NTFS System disk D Pri 15 9GB 7 755 GB NTFS Disk2 LA NTFS Backups E Pri 16GB 12 05 GB NTFS Disk3 Unallocated Unallocated Caneel Optional steps Options 89 Copyright Acronis Inc 2000 2012 10 11 12 Click Accept check the partition type change if necessary The system partition must be primary Specify the partition size which by default equals the original size Usually there is no free space after the partition so allocate all the unallocated space on the new disk to the second partition Click Accept and then click Next r A Flacovery Wizard lalz G Recovery Wizard Regui Specify recover settings of Partition C Partition location required Paritign Size o g You can change the size of the partition Settings of Partition C Finish SE 4 B Used space Free space Unallocated space Partition size 249 gt GB Free space before 0 MB Free space after 0 MB e Optional steps Carefully read the summary of operations to be performed and then click Proceed In the case being described recovery of the System Reserved partition steps 10 12 are optional You need to perform them when recovering a hidden partition created by the PC ma
6. V Create a reserve copy of my backups DANew project Eo Removable media settings v ij Backup comment v diy Error handling Y e File level security settings Y Computer shutdown v G Windows account Y 7 Save the settings as default 7 wv Reset to initial settings OK Cancel 4 Finish configuring your backup as usual 5 Click Back up now Please be aware that built in support of zip files in Windows does not cover operations with multivolume zip archives and zip archives exceeding 4GB in size or which contain files of more than 4 GB each Also remember that CD DVDs are not supported as locations for reserve copies 3 8 Backup to various places Acronis True Image Home 2012 offers you flexibility in choosing destinations for your backups You can save full incremental and differential backup versions to different places including a network share CD DVD USB stick as well as any local internal or external hard drive You can save backup versions to different destinations by changing the backup destination when editing the settings of a selected backup For example after you save the initial full backup to an external USB hard drive you can change the backup destination to a USB stick by editing the backup settings The subsequent incremental or differential backups will be written to the USB stick You cannot use Acronis Secure Zone as one of the places for storing a part of backup versions belonging
7. Acronis True Image Home 2012 Update 2 User s Guide Copyright Acronis Inc 2002 2012 All rights reserved Acronis Acronis Compute with Confidence Acronis Recovery Manager Acronis Secure Zone Acronis True Image Acronis Try amp Decide and the Acronis logo are trademarks of Acronis Inc Linux is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds VMware and VMware Ready are trademarks and or registered trademarks of VMware Inc in the United States and or other jurisdictions Windows and MS DOS are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation All other trademarks and copyrights referred to are the property of their respective owners Distribution of substantively modified versions of this document is prohibited without the explicit permission of the copyright holder Distribution of this work or derivative work in any standard paper book form for commercial purposes is prohibited unless prior permission is obtained from the copyright holder DOCUMENTATION IS PROVIDED AS IS AND ALL EXPRESS OR IMPLIED CONDITIONS REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON INFRINGEMENT ARE DISCLAIMED EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THAT SUCH DISCLAIMERS ARE HELD TO BE LEGALLY INVALID Third party code may be provided with the Software and or Service The license terms for such third parties are detailed in the license txt file located in the root installation direc
8. Import backup settings Export backup settings Backup conversion Convert an Acronis backup to a Windows backup and vice versa Acronis backup conversion Windows backup conversion Tools and utilities E Clone disk Copy partitions from one disk to another S Security and privacy Z System Clean up Destroy your computer usage history Acronis DriveCleanser Permanently destroy all data on your old partitions or whole disks File Shredder Guaranteed destruction of your files and folders Disk management Add new disk Create partitions on your new hard disk drive to be able to use itin Windows Acronis Extended Capacity Manager Use your more than 2TB capacity hard drive even if your OS does not support it View current state of your disks Image mounting This tool allows you to access an image as an ordinary disk Mount image Unmount image 1 4 5 Wizards and notification area icons When you use the available Acronis True Image Home 2012 tools and utilities the program will in many cases employ wizards to guide you through the operations Wizards have a sidebar listing all the steps both required and optional needed for completing the operation For example see the Manage Acronis Secure Zone wizard screen shot below a Manage Acronis Secure Zone Wizard Eea G Manage Acronis Secure Zone Wizard Required steps Su mmary Space allocation Location Disk 3 Size 5 426 GB Finish
9. See more details in How to sync two local folders p 115 Steps to perform on your computer 1 Start Acronis True Image Home 2012 2 Make sure that the USB drive is attached to your computer 3 Onthe Data synchronization tab specify your Acronis account credentials if necessary and click New sync Select a sync folder on your hard drive and then click Next 5 Select Local folder as an object with which you want to synchronize your data and then click Next 6 Select a sync folder on your USB drive 7 Click Sync now and wait for the progress completion Hint If you want your USB drive to have a regularly updated copy of a local folder create an empty folder on the USB drive in advance and select it afterwards as the sync folder Hint Keep your USB drive attached while working with the sync folder on your computer Firstly you will not forget to sync your files at the end of your work secondly Acronis True Image Home 2012 will process data changes gradually and quickly 2 Synchronization My computer 1 My computer 2 Popular cases You want to sync your documents between your home computer and work computer via the Internet You want to sync your photos music videos between your home notebook and home desktop computer via your home network It does not matter which of your computers is computer 1 and which is computer 2 You can start from any of your computers See more details in How
10. Show software updates if this item is selected the time line shows icons that indicate updates of Windows and programs installed on your computer Show warnings if this item is selected the time line shows all the backup versions that have been suspended or completed with warning messages selected by default Show errors if this item is selected the time line shows failed backup versions and backup versions that have completed with errors 1 4 7 Integration with Windows During installation Acronis True Image Home 2012 provides closer integration with Windows Such merging allows you to get the most out of your computer The new user friendly interface makes starting backup and recovery much faster Integration adds Acronis True Image Home 2012 items to the Windows Start menu changes the properties of the Acronis True Image Home 2012 button on the taskbar and adds the ability to configure and perform Acronis True Image Home 2012 operations using Windows 7 Control Panel The most significant changes occur in the System and Security category of Windows 7 Control Panel Acronis True Image Home 2012 replaces Windows Backup in the Backup and Restore item If you first installed Acronis True Image Home 2012 without performing backups the Backup and Restore window allows you to create a system partition backup eJ GOU gt Control Panel System and Security Backup and Restore X Search Backup and Restore Contr
11. Acronis DriveCleanser e e J 2s e Acronis DriveCleanser Required steps Select drives and partitions with data to erase Source selection V Algorithm selectio ul 5 16GB S C 3 15 96 GB NTFS Finish Optional steps Post wiping actions oO Primary Logical Dynamic oO Acronis Secure Zone Unallocated Unsupported Pos wiping acnons e rz Net Cancel Be careful because clicking OK in this warning window and then Proceed in the Summary window will result in wiping the system partition containing your Windows operating system 8 7 1 2 X Algorithm selection Acronis DriveCleanser utilizes a number of the most popular data destruction algorithms Select the desired algorithm from the drop down list The data destruction methods are described in detail in Hard Disk Wiping Methods p 209 of this guide Acronis DriveCleanser co mcm Go Acronis DriveCleanser z Algorithm selection ee To specify a data destruction method select a predefined method from the list A description of the selected Algorithm selection algorithm appears below the list To create and use your own algorithm select Custom To use a previously defined and saved custom method select Load from file Finish m Description Navy Staff Office Publication NAVSO Pub 5239 Information System Security INFOSEC Program Guidelines is issued by the Naval Informatio Systems
12. At that point all changes will be lost 7 5 3 Stopping the Try mode When you decide to turn the mode off click the Try amp Decide icon in the Try amp Decide window Select Apply changes if you want to keep the changes made to the system Select Apply changes with reboot if you want to speed up the applying process When you click the button Try amp Decide restarts your computer and applies the changes during the reboot Select Discard changes if you want to return your system to the state it was in prior to turning on the Try mode If you have chosen Discard Changes and rebooted the computer with multiple operating systems installed you won t be able to boot other operating systems except the one used for working in the Try mode A second reboot will recover the original MBR and make other operating systems bootable 7 5 4 Try amp Decide options and notifications To view or edit the default options of the Try amp Decide feature select the Tools and Utilities tab and then click Try amp Decide The options and notifications will be displayed in the corresponding areas of the Try amp Decide window You can change the following Try amp Decide options and notifications Protected partitions specify the partitions you want to protect from unauthorized changes during a Try amp Decide session By default Try amp Decide protects the system partition Disk C though you may add other partitions or disks in your system
13. If the program finds two disks one partitioned and another unpartitioned it will automatically recognize the partitioned disk as the source disk and the unpartitioned disk as the destination disk In such case the next steps will be bypassed and you will be taken to the cloning Summary screen 180 Copyright O Acronis Inc 2000 2012 8 4 4 Selecting a source disk You can determine the source and destination using the information provided in this window disk number capacity label partition and file system information If the program finds several partitioned disks it will ask you which is the source i e the older data disk M Clone Disk Wizard ce e ms G Clone Disk Wizard ope CHES ES Select the source hard disk from the list below Y Clone Mode Source Disk fa TERREA Drive Capacity Model Interface e LI 16 GB VMware VMware Virtual S 1 0 SCSI Disk 2 16 GB VMware VMware Virtual S 1 0 SCSI Disk3 16 GB VMware VMware Virtual S 1 0 SCSI b 16GB S C U 3 15 96 GB NTFS m oO Primary Logical Dynamic Acronis Secure Zone Unallocated Unsupported Acronis True Image Home 2012 does not support cloning of dynamic disks Select the source disk and click Next to continue Viewing disk and partition information Eil Columns selects the columns to display You can change the width of a column by dragging its borders with the mouse Disk prope
14. News Folders User Settings Address Book For Microsoft Outlook Express m Mail Folders Address Book select Windows Address Book Acronis True Image Home 2012 provides backup of IMAP Internet Messages Access Protocol mail folders for Microsoft Outlook This means that you can back up folders stored on a mail server For Microsoft Outlook Express and Windows Mail only backup of local e mail folders is available Take note that Acronis True Image Home 2012 does not support Unicode characters in the items backed up using the E mail backup type To back up your E mail 1 Onthe Backup and recovery tab click Other backups and then select Mail backup This will open the E mail Backup window 2 Selectthe mail items you want to back up in the What to back up area The right side will show the item contents with all subitems selected There you can unselect the subitems you do not need to back up if any 3 Select a destination for backup you can leave the default destination or browse for a destination after clicking the down arrow to the right of the current destination and selecting Browse 4 The program will assign a default name to the backup but if you would like to assign another name type the name in the Backup name field 5 Click the Back up now button if you want to run backup immediately You can also delay the start of backup for up to 6 hours by clicking the down arrow to the right of this button and selectin
15. On the created sync box click the gear icon to open the Settings menu and then select Invite collaborators 9 Inthe opened window type e mail addresses of the users who you want to invite and click Send You can also create a new sync by using Windows Explorer To do this right click the folder that you want to synchronize and then click Sync this folder Steps to perform on computer 2 Find and open the e mail message sent from computer 1 To join the sync click the link in the message and then click Accept invitation Yow will be redirected to your Acronis account in your browser On the Synchronization tab specify your Acronis account credentials and then click Log in Start Acronis True Image Home 2012 Og en RO Find the required sync box and click Join this sync If the sync is password protected specify the password 7 Inthe Browse for Sync Folder window select the folder that you want to synchronize and click Sync now Sync between three or more computers If you create a sync between three or more computers on computer 1 invite to sync your friend who owns computer 3 Type your friend s e mail address The computer s owner will need to perform on computer 3 the steps listed for computer 2 The algorithm is similar for computer 4 computer 5 and so on In other words to sync with a new computer send a new invitation to its owner When the owner accepts your invitation the sync is established 5 4
16. This tool is available for Windows 7 Ultimate Enterprise editions only Backup settings transfer Import backup settings Allows you to get backup settings from another computer Export backup settings Allows you to copy the settings of your backups and move them to another computer Backup conversion Acronis backup conversion Use the feature to convert a backup file format from tib to vhd The vhd files can be used for example in Windows Vista and Windows 7 operating systems for mounting disk images without using Acronis True Image Home 2012 Windows backup conversion Use the feature to convert a backup file format from vhd to tib The latter is the native file format of Acronis backups Clone disk Use Clone disk wizard if you need to clone your hard disk drive by copying the partitions to another hard disk Security and privacy Acronis DriveCleanser Acronis DriveCleanser utility provides for secure destruction of data on your hard disk File Shredder With the File Shredder you can quickly select unnecessary files and folders and destroy them permanently System Clean up With the System Clean up utility you can clean up components folders files registry sections etc related to general system tasks These Windows components retain evidence of user PC activity so they too should be thoroughly wiped to maintain confidentiality Disk management Add new disk Add new disk wizard helps you to add a new
17. that contains that file Data types You can synchronize the following data files your photos music videos documents etc except those listed below Only the native FAT32 and NTFS file attributes are synchronized If the synced folders belong to different file systems the program synchronizes only the attributes supported by the both file systems Other folders inside the sync folder that is sync subfolders and their content You cannot synchronize the following data Disks and partitions System files and folders Hidden files and folders Temporary files and folders m System registry Databases Data of e mail programs including Microsoft Outlook and others Other data that cannot be represented as separate files or folders for example contacts from your address book 5 3 Sync icons While working with syncs you will see special icons The icons give you the following information Type and current state of your syncs the icons are shown on sync boxes and in the notification area Current state of synced files and folders the icons are shown in Acronis Time Explorer and Windows Explorer Sync boxes Sync type icons J Sync within one computer p 115 including sync with removable and remote storage devices Synchronization between computers with the same account for example between your home computers See details in How to sync data between your computers p 110
18. type a password and click the Save icon G 3 Create New Sync Select an object to sync with eh v Other computers and online storage n ith other computers locally o a the Internet Set password V Local folder Syr itt t jer t compute B drive NAS et Next Cancel Select on the directory tree the second local folder that you want to synchronize Click Sync now and wait for the progress completion On the created sync box click Settings and select Invite collaborators In the opened window type e mail addresses of the users who you want to invite and click Send You can also create a new sync using Windows Explorer To do this right click the folder that you want to synchronize and then click Sync this folder Steps to perform on computer 2 Ur es Find and open the e mail message sent from computer 1 To join the sync click the link in the message and then click Accept invitation Start Acronis True Image Home 2012 On the Synchronization tab specify your Acronis account credentials and then click Log in Find the required sync box and click Join this sync Jjfthe sync is password protected specify the password In the Browse for Sync Folder window select the folder that you want to synchronize and click Sync now 5 5 Versions of synchronized files Acronis True Image Home 2012 gives you an opportunity to undo the changes that were made to your files as a result of synch
19. volumes partitions and disks The only condition your operating system must be able to see the hard drive you want to back up Development of the EFI specification ceased in favor of UEFI Unified EFI in 2005 though EFI is still often used to refer to UEFI Improved log The new log contains much more detailed information concerning operations of Acronis True Image Home 2012 and allows you to track the operation history A calendar makes navigation through logs much easier Deeper integration with Windows 7 A shortcut menu for the Acronis True Image Home 2012 icon on the Windows taskbar is added This menu allows you to easily run online backup and Acronis Nonstop Backup In addition to the ability to back up Windows categories and libraries now you can recover them the same way as categories and libraries and not only as a set of separate files and folders Large capacity hard drive support Now Acronis True Image Home 2012 supports hard drives larger than 2TB even on operating systems that originally do not support such hardware for example 32 bit versions of Windows XP You can use both internal and external USB large hard drives E book file category Along with other file categories such as images music etc now you can use a new category namely electronic books The program collects from your computer all files of popular e book formats and allows you to easily back up and recover them all at once
20. without quotes and click OK WWW ACRONIS CON nm Acronis True Image Home Full version Sota Enter Linux kernel command line quiet vga asH cancer Acronis True image Home 2012 You can turn on MouseKeys to control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad Press left ALT left SHIFT NUM LOCK or CTRL M or F10 and control the pointer using the numeric keypad keys o Turn Off Computer To start click a task 3 Select Acronis True Image Home 2012 Full version in the boot menu to continue booting from the rescue media To see the available video modes press the Enter key when the appropriate message appears 4 Choose a video mode you think best suitable for your monitor and type its number in the command line For instance typing 338 selects video mode 1600x1200x16 see the below figure 333 1624x768x16 VESA 334 1152x864x16 VESA 1288x968x16 VESA 336 1288x1824x16 337 5 VES 1688x12880x16 VESA 339 1792x1344x16 33A 3 U 1926x1446x16 VESA 33C gt Bx32 330 33F 32 348 342 5 x3 343 345 346 348 1856 gt K nS 349 34B 1366x gt 34C f 34E 16808x1858x16 34F 2 19280x1288x8 351 1928x1288x16 UE 352 2 2U 1 2648x1536x8 354 2 536x gt 355 2 x z AN 320x248x8 357 gt 358 Z lt 488x388x8 35A lt lt 16 35B 3 S 512x384x8 35D E X 35E 512x384x 854x488x8 368 361 854x488x32 i 363 364 1288x7280x32 366 3 j 367 1928x1888x32 UESR 369 12 2 36A 1288x888x32 VESA 36C 1446x966x16 36D 1446x966 VESA 36F 72
21. 1 3 Sync conflict resolution A sync conflict may happen only between two or more computers when you synchronize data with another user your relative friend or colleague For example you and your friend work with the same file located in your sync folders Both of you have changed it and simultaneously saved the changes This is a sync conflict because Acronis True Image Home 2012 must process within one sync operation two changes of the file yours and your friend s and not one as in an ordinary case This conflict will be resolved by renaming the file which is saved earlier than another one As a result you and your friend have in your sync folders two files One of them has the original file name The name of the other one consists of the original file name the name of the computer where it was changed and the time when it was saved Example of file renaming You and your friend work with file file_name doc on the 15 th of April 2011 You saved your changes at 10 04 and your friend saved his changes at 10 06 After synchronization your folders contain the following files file_name doc the file with your friend s changes file name your computer name 15 04 2011 10 04 doc the file with your changes A sync conflict occurs every time when you and your friend simultaneously create save rename or delete files or subfolders inside the sync folders There are many different variants of the conflicts but only one of them leads t
22. 100 2 GB used FAT32 E FAT 32 7 C 0 1 GB of 87 3 GB used _ FAT16 F FAT 16 i 0 1 GB of 1 5 GB used Local Disk G Nor i m 1 8 GB of 1 8 GB used Estimated bac kup size 9 2 GB Destination z A NTI T 186 45 GB of 186 54 GB free Backup name My System Add comment amp Nonstop backup options Start now Cancel 2 Click Switch to partition mode in the upper right hand corner of the Nonstop Backup window The partitions that exist on the local hard disks will appear in the What to back up area Select the system partition by selecting the appropriate check box 3 Select a destination for nonstop backup you can leave the default destination or browse for a destination after clicking on the current destination and selecting a suitable destination from the dropdown list You cannot select the partition to be protected as the destination for Nonstop Backup storage 4 The nonstop backup will get a default name but if you would like to assign another name type the name in the Backup name field 5 Click the Start now button to start protecting the selected partition s immediately Nonstop Backup and Try amp Decide cannot work simultaneously If you click the Start now button when the Try mode is turned on the program will display a message that Nonstop Backup cannot start while you are working in the Try mode To start Nonstop Backup you will need to finish a Try amp Decide session You can exc
23. 2TB This support is provided even if the operating system does not have support for such hardware For more information see Acronis Extended Capacity Manager p 191 An FTP server must allow passive mode file transfers For data to be recovered directly from an FTP server the backup must consist of files no greater than 2GB each The firewall settings of the source computer should have Ports 20 and 21 opened for the TPC and UDP protocols to function The Routing and Remote Access Windows service should be disabled Burned rewritable discs cannot be read in Linux without a kernel patch 1 1 0 Technical Support Maintenance and Support Program If you need assistance with your Acronis product please go to http www acronis com support Product Updates You can download the latest updates for all your registered Acronis software products from our website at any time after logging into your Account https www acronis com my and registering the product See Registering Acronis Products at the Website http kb acronis com content 4834 and Acronis Website User Guide http kb acronis com content 8128 1 1 7 Trial version information The trial version of Acronis True Image Home 2012 will work only during the trial period of 30 days It has the following limitations Disk cloning is disabled Acronis True Image Home 2012 Plus Pack is not available Only recovering is available when booting from an Acronis Bootable M
24. Acronis Each description features the number of hard disk sector passes along with the number s written to each sector byte The description of built in information wiping methods United States Department of Defense 5220 22 M United States NAVSO P 5239 26 RLL 1 pass randomly selected symbols to each byte of each sector 2 complementary to written during the q pass 3 random symbols again 4 writing verification 1 pass 0x01 to all sectors 2 Ox27FFFFFF 3 random symbol sequences 4 verification 1 6 alternate sequences of 0x00 and OxFF 7 OxAA i e 0x00 OxFF 0x00 OxFF 0x00 OxFF OxAA German VSITR Russian GOST P50739 95 1 Logical zeros 0x00 numbers to each byte of each sector for 6 to 4 secu rity level systems Randomly selected symbols numbers to each byte of each sector for 3 to 1 security level systems Peter Gutmann s method Peter Gutmann s method is very sophisticated It s based on his theory of hard disk information wiping see Secure Deletion of Data from Magnetic and Solid State Memory Bruce Schneier s method Bruce Schneier offers a seven pass overwriting method in his Applied Cryptography book 1 pass a 3 United States NAVSO P 5239 4 1 pass 0x01 to all sectors 2 Ox7FFFFFFF 3 26 MFM random symbol sequences 4 verification a 35 7 1 5 7 No Algorithm writing method Passes Record OxFF gm
25. Acronis Startup Recovery Manager at boot time prepare as follows 1 Install Acronis True Image Home 2012 2 Activate Acronis Startup Recovery Manager Acronis Startup Recovery Manager mem MX Acronis Startup Recovery Manager Acronis Startup Recovery Manager allows you to recover your computer at boot time before the operating system starts gt Activate If F11 is pressed at boot time Acronis True Image will be run e Cancel When Acronis Startup Recovery Manager is activated it overwrites the master boot record MBR with its own boot code If you have any third party boot managers installed you will need to reactivate them after the Startup Recovery Manager has been activated For Linux loaders e g LiLo and GRUB you might consider installing them to a Linux root or boot partition boot record instead of MBR before activating Acronis Startup Recovery Manager If a failure occurs turn on the computer and press F11 when you see the Press F11 for Acronis Startup Recovery Manager message This will start a standalone version of Acronis True Image Home 2012 that differs only slightly from the complete version 8 2 Creating bootable rescue media Inthis section Acronis Media Builder eesessseeeeseeeeeeeeee enne 161 Creating BartPE disc with Acronis True Image Home 2012 166 Creating WinPE based rescue media eee 168 8 2 1 Acronis Medi
26. Back up now gt Cancel To set a filter select its type Only the following file types or All data except the following file types You can add file types for the selected filter by entering their extensions in the appropriate field one at a time and then clicking Add The added file types appear in the window below 3 4 2 Support for Zip format If you use the zip format instead of the tib format you will be able to retrieve files from backups anywhere without Acronis True Image Home 2012 For example you can back up files to a USB stick at the office and retrieve those backed up files on your notebook at home without installing Acronis True Image Home 2012 This is true because the most widely used operating systems Microsoft Windows and Mac OS X have built in support of the zip file format Please note that built in support of zip files in Windows does not cover operations with multivolume zip archives and zip backups exceeding 4GB in size or which contain files of more than 4GB each So if file size of your zip backup exceeds 4GB you will not be able to recover files from that backup without using Acronis True Image Home 2012 The Zip format is available when backing up files folders or when making reserve copies of your backups Acronis True Image Home 2012 gives the zip format most of the functionality available for the tib format You can schedule backups validate zip backups recover files and folders from zip bac
27. Click Proceed to start the bootable media creation process Use the sidebar on the left to navigate through the wizard s steps for revision To cancel operation and quit Acronis Media Builder click Cancel After you create a boot disc mark it and keep it in a safe place Please keep in mind that the backups created by the later program version may be incompatible with the previous program versions Due to this reason we strongly recommend that you create a new bootable media after each Acronis True Image Home 2012 upgrade One more thing you should remember when booting from the rescue media and using a standalone version of Acronis True Image Home 2012 you cannot recover files and folders encrypted with use of the encryption feature available in Windows XP and later operating systems For more information see File level security settings for backup p 68 On the other hand backups encrypted using the Acronis True Image Home 2012 encryption feature can be recovered 8 2 1 6 How to create a bootable USB flash drive You can create a bootable USB flash drive containing a standalone Acronis True Image Home 2012 This may be handy for example if your notebook does not have an internal CD DVD drive You will need a USB flash drive with a capacity of 256 MB or more The drive must be formatted in FAT16 or FAT32 file system To create a bootable USB flash drive attach the drive to a USB port Start Acronis Media Builder and then select th
28. Disk Recovery Arma md Recovering Partition D v Switch to disk mode aS System Reserved NTF System Reserved are Virtual 1 E Partition properties Disk 2 VMware VMware Virtual S 1 0 ug as new VONIME 9 ITFS New Volume D 7 i6GB Partition properties Hide MBR gP Disk recovery options Recover now Cancel 1 Select the corresponding check box of the partition to recover If you backed up an entire disk you can choose to recover the entire disk at once by clicking Switch to disk mode To be able to select partitions again click Switch to partition mode 2 Inthe recovery destination field below the partition name select the destination partition Those partitions where the partition to be recovered can fit are marked by black lettering Unsuitable partitions are marked by red lettering Note that all data on the destination partition will be lost because it is replaced by the recovered data and file system To recover an image to the source partition without resizing at least 596 of free space is required on the partition Otherwise the Recover now button will be unavailable 3 After you finish with your selections click Recover now to start recovery Sometimes you need to recover the MBR Master Boot Record For instance it may be necessary when Windows does not boot after recovery To recover the MBR either together with the partition or individually click Show MBR and then select
29. GB NTFS 12 05 GB NTFS 24 91 GB NTFS Coana 7 Clicking Accept returns you to the Settings of partition 1 1 screen Check the partition type and change it if necessary You should remember that the System Reserved partition must be 88 primary and marked as active Copyright Acronis Inc 2000 2012 8 Proceed to specifying the partition size by clicking Change default in the Partition size area By default the partition occupies the entire new disk You need to keep the hidden partition size unchanged and place it in the same location on the disk at the start or the end of disk space To do this resize and relocate the partition by dragging it or its borders with a mouse on the horizontal bar on the screen Or you can enter corresponding values into the appropriate fields Partition size Free space before Free space after Click Accept when the partition has the required size and location and then click Next ee F acouart Wizard Q3 Recovery Wizard Specify recover settings of Partition 1 1 Partition location required E Used space Free space Unallocated space Partition size 106 Ej Me Free space before 1 E MB Free space after 249 gt GB v Specify the settings for the second partition which in this case is your system partition Click New location and then select unallocated space on the destination disk that will receive the partition
30. Home 2012 can copy data using a sector by sector approach The Ext2 Ext3 Ext4 ReiserFS and Linux SWAP file systems are supported only for disk or partition backup recovery operations You cannot use Acronis True Image Home 2012 for file level operations with these file systems file backup recovery search as well as image mounting and file recovering from images You also cannot perform backups to disks or partitions with these file systems 1 1 5 4 Supported storage media Hard disk drives Solid State Drives SSD Networked storage devices FTP servers CD R RW DVD R RW DVD R including double layer DVD R DVD RW DVD RAM BD R BD RE USB 1 1 2 0 3 0 FireWire IEEE 1394 and PC card storage devices REV and other removable media Acronis True Image Home 2012 does not support the following dynamic volume types Mirrored and RAID 5 There are some additional limitations on operations with dynamic and GPT disks To perform operations with dynamic disks you need separately purchased Acronis True Image Home 2012 Plus Pack Creation of Acronis Secure Zone on dynamic disks is not supported Recovery of a dynamic volume as a dynamic volume with manual resizing is not supported Try amp Decide cannot be used for protecting dynamic and GPT disks Clone disk operation is not supported for dynamic disks Acronis True Image Home 2012 supports large hard disk drives with a capacity of more than
31. Image Home Full version If your wireless mouse does not work try to replace it with a wired one The same recommendation applies to the keyboard If you do not have a spare mouse or keyboard contact Acronis Support They will build a custom rescue CD that will have drivers for your models of the mouse and keyboard Please be aware that finding the appropriate drivers and making the custom rescue CD may take some time Furthermore this may be impossible for some models amp Acronis True Image Home Full version e Acronis System Report y 9 Windows Acronis True Image Home 2012 You can turn on MouseKeys to control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad Press left ALT left SHIFT NUM LOCK or CTRL 4M or F10 and control the pointer using the numeric keypad keys Includes USBIPC Card SCSl hard disks 4 When the program starts we recommend you try recovering some files from your backup A test recovery allows you to make sure that your rescue CD can be used for recovery In addition you will check that the program detects all the hard drives you have in your system 139 Copyright Acronis Inc 2000 2012 If you have a spare hard drive we strongly recommend you to try a test recovery of your system partition to this hard drive How to test recovery as well as check the drives and network adapter 1 If you have file backups start Recovery Wizard by clicking Recovery File Recove
32. Management Center Disk controllers use a variety of encoding techniques to convert the computerdata to a format suitable for the magnetic data storage media Typically ST506 style disk drives use Modified Frequency Modulation MFM encoding SCSI and ATA IDE drives use a Run Length Limite RLL encoding scheme If you are uncertain as to the drive encodin technique use this pattern Optional steps Post wiping actions lies After you select an algorithm Acronis DriveCleanser will perform all the actions necessary to destroy the contents of the selected partition or disk After this is done you will see a message indicating successful data destruction 196 Copyright O Acronis Inc 2000 2012 Acronis DriveCleanser offers you another useful capability to estimate the results of executing a data destruction algorithm on a hard disk or partition It features an integrated Disk Editor hard disk browsing tool The aforementioned algorithms offer various levels of confidential data destruction Thus the picture you might see on a disk or partition depends on the data destruction algorithm But what you actually see are disk sectors filled with either zeros or random symbols Creating custom algorithms of data destruction Acronis DriveCleanser gives you the opportunity to create your own algorithms for wiping hard disks Although the software includes several levels of data destruction you can choose to create your own
33. My backups area This operation also turns off the scheduling of the removed backup if a schedule was set but it does not delete the backup files Clean up available for Nonstop Backup only opens the Cleanup dialog box where you can delete the backup versions you no longer need The backup chain will not be corrupted In case of Nonstop Backup and Online backup the Operations menu will have less items The Operations menu of backups created on another computer and added to the backup list without importing the backup settings will also have less items 1 4 2 1 Backup and recovery toolbar The toolbar at the top of the Backup and recovery tab contains the most frequently used commands for creating new backups managing the backup list validating backups etc Disk and partition backup This feature allows you to protect your computer by creating backups of your partitions including the system one and whole disks Online Backup This feature allows you to store your data in the secure online storage which is accessible via the Internet If the backup list already includes an online backup this item changes to Edit Online Backup settings because you can run only one online backup at a time File backup This feature allows you to back up your files and folders Other backups E mail backup This feature allows you to back up your e mail messages and settings Nonstop Backup This feature continuously protects your parti
34. MyBackup 7 Add comment Backup name Estimated backup size eles Size slculating ca Back up now File backup options Cancel Let s consider how to use this backup type for backing up a folder 1 Select the folder on the directory tree in the What to back up area The right side will show the folder contents with all the files and subfolders selected There you can unselect the files you do not need to back up if any 2 Select a destination for backup you can leave the default destination or browse for a destination after clicking the down arrow to the right of the current destination and selecting Browse 3 By default the program will assign the name of the folder to be backed up to the backup but if you would like to assign another name type the name in the Backup name field You can also add useful information to the backup name To do so click the down arrow to the right of the destination and click Browse Select the items you want to add in the right field of the File name line add date the backup creation date will be added add time the backup creation time will be added add user name the current user name will be added add machine name the computer name will be added add task name the name of the task that includes the backup will be added add task run number the sequence number of the task run will be added 4 Click the Back up now b
35. ODEA FNEL SIA 226 1 Getting started 1 1 Introduction In this section What is Acronis True Image Home 2012 ccccccecessssssseceeeeeeessesssaeeeeess 8 What is Acronis True Image Home 2012 Plus Pack 9 Acronis True Image Home 2012 basic concepts ssscccccceesssessneeeeees 9 New in Acronis True Image Home 2012 eese 11 System requirements and supported media esses 12 Technical SuppOFt cere ot D E E ERRORES 14 Trial version information esses esee ener 14 1 1 1 What is Acronis True Image Home 2012 Acronis True Image Home 2012 is an integrated software suite that ensures the security of all of the information on your PC It can back up the operating system applications settings and all of your data while also securely destroying any confidential data you no longer need With this software you can back up selected files and folders settings and messages of Microsoft e mail clients or even the entire disk drive or selected partitions Online backup will allow you to store your most important files on a remote storage Your data will be protected even if your computer is lost stolen or destroyed Acronis Nonstop Backup continuously saves changes in your system and files as often as every five minutes so you can rollback easily to any point in time if needed Acronis True Image Home 2012 provides you with all the essent
36. Password None V Size The current disk state 16GB New Volume E U 16 00 GB NTFS After le 9 16GB New Volume E ACRONIS SZ 10 57 GB NTFS 5425 GB NTFS O Primary Logical Dynamic V Acronis Secure Zone Unallocated Unsupported Options Proceed f Cancel The completed steps are marked with green checkmarks The green arrow shows the current step After you complete all the required steps and come to the Finish step the program displays the Summary screen Check the summary of the operation to be performed and then click Proceed to start the operation Taskbar notification area icons During most of the operations special indicator icons appear in the Windows taskbar notification area the right portion of the status bar with the clock If you mouse over the icon you will see a tool tip indicating the operation s progress or state Right clicking on the icon opens a shortcut menu where you can change the operation s status or cancel the operation if necessary This icon doesn t depend on the main program window being open It is present for background execution of scheduled backups as well 1 4 6 Acronis Backup Explorer The Acronis Backup Explorer provides you with a wealth of information on your backups backup types backup versions number dates contents backup results etc In addition the Backup Explorer allows you to explore and recover back
37. SP1 PE 2 1 also suitable for Windows XP SP2 with KB926044 or later Windows 7 PE 3 0 To be able to create or modify PE 2 x and 3 0 images you must have Windows Automated Installation Kit AIK installed If you do not have Windows AIK installed on your PC prepare as follows 1 Download and install Windows Automated Installation Kit AIK for Windows Vista and Windows XP with Service Pack 2 or later PE 2 0 http www microsoft com Downloads details aspx familyid C7 D4BC6D 15F3 4284 9123 679830D629F2 amp displaylang en AIK for Windows Vista SP1 PE 2 1 http www microsoft com downloads details aspx FamilyID 94bb6e34 d890 4932 81a5 5b50c657de08 amp DisplayLang en AIK for Windows 7 PE 3 0 http www microsoft com DOWNLOADS details aspx familyid 696DD665 9F76 4177 A811 39C26D3B3B34 amp displaylang en 2 optional Burn the Windows AIK to DVD or copy to a flash drive 3 Install the Microsoft NET Framework v 2 0 from this kit NETFXx86 or NETFXx64 depending on your hardware 4 Install Microsoft Core XML MSXML 6 0 Parser from this kit 5 Install Windows AIK from this kit It is recommended that you familiarize yourself with the help documentation supplied with Windows AIK A good starting point is the Create an image section of Getting Started for IT Professionals white paper To access the document select Microsoft Windows AIK Documentation Getting Started for IT Professionals from the Start m
38. Zone for the backup file being created the program will display a dialog warning you that the zone is full and will require your action The backup is suspended until you take a desired action and this makes unattended backups impossible The dialog opens even when the Do not show messages and dialogs while processing silent mode setting is enabled So it is advisable to select the When not enough space in ASZ delete the oldest backup check box when planning unattended scheduled backups to the Acronis Secure Zone Repeat attempt if a backup fails This option allows you to automatically repeat a backup attempt if the backup fails for some reason You can configure this option by specifying two settings number of attempts and time interval between attempts According to these settings Acronis True Image Home 2012 will try to back up your data until the backup is successfully created But if the error interrupting the backup persists then the backup will not be created 3 11 15 Computer shutdown If you know that the backup process you are configuring may take a long time you may select the Shut down the computer after the backup is complete check box In this case you will not have to wait until the operation completion The program will perform the backup and turn off your computer automatically This option is also useful when you schedule your backups For example you may want to perform backups every weekday in the evening to save
39. a comment already exists you can edit it after clicking Edit Note that by default the comment will be assigned to all versions of the backup You can edit the comment of a specific backup version in Backup Explorer 3 11 13 Screenshot settings Along with backup comments screenshots help you to recognize a previous data state you need to recover Acronis True Image Home 2012 allows you to take screenshots at the moment of starting a disk or partition backup To enable the option select the Take screenshot upon a disk backup start check box The screenshots will be shown in Backup Explorer on the Disks and partitions tab Every screenshot corresponds to its own disk backup version Thus switching between the backup versions on the time line you will see different screenshots and will be able to find the required backup version faster 3 11 14 Error handling When the program encountered an error while performing backup it stops the backup process and displays a message waiting for a response on how to handle the error If you set an error handling policy the program will not stop the backup process and warn you about an error with a message but will simply handle the error according to the set rules and continue working You can set the following error handling policy Do not show messages and dialogs while processing silent mode the preset is disabled You can enable this setting to ignore errors during backup operations This
40. above WIM file creation example with the default path to the newly created WIM file type copy c Program Files Windows AIK Tools PEToo1s x86 AcronisMedia wim c winpe_x86 ISO sources boot wim Users of Windows 7 should type the following command move c Program Files Windows AIK Tools PETools x86 AcronisMedia wim c winpe_x86 ISO sources boot wim 4 Use the Oscdimg tool To create an ISO file type oscdimg n bc winpe_x86 etfsboot com c winpe_x86 ISO c winpe_x86 winpe_x86 iso 5 Burn the ISO to a CD using a third party tool for example Nero and you will have a bootable Windows PE disc with Acronis True Image Home 2012 8 3 Working with Acronis Secure Zone The Acronis Secure Zone is a special partition for storing backups on the same computer that created the backup The current Acronis True Image Home 2012 creates the zone as a FAT32 partition When you click Acronis Secure Zone on the Tools and utilities tab the program searches for the zone on all local drives If the zone is found the wizard will offer to manage it resize change the password or delete it If there is no zone you will be prompted to create it Inthis section Acronis Secure ZONE cotone tchat e Dre nr DO sl pe QW ree e REEE 172 Acronis Secure Zone location ssseseseeeeeeenenenenenenennns 174 Selecting partitions e teet ipe tee te tres RR piv TTE 174 Size of Acronis Secure Zone ripitia aeiae a e iaia 175 Managing Acronis Secure Zone
41. acronis secure Zone 7 Space available Acronis Secure Zone 7 818 GB Next gt Cancel The minimum size is about 50 MB depending on the geometry of the hard disk The maximum size is equal to the disk s unallocated space plus the total free space on all partitions selected at the previous step When creating enlarging the Acronis Secure Zone the program will first use the unallocated space If the unallocated space is not enough to achieve the desired size the selected partitions will be decreased in size Resizing of partitions may require the computer to be rebooted When reducing the size of the Acronis Secure Zone if there is any unallocated space on the hard disk it will be allocated to the selected partitions along with the space freed up from the Acronis Secure Zone Thus no unallocated space will remain on the disk Please keep in mind that reducing a system partition to the minimum size may prevent your operating system from booting up To specify the size of the Acronis Secure Zone Drag the slider to the appropriate position or type an exact value into the Acronis Secure Zone size field 8 3 5 Managing Acronis Secure Zone You can manage the Acronis Secure Zone Increase size p 176 choose this item if you want to increase the size of the Acronis Secure Zone Decrease size p 176 choose this item if you want to decrease the size of the Acronis Secure Zone Remove p 177
42. an image cec eee e Tee eee Te exa ER es eee E depu aUe Tee vede Ta eda TOU 213 8 10 Working with vhd files sessi enne ennemi nnne nena nsns ener n nnns 214 8 10 1 Converting tib images into vhd virtual disks and vice versa ccceseeesesssessesssseescescsecseesesssssessesceeseeaees 214 8 10 2 Recovery using vhd files created by Windows Backup essent nnne 216 8 10 3 Booting from a tib image of your Windows 7 system partition sees 217 8 10 4 Acronis Boot Sequence MANABE S ccsscesccscssscsscssecsecsssssecssececsssssesesecsecsesesesesecuseasceseseseseaeeesenesnsaaes 218 8 11 Importing and exporting backup settings essen 218 9 Troubleshooting sarissa an dose po o osa erae boo ean a Do eo ee aa osa e ao Sosa eua Mosa sean aea n RR aoa enar iDa 220 9 1 Acronis System Report osten Stt tec entities 220 9 2 Acronis Smart Error Reporting saei e a eE a eea a eae aaa ea eE aeeai 220 9 3 General recommendatioris 2 see ege tei esee e esa DNE eg e Pe ET euer addc 222 9 4 Creating a c stom rescue CDs cese e tette bereiten dk dances saec c Si Tenet 223 9 5 VIEWING log in erecto ate dene ee o ralio e EE E 223 9 6 Acronis Customer Experience Program ccccccccccccececececececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeees 225 10 Glossary of Terins uiui secede cddesviced ote uia esae edo sud ALNE S oaa ao puedes Canone dos Fab a eo ON
43. and encryption select a desired compression level and split the backup for example for later burning to DVDs Add comments to the backup if you wish Click Proceed in the Summary window Acronis True Image Home 2012 cannot convert vhd files containing dynamic volumes which were originally located on more than one disk drive striped or spanned on two or more disk drives 8 10 2 Recovery using vhd files created by Windows Backup You may have vhd files if you used the Windows Backup utility included into Windows Vista and Windows 7 for backing up the system hard drive If you purchased Acronis True Image Home 2012 after using Windows Vista or Windows 7 backup utility you can recover your system hard drive from those vhd files using Acronis True Image Home 2012 When you need to recover your system using a vhd backup file proceed as follows 1 Arrange the boot order in BIOS so as to make your rescue media device CD DVD or USB stick the first boot device See Arranging boot order in BIOS p 100 Boot from the rescue media and select Acronis True Image Home After Acronis True Image Home 2012 starts click the My Disks link under Recover on the Welcome screen 4 Choose the vhd backup file to be used for recovery by its creation date When the required vhd backup is not shown click Browse choose Windows Backup Archives vhd in the Files of type field and locate the backup for recovery Even if the required vhd
44. backup is shown on the screen after you choose it Acronis True Image Home 2012 may display the following message Acronis True Image Home 2012 cannot detect volume 1 of Backup_Name archive where Backup_Name is the name of the chosen backup This is because disk letters in the standalone Acronis True Image Home 2012 may differ from those in Windows and the path to this backup stored in the metadata information will point to the wrong location In such case click Browse choose Windows Backup Archives vhd in the Files of type field and locate the backup for recovery At the next step select Recover whole disks and partitions if it is not selected and click Next Select the system partition at the What to recover step Usually you will not need to recover the MBR 7 Then specify the settings of the selected system partition location type primary active and size When recovering the partition to the original location you do not need to make any setting changes 8 Read the Summary of the recovery operations and then click Proceed You can also recover partitions and disks from vhd files while working in Windows This is preferable for recovering data partitions and disks 8 10 3 Booting from a tib image of your Windows 7 system partition As already mentioned users of the Enterprise and Ultimate editions of Windows 7 can boot from tib images of Windows 7 system partition This allows you to test bootability of the backed up sys
45. backup versions created from the beginning of the current year to the month interval The Older interval shows backup versions created from earlier than the beginning of the current year Working with time intervals and backup versions Time intervals may be expanded when the number of backup versions fits onto the time line or folded into a square block When a time interval is expanded the squares representing backup versions may contain a warning or error icon Such an icon indicates that warning s or error s have been written into the Log during version creation If more than one backup version has been created during a day within week month year or older time interval such a date is shown on the time line using a special version pack icon If you hover over a folded block for more than half a second a balloon will show the information about the time interval start its end and the number of backup versions it contains If you hover over a backup version within an expanded time interval a balloon will show more detailed information about the backup version Clicking on a folded block or its name above or below the time line expands the corresponding time interval If the number of backup versions within the time interval is too big to fit onto the time line the horizontal scroll line allows you to navigate through the backup versions within the time interval If you select another folded block and ther
46. backups This may be desirable if you need to transfer the settings to a new PC after installing Acronis True Image Home 2012 on that computer Saving the settings may also be useful if you later decide to upgrade to the next Acronis True Image Home 2012 version Such transfer will make configuring backups on the new PC much easier You only need to export the settings and then import them to the other PC The settings are exported in the form of script files The settings content can be different depending on a backup type In case of classic disk and file type backups the settings consist of the following items list of items for backup backup options backup location Schedule backup scheme automatic clean up rules backup version naming rules The settings of Nonstop Backup are as follows list of items for nonstop protection Nonstop Backup data storage location a list of locations if there are several You cannot import Online Backup settings from one computer to another To export the settings of your existing backups click Tools amp Utilities on the menu bar Then click Export backup settings and browse for the destination to save the script files with the settings To import the settings start Acronis True Image Home 2012 on another computer and click Tools amp Utilities on the menu bar Then click Import backup settings and show the path to the script files with the settings After importi
47. be activated on 1 computer only For the Family Pack edition the limit is 3 computers If during activation Acronis True Image Home 2012 detects that the limit is exceeded it displays an appropriate error message In such a case you can either buy a new serial number or move the license to your new computer from another one on which the product is already activated If you want to move the license perform the following steps To move the license from another computer 1 In the window with the error message click Move license from another computer 2 Onthe opened Web page follow the instructions on the screen To perform this step you need to have Acronis account If you do not have an account yet then create it first You also have to register your serial number if you have not done it Then you need to choose from the list a computer from which you want to move the license Note that on the chosen computer the product will be deactivated 1 4 Program workspace In this section Get started tab creer ar orga aoro ea eadem na Ta erga e 18 Backup and recovery tab sse enne enne nns 19 Synchronization CAD Rm 23 Tools and utilities tab eee eee cssececeesneeeeecaeeeceeueeeceeaeeeeeeaeeeeseaeeeeeeaes 25 Wizards and notification area icons sese 25 Acronis Backup Explorer c cccccccssccessesececeenneeecseaaeeesseaeceeeeaaeeeeseaeeeeeeaas 26 Integration with Windows cceeesesee eene nnne n
48. by a previous Acronis True Image Home 2012 version This item may also appear for backups created on another computer and added to the backup list without importing their settings Without backup settings you will be unable to perform certain operations Specifically you cannot refresh the backup by clicking Back up now Also you cannot edit and clone the backup settings and schedule Validate starts backup validation Delete deletes all backup versions of the current backup at their location Be careful because the deletion cannot be undone Create shortcut creates a shortcut on the Desktop With the shortcut you can run a backup without starting Acronis True Image Home 2012 More opensthe following additional items Consolidate versions you can delete the backup versions you no longer need while maintaining the consistency of the backup Clone settings clones the current backup settings when you need to create several similar backups Clone the backup settings and then introduce the required changes Move click to move all the backup files to another location The subsequent backup versions will be saved to the new location If you change the backup destination by editing the backup settings only new backup versions will be saved to the new location The earlier backup versions will remain in the old location Remove from the list removes the current backup from the backup list shown in the
49. case the backup or validation will run only when you click Back up now or Validate backup respectively in the main window Advanced settings Clicking Advanced settings allows you to specify the following additional settings for backup and validation To postpone a scheduled operation until the next time the computer is not in use a screen saver is displayed or computer is locked select the Run the backup only when the computer is idle check box If you schedule validation the check box will change to Run the validation only when the computer is idle If you want to wake up the sleeping hibernating computer to perform the scheduled operation select the Wake up the sleeping hibernating computer check box If the computer is switched off when the scheduled time comes the operation won t be performed You can force the missed operation to run at the next system startup To do so select the Run at system startup check box Additionally you can set a time delay to start backup after the system startup For example to start backup 20 minutes after system startup type 20 in the appropriate box If you schedule a backup to a USB flash drive or validation of a backup that is located on a USB flash drive one more check box appears Run when the current destination device is attached Selecting the check box will let you perform a missed operation when the USB flash drive is attached if it was disconnected at the scheduled time If you w
50. cccccccccccececececececececececececececececececececeeececeeeeeeecs 194 Fileshredd r 5 uite ene aoro caet Locus cedo eve sts 201 IUe ham 203 Hard Disk Wiping methods ccccecsessececeeecesscsseaeeeeeeeeesseseeaeseeeesenses 209 8 7 1 Acronis DriveCleanser Many operating systems do not provide users with secure data destruction tools so deleted files can be recovered easily by using simple applications Even a complete disk reformat cannot guarantee permanent confidential data destruction Acronis DriveCleanser solves this problem with guaranteed and permanent data destruction on selected hard disks and partitions You can select from a number of data destruction algorithms depending on the importance of your confidential information Be aware that depending on the total size of selected partitions and the selected data destruction algorithm the data destruction may take many hours Working with Acronis DriveCleanser With Acronis DriveCleanser you can perform the following Clean up the selected hard disks or partitions using preset algorithms Create and execute custom user algorithms of hard disk clean up Acronis DriveCleanser is based on a wizard that scripts all hard disk operations so no data destruction is performed until you click Proceed in the wizard s Summary window At any moment you can return to the previous steps to select other disks partitions or data destruction algorithms To permanently des
51. certain Windows processes or check your data for viruses before recovery To specify commands batch files Select a command to be executed before the recovery process starts in the Pre command field To create a new command or select a new batch file click the Edit button Select a command to be executed after the recovery process ends in the Post command field To create a new command or select a new batch file click the Edit button Please do not try to execute interactive commands i e commands that require user input for example pause These are not supported 4 14 1 1 Edit user command for recovery You can specify user commands to be executed before or after recovery nthe Command field type in a command or select it from the list Click to select a batch file Inthe Working directory field type in a path for command execution or select it from the list of previously entered paths Inthe Arguments field enter or select command execution arguments from the list Disabling the Do not perform operations until the command execution is complete parameter enabled by default will permit the recovery process to run concurrently with your command execution The Abort the operation if the user command fails enabled by default parameter will abort the operation if any errors occur in command execution You can test the command you entered by clicking the Test command button 4 14 2 Validation option V
52. chosen files and folders Select files and folders to recover from the original disk backup Next Cancel 6 Select the system partition usually C on the What to recover screen If the system partition has a different letter select the partition using the Flags column It must have the Pri Act flags 71 Copyright O Acronis Inc 2000 2012 In case of Windows 7 the System Reserved partition will have the Pri Act flags You will need to select for recovery both the System Reserved partition and the System partition Select the items to recover Partition Disk 1 v LS NTFS Unlabeled C LJ MBR and Track 0 Flags Pri Act Cap 100 GB UsedSp Type 3 348 GB NTFS MBR and Track Next Ht Cancel 7 Atthe Settings of partition C or the letter of the system partition if it is different step check the default settings and click Next if they are correct Otherwise change the settings as required before clicking Next Changing the settings will be needed when recovering to the new hard disk 78 of a different capacity Copyright O Acronis Inc 2000 2012 8 Carefully read the summary of operations at the Finish step If you have not resized the partition the sizes in the Deleting partition and Recovering partition items must match Having checked the summary click Proceed Facovary Wizard taes G Recovery Wizard R
53. click Next to proceed to the Size of Acronis Secure Zone p 175 step To increase decrease the size of the Acronis Secure Zone Select the partitions from which space will be used to increase the size of the Acronis Secure Zone or that will receive free space after the size of the Acronis Secure Zone is reduced You can also select partitions with unallocated space Click Next to proceed to the Size of Acronis Secure Zone p 175 step 8 3 3 Selecting partitions Select the partitions from which space will be used to create Acronis Secure Zone You can also select an unallocated space to create the zone ff Manage Acronis Secure Zone Wizard Manage Acronis Secure Zone Wizard Required steps n Create ASZ Partition content cee eecstion gt Disk1 Partition F Capac Free Sp Type Js A NTFS New Volume E Pri 16 00 GB 15 56 GB NTFS Disk 2 Unallocated 2MB Unallocated Q Disk3 e a9 16GB New Volume E U 16 00 GB NTFS Oo Primary Logical Dynamic D Acronis Secure Zone __ Unallocated Unsupported es To select a partition Select the appropriate partition check box and click Next 8 3 4 Size of Acronis Secure Zone You can specify the size of the Acronis Secure Zone _ Manage Acronis Secure Zone Wizard G Manage Acronis Secure Zone Wizard Required steps Please specify settings for the partition being created Space allocation 50 MB 1559 GB Finish MM B
54. d Acronis 6 29 201110 C Program Files Acronis Local disk C d Acronis 6 29 201110 C Program Files Common Files Acronis Local disk C Jd Acronis 6 29 2011 10 CAProgramDataVAcronis Local disk C d Acronis 6 29 201110 C AProgramData Microsoft Windows Start Local_disk_ C d Acronis 6 29 2011 10 CAUsersNtesteAppDataXRoamingyAcronis Local disk C d Acronis 6 29 2011 10 C AWindows System32 config systemprofi Local disk C d Acronis True Image Home 6 29 201110 CAProgramDataMicrosofWindowsNStart Local disk C d AcronisUpdates 6 29 2011 10 CA Users tester AppData Local Temp Acro Local_disk_ C amp Acronis True Image Hom 1KB 6 29 2011 10 C Users Public Desktop Acronis True Ima 1 Local disk C e Acronis Web Site url 1KB 6 29 2011 10 C ProgramData Microsoft Windows Start 1 Local disk C fa Acronis True Image Hom 1KB 6 29 201110 C ProgramData Microsoft Windows Start 1 Local disk C acronis backup cpl dll 189 KB 6 28 20113 C Program Files Acronis TruelmageHome 1 Local disk C 5 AcronisTibUrlHandler exe 654 KB 6 29 20113 C Program Files Acronis TruelmageHome 1 Local disk C j9 AcronisTruelmage msi 126 484 KB 3 22 2010 2 CAUsers tester AppData Local Temp tmp 1 Local disk C AcronisTruelmage msi txt 4 034 KB 6 29 2011 10 C AUsers tester AppData Local Temp DF30 1 Local disk C fa Convert Acronis backup Ink 2 KB 6 29 201110 C AProgramData Microsoft Windows Star
55. data will not be lost Do not store versions online Store versions online allows you to stop or start the process of storing versions of the synced files in Acronis Online Storage Note that if you stop storing versions online all versions except the last ones will be permanently deleted from the online storage View versions allows you to view versions of the synced files Cleanup options allows you to set automatic cleanup rules for versions of the synced files Invite collaborators opens the window where you can specify e mail addresses of your friends you want to invite to join the selected sync Set password select for protecting the synchronization with a password Sync with local folder allows you to synchronize the selected folder with a local folder for example located on an external hard drive If you delete or rename the folder selected for synchronization Acronis True Image Home 2012 excludes your computer from that sync If you delete a subfolder inside the folder you have specified for synchronization this subfolder will be deleted on all other computers as well Taskbar notification area icon When at least one Sync is active the corresponding icon appears in the Windows taskbar notification area Right clicking the icon opens the shortcut menu with the following items Open Acronis True Image Home 2012 opens the program s main window with the Synchronization tab selected
56. during that period Let s suppose that you did not make important changes to the system during a period from September 1 to December 1 Select the period and click OK The program will delete all backup versions created during the selected period and consolidate the remaining backup versions to keep their consistency Let s consider some cases to explain which data is deleted and which data is kept First let s consider a system file for example notepad exe It was backed up during the initial full backup on August 15 and naturally did not change since then In this case the file will remain in Nonstop Backup after clean up And now suppose you installed a game on September 15 played for some time and then uninstalled the game on October 5 In this case all files related to the game will be deleted from Nonstop Backup One more example you started to write your master s thesis using Microsoft Word on November 16 In this case all thesis file versions backed up from November 16 to December 1 will be deleted and only the versions from December 2 to today will remain To sum up the above all data modifications made during the selected period will be lost All files that did not change since the initial full backup made on August 15 and all data modifications made before September 1 and after December 1 will be kept How to pause Acronis Nonstop Backup You can pause Nonstop Backup by clicking the gear icon on the Nonstop Backup box and selecting Stop
57. e mail recovery processes respectively After you installed the application all options are set to the initial values You can change them for your current recovery operation only or for all further recovery operations as well Select the Save the settings as default check box to apply the modified settings to all further recovery operations by default Note that disk recovery options file recovery options and e mail recovery options are fully independent and you should configure them separately If you want to reset all the modified options to their initial values that were set after the product installation click the Reset to initial settings button In this section Pre Post commands for recovery cccscccesseecsseeecssecesseecssteeesaeeeeseeessess 101 Validation Option ote aerei dares oreraa ee iaee cand aa Paaie 102 Computer restat ssec ether ete eee Re o Eee ee oct d ote ee eR REE HS 102 File recovery options eeeseseeeeeeeeenenen nennen ennemi nnn nnne 102 Overwrite file options cccecscssssecececessessneeceeeeecesseseuaeseeeesssssesseaeeneess 102 Performance of recovery operation cesses 103 Notifications for recovery operation ccccccesscssssceceeeeessessseeeeeesensees 104 4 14 1 Pre Post commands for recovery You can specify commands or even batch files that will be automatically executed before and after the recovery procedure For example you may want to start stop
58. easily For more information see Synchronization examples You can create on your computer as many synchronizations as you need If you sync data between computers you may assign only one sync folder from each side The number of sync participants is not limited You may synchronize all your computers and invite for synchronization all your friends Every sync connection is separate from the others and may be protected from unauthorized access with a password and encryption To ensure secure data transfers between computers the program uses encryption protocols With Acronis True Image Home 2012 you can also save every change that is made in the sync folders These changes are reflected in file versions that are stored on the remote Acronis server If any data change was made by mistake you can view all the version history and rollback to the correct file version For more information see Versions of synced files Acronis True Image Home 2012 uses a sophisticated algorithm for resolving conflicts that may occur during synchronization For example a conflict occurs when two users independently modify a synchronized file on their computers Other types of conflicts are also possible The program prevents data loss in all possible conflict scenarios For more information see Sync conflict resolution p 114 Data synchronization and Acronis True Image Home 2012 update or upgrade The files in your sync folders remain synchronized after updates or
59. eee Tog E Eei There 7 5 4 Try amp Decide options and notifications 7 5 5 Try amp Decide typical use cases innan ar a eaa et 7 6 SScheduling ocn orbe re rio e i UT UH 7 6 1 Dall execution parameters i e tee tee ee ae ere e rt eer pov e reve ees 7 6 2 A Weekly execution parameters eese entente teeth enne tn tnnt nn tres tasas tas ta stas ta satis ansias tasas pais 7 6 3 Monthly execution parameters irssi iiaiai iini iiaiai aa i ai aiii 7 6 4 Upon event execution PAFAMETETS ccsccscesscsscssecsecsscsecssecsecssscsecescesecsesesececcsesesesecesesarsessesesenecaesensees 7 7 Searching backups and their content JJ Searching nuestra te eee dieto c redire d ete nt edited i etes 7 7 2 Using Windows Search with Acronis True Image Home 2012 essent 153 7 8 Choosing columns for viewing in WiZArdS c cccccccccessssssceeececessessaeseeeescesseseaaeseeeessesseseaaeess 158 7 9 Backu p ntortmation tret e etate as reet esee peto ees 158 7 10 Timeolt settings icti Diet e ee heat ette RD ERES e 158 TOONS nandi A 159 8 1 Acronis Startup Recovery Manager ccccccccecececececececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseseeeeeees 160 8 1 1 HOW Bia Toa c 160 8 1 2 HOW tO Use e eee edere eee ate de ape ael testet od eate deli ees 160 8 2 Creating bootable rescue media nnne enne nnns ennt annes 161 8 2 1 Acronis Media Bulldet 3 cette tege seed te
60. enabled by default and the startup messages are not displayed Deleting it will result in the startup messages being displayed as the Linux kernel is loaded and the command shell being offered prior to running the Acronis program nodma Disables DMA for all IDE disk drives Prevents kernel from freezing on some hardware nofw Disables FireWire IEEE1394 support nopcmcia Disables PCMCIA hardware detection nomouse Disables mouse support module name off Disables the module e g sata_sis off pci bios Forces to use PCI BIOS and not to access the hardware device directly For instance this parameter may be used if the machine has a non standard PCI host bridge pci nobios Disallows use of PCI BIOS only direct hardware access methods are allowed For instance this parameter may be used if you experience crashes upon boot up probably caused by the BIOS pci biosirg Uses PCI BIOS calls to get the interrupt routing table These calls are known to be buggy on several machines and they hang the machine when used but on other computers it is the only way to get the interrupt routing table Try this option if the kernel is unable to allocate IRQs or discover secondary PCI buses on your motherboard vga ask Gets the list of the video modes available for your video card and allows selecting a video mode most suitable for the video card and monitor Try this option if the automatically selected video mode is
61. exactly a week s time 9 To limit the storage time for the versions click Turn on automatic cleanup 10 Click Delete version chains older than n days type or select 21 and click OK 11 In the File Backup window check that all settings are correct and click Back up now If you want your first backup to run only at the time you specified in the Scheduler click the down arrow to the right of the Back up now button and select Later in the drop down list 2 Disk backup Full version every 2 months differential version twice a month Case You need to back up your system partition twice a month and create a new full backup version every two months In addition you want to use no more than 100 GB of disk space to store the backup versions Let s see how you can do it using a custom backup scheme 1 Onthe Backup and recovery tab click Disk and partition backup 2 Inthe Disk Backup window select your system partition usually C and specify the backup destination For more information see Backing up partitions and disks p 40 3 Click Turn on for the Schedule item In the Scheduler window click Monthly and specify for example the 1st and 15th days of the month This will result in a backup version in about every 2 weeks Then specify a start time for the backup operation Click Incremental next to the Backup scheme item Incremental is the default backup scheme In the Disk Backup Options window make sure that the Bac
62. files Select a command to be executed before the backup process starts in the Pre command field To create a new command or select a new batch file click the Edit button Select a command to be executed after the backup process ends in the Post command field To create a new command or select a new batch file click the Edit button Please do not try to execute interactive commands i e commands that require user input for example pause These are not supported 3 11 7 1 Edit user command for backup You can specify user commands to be executed before or after the backup procedure Inthe Command field type in a command or select it from the list Click to select a batch file nthe Working directory field type in a path for command execution or select it from the list of previously entered paths Inthe Arguments field enter or select command execution arguments from the list Disabling the Do not perform operations until the command s execution is complete parameter enabled for Pre commands by default will permit the backup process to run concurrently with your command execution The Abort the operation if the user command fails enabled by default parameter will abort the operation if any errors occur in command execution You can test a command you entered by clicking the Test command button 3 11 8 Backup splitting Acronis True Image Home 2012 cannot split already existing backups Backups can be s
63. for that backup scheme You can overwrite existing custom schemes You cannot overwrite existing pre defined backup schemes Inascheme name you can use any symbols allowed by OS for naming files The maximum length of a backup scheme name is 255 symbols You can create not more than 16 custom backup schemes After creating a custom backup scheme you can use it as any other existing backup scheme while configuring a backup You can also use a custom backup scheme without saving it In this case it will be available only for the backup where it was created and you will be unable to use it for other backups If you do not need a custom backup scheme anymore you can delete it To delete the scheme select it in the backup schemes list click Delete and then click Delete scheme in the confirmation window The pre defined backup schemes cannot be deleted 3 11 4 2 Automatic version consolidation Automatic consolidation of a backup is enabled by setting the overall limitations for the backup These limitations include amaximum number of backup versions amaximum storage period for the backup files amaximum backup size Automatic backup version consolidation is available only for the incremental and differential methods of the custom backup version scheme By default there are no limits set and automatic consolidation is not performed To enable automatic consolidation you must select at least one of the
64. hard disk drive to your computer You will be able to prepare the new hard disk drive by creating and formatting new partitions on this hard disk Acronis Extended Capacity Manager If you use an operating system that has a 2 TB limitation on hard drive capacity this tool will help you to lift this restriction You will be able to use all the space of your 3 TB disk and not only 2 TB View current state of your disks This link opens an integrated Acronis Disk Editor in read only mode to show you the state of your cleaned up disks or partitions For more information see Disk Editor read only mode p 200 Image mounting Mount image With this tool you can explore a previously created image You will be able to assign temporary drive letters to the partition images and easily access these images as ordinary logical drives Unmount image With this tool you can unmount the temporary logical drives you have created to explore an image 8 1 Acronis Startup Recovery Manager 8 1 1 How it works The Acronis Startup Recovery Manager lets you start Acronis True Image Home 2012 without loading the operating system With this feature you can use Acronis True Image Home 2012 by itself to recover damaged partitions even if the operating system won t boot Unlike booting from Acronis removable media you will not need a separate media or network connection to start Acronis True Image Home 2012 8 1 2 M How to use To be able to use
65. invite other users to the sync delete the sync etc See more details in How to sync data with another person Steps to perform on your computer if you want to own the sync 1 Start Acronis True Image Home 2012 2 Onthe Data synchronization tab specify your Acronis account credentials if necessary and click New sync Specify a sync folder and other settings if necessary Click Create sync and wait for the progress completion 5 Onthe created sync box click the Settings icon and select Invite collaborators 6 Inthe opened window type e mail address of your friends who you want to invite and click Send Steps for your friend or colleague to perform on his computer Find and open the e mail message sent from computer 1 To join the sync click the link in the message and then click Accept invitation Yow will be redirected to your Acronis account in your browser On the Synchronization tab specify your Acronis account credentials and then click Log in Start Acronis True Image Home 2012 Find the required sync box and click Join this sync E M E Em In the Browse for Sync Folder window select the folder that you want to synchronize and click Sync now Hint When you synchronize files with your friends we recommend that each of you select for synchronization an empty folder and then move folders with files inside the empty folder As a result your files and your friends files will be stored in separate subfo
66. menu If it is damaged all the backup chain will be useless When it is not damaged proceed to validating incremental backup versions starting from the oldest until you find the culprit All incremental backup versions made after the corrupted one will be unusable but you will be able to recover the data at least from the previous backup versions To validate an entire backup 1 Select the backup to validate click the gear icon to open the Operations menu and select Validate If the selected backup is password protected Acronis True Image Home 2012 will ask for the password in a dialog box After you enter the correct password the program will start the validation procedure When the validation is complete you will see the result in the line below the backup s box You can cancel validation by clicking Cancel 3 13 Consolidating backup versions Using consolidation of backup versions you can create a consistent copy of backup while deleting selected backup versions This allows you to delete the backup versions you no longer need from any backup without harming that backup Consolidation creates a consistent copy of the backup that does not contain deleted backup versions If you select a new location for the consolidated backup the source backup stays as is unless you delete it This requires more disk space but ensures security of the backup in case the consolidation fails because of power failure or a lack of disk space The c
67. nennen nena nsns nnn 4 13 Arranging boot order in BIOS iure de e ote eie 4 14 Recovery options eiie tei a abre Hase edt daa e tan cides taba eia eade dea asa ge Da auae et d 4 14 1 Pre Post commands for recovery 4142 Validation Opti ni c eren etre eene ver a bte va eiie a etel eve dde 2 14 3 Gomp ter testatus aeter tee teer ertet eee ua pee eie essen FU ara sudeentslsdlegessnsnucvilartungsetenceslsecscckserecrs 4 144 File recovery OPTIONS sisisccndcsesseesceisvedsssussecdetsesvs cvtacieutanissesasdarsesseduie o ERE PEU RT HEN ea eu 4 14 5 Overwrite file options 4 14 6 Performance of recovery operation eese enne nnn nnn 4 14 7 Notifications for recovery operation sess nne nn trennt tnnt th nnns ta trains tss tassa stas s ia Synchronizing QATA seoran 2 erri dre sue teen oO e pua ec CE dra EA ETNA ERR n Uo dedi eo Ea FRED SEE Ra oo NE RE ER DES 106 5 1 Acronissserver lOBIN a i e te eere ta ER ee 107 5 2 What you can and cannot SYNCHIONiZe ccceccccccccecessessnsececcescsssesnsaeeeeeceseeseceaeeeesesssessaaeas 107 5 3 lt Sync ICONS x iie rte Te e d te Ds 5 4 Sync creation 5 4 1 Sync between Computers eese ese esee tenant ere eese deep nh e eer oe ener e PA bead e eee i 109 5 4 2 How to sync two local foldets tee eerte dee te OP EO Oe m P Ra en 115 5 4 3 How to synchronize two local folders and another computer essere 116 5 5 Version
68. of your computer ports and the required data transfer rate In many cases the best choice will be an external USB hard drive especially if your computer supports USB 3 0 If you plan to use an external USB hard drive with your desktop PC connecting the drive to a rear connector using a short cable will usually provide the most reliable operation This reduces the chance of data transfer errors during backup recovery Home file server NAS or NDAS If you have a Gigabit Ethernet home network and a dedicated file server or NAS you can store backups on the file server or NAS practically like on an internal drive If you decide to use an external hard drive NAS NDAS etc you will need to check whether Acronis True Image Home 2012 detects the selected backup storage You need to check this both in Windows and when booted from the rescue media To gain access to an NDAS enabled storage device in many cases you will need to specify the NDAS device ID 20 characters and the write key 5 characters The write key allows you to use an NDAS enabled device in write mode for example for saving your backups Usually the device ID and write key are printed on a sticker attached to the bottom of the NDAS device or on the inside of its enclosure If there is no sticker you need to contact your NDAS device vendor to obtain that information The certain NAS devices can be detected by Acronis True Image Home 2012 only if Bonjour software is installe
69. of the system components should be scanned and which should not change the default clean up settings You can view the search results and manually select unselect the items you wish to clean up keep In order to help you with making the right choice all the components are provided with brief descriptions Just click on the component s name and its description will be displayed in the right side of the window To select unselect a component Expand the System Components item in the System Clean up tree and make sure that the component you wish to clean up is selected If you do not want to clean up a component simply clear its check box If required you can dig deeper by expanding a component and selecting unselecting its contents Having specified the components for clean up click the Clean up button to continue Windows Vista and Windows 7 do not keep information on file and computer searches Furthermore information on opened saved files is stored in the registry differently so the wizard shows this information in a different way 8 7 3 5 Clean up progress The operation status window reports about the state of the current operation The progress bar indicates the level of completion of the selected operation In some cases the operation may take a long time to be completed If this is the case select the Shutdown the computer after completion check box When the operation finishes Acronis True Image Home 2012 will tu
70. operation will be executed each time the current user logs on to the OS User logoff the operation will be executed each time the current user logs off the OS System startup the operation will be executed at every OS startup Additionally you can set a time delay to start backup after the system startup For example to start backup 20 minutes after system startup type 20 in the appropriate box System shutdown the operation will be executed at every computer shutdown or reboot Additional condition If you want to run an operation only at the first occurrence of the event on the current day select the Once a day only check box Description of the Advanced settings see in Scheduling p 149 7 7 Searching backups and their content In this section S ARCMIN Biss ssi acsecscedeas teat e eese notatae deee aeee oE ENERE 152 Using Windows Search with Acronis True Image Home 2012 153 7 7 1 Searching In addition to the ability to explore backups Acronis True Image Home 2012 provides search for files in your backups Enter a search string into the Search field at the top right of the Acronis True Image Home 2012 window You will be taken to the Acronis Backup Explorer screen The program shows search results on the Files and folders tab X T i ni xi Disks and partitions Files and folders Acronis amp i P My backups gt Search result 16 items Name Size Date modifier Falder Ver Backup name
71. partition and recover your system Disk letters in standalone Acronis True Image Home 2012 might sometimes differ from the way Windows identifies drives For example the D disk identified in the standalone Acronis True Image Home 2012 might correspond to the E disk in Windows The disk labels and information on partition sizes file systems drive capacities their manufacturers and model numbers can help in correctly identifying the disks and partitions You won t be able to use the previously activated Acronis Startup Recovery Manager if the Try amp Decide is turned on Rebooting the computer in the Try mode will allow you to use Acronis Startup Recovery Manager again 4 11 About recovery of dynamic GPT disks and volumes 1 Acronis True Image Home 2012 supports recovery of dynamic volumes to the following locations on the local hard drives To the original location to the same dynamic volume To another dynamic disk or volume To unallocated space of the dynamic group Toa basic disk If a dynamic volume is recovered to an unallocated space of the dynamic group the recovered volume type will be the same as it was in the backup Manual resizing of dynamic volumes during recovery to dynamic disks is not supported If you need to resize a dynamic volume during recovery it should be recovered to a basic disk When performing a so called bare metal recovery of dynamic volume s to a new unformatted disk the recovered
72. recover the data backed up to Acronis Online Storage by Acronis True Image Home 2010 and previous versions of Acronis True Image Online In addition you can recover your data from Acronis Online Storage on any computer with a Web browser without the necessity of installing Acronis True Image Online or Acronis True Image Home 2012 Simply go to the Acronis True Image Online Web site using this link https www acronis com my online backup and log in to your account When your subscription information page opens click Recover my data now After the Acronis Online Storage page opens select the backup that contains the files you need to recover and then download the files to your current computer You can save documents photos music and more from up to five PCs on one account If a computer crashes no problem Just log in from another computer and retrieve your files 6 2 Subscription information Performing backups in Acronis Online Storage requires subscription to the Acronis True Image Online service To subscribe start Acronis True Image Home 2012 and click the Subscribe to Acronis True Image Online service link on the login window This will open your Web browser and take you to the main Acronis Web site to continue registration If you already have an Acronis account type the e mail address and password for that account under Log in to Your Account to the right You will be taken to your account page where you will be able to subscr
73. select the Send notification when user interaction is required check box To send a notification with full log of operations select the Add full log to the notification check box 5 Synchronizing data Data synchronization is a process of keeping data identical in two or more synchronized folders These folders may be located on the same computer or on different computers connected via a local network or via the Internet When you create copy modify or delete a file or a subfolder in your sync folder the same action is automatically done in the other sync folders And vice versa when something changes in the other sync folders the same change is done in your folder Data synchronization cannot operate via a proxy server Synchronization is very useful when you want to have the same files photos music videos or other documents on several of your computers or if you want to easily exchange such files with your relatives friends or colleagues For more information see What you can and cannot synchronize p 107 If you want to view the photos taken by your friend who has come back from a vacation you do not need to go to his home If both you and your friend have Acronis True Image Home 2012 installed simply create a sync between folders on your computer and your friend s computer Then ask your friend to place the photos into the sync folder The program will immediately start copying the photos to your computer quickly and
74. space will be proportionally distributed between the recovered partitions After successfully recovering the system partition exit Acronis True Image Home 2012 Enter the BIOS make the system hard disk the first boot device and boot to the recovered Windows 96 Copyright Acronis Inc 2000 2012 4 9 Acronis Universal Restore 4 9 1 Purpose of Acronis Universal Restore Universal Restore is part of the Acronis True Image Home 2012 Plus Pack which must be purchased separately Acronis True Image Home 2012 Plus Pack has its own license and is installed from its own setup file You need to re create bootable media in order to make the newly installed Universal Restore add on operational in the bootable recovery environment A system disk image can be restored easily on the hardware where it was created or to identical hardware However if you change the motherboard or use another processor version a likely possibility in case of hardware failure the recovered system could fail to boot Trying to move the system to a new more powerful computer will usually produce the same result This is because the new hardware is incompatible with critical drivers included in the image Microsoft System Preparation Tool Sysprep will not resolve this problem Sysprep allows you to replace only Plug and Play device drivers sound cards network adapters video cards etc However System Hardware Abstraction Layer HAL and mass storage device
75. start the Acronis Extended Capacity Manager and then click Allocate space Extended Capacity Manager X Acronis Extended Capacity Disc WDC WD25EZRS 00J99B0 amp Windows Native Capacity Extended Capacity e i J 2TB OD 0 27 TB Unallocated 2TB 0 27 TB Temporary switch off Extended Capacity Discs Remove Extended Capacity Discs le S To remove the Extended Capacity Disks click Remove Extended Capacity Disks and then click the Apply button in the next step These disks will be removed from your system and the disk space beyond 2 TB will become inaccessible To allocate this space later you need to start the Extended Capacity Manager again and then repeat the wizard s steps You will be able to continue using the Extended Capacity Disks even after uninstalling Acronis True Image Home 2012 During uninstallation you will be asked whether you want to remove the Extended Capacity Disk If you choose not to remove the disk it will remain usable 8 6 1 If Acronis Extended Capacity Manager does not start Acronis Extended Capacity Manager may not start because one of the following reasons your system does not contain hard drives with MBR partition style larger than 2 TB you can allocate and manage the entire space on your hard drives with Add New Disk tool your system contains large size disks but they are not initialized yet sector s size on your disk is larger than 512 kB 8 7 Security and Pri
76. start the listed operations Click the Options button to perform the optional steps Click the Cancel button to exit the wizard without performing any operations 3 14 Cloning backup settings When you already have a backup and you need to create a new backup of the same type disk file or e mail backup there is no need to configure the backup process from scratch The program allows you to copy all settings from an existing backup After that you only have to slightly correct the copied settings for your new backup and click Back up now To create a new backup based on an existing backup 1 Onthe Backup and recovery tab find the corresponding backup box click the gear icon to open the Operations menu point to More and then click Clone settings A new backup box named 1 the initial backup name will be created It will contain the same settings as the parental backup 2 Onthe cloned backup box click the gear icon to open the Operations menu and then click Edit settings 3 Change selection of items to back up You may modify backup name destination and other settings if needed Click the Save button To create the first backup version click Back up now on the backup box 4 Recovering data The purpose of data backup is to recover backed up data when the original is lost due to hardware failure fire theft or accidental deletion of files We hope that you backed up your system and data using the backup features pr
77. syncs Versions of synced files If you turned on the appropriate option while creating or editing a sync you can view versions of the synced files and revert the current version of a file to its previous version To explore all of the versions click the gear icon and then click View versions The program will open the Acronis Time Explorer You will be able to explore the existing versions using the time line For more information on storing file versions in the online storage see Versions of synced files For more information on using the time line for navigating through versions see Time line p 29 Operations menu Clicking the gear icon in the box of a selected sync opens the Operations menu containing the following items View log opens the log of Acronis True Image Home 2012 operations Pause allows you to pause and resume the sync process Note that the action does not delete the sync itself and your data will not be lost Syncnow runs data synchronization process forcibly If a sync process has been interrupted for some reason for example your Internet connection has failed or it has completed with errors you can manually restart the sync process To do this first try to resolve the issue and then click Sync now Rename allows you to rename the sync Unsync allows you to break the link between your current computer and an already existing sync Note that the action does not delete the sync itself your
78. the Clean up button to continue Click here if you want to change the clean up settings before proceeding e You can view the search results and manually select the items you wish to remove If you want to change the default system clean up settings click the corresponding link in the first window of the System Clean up wizard Click Clean up to launch removing the found items 8 7 3 1 Clean up settings In the clean up settings window you can change the clean up settings for every system component Some of these settings apply to all components To change the clean up settings for a component Expand the System Components item in the tree and select the component clean up settings which you need to change You can enable or disable scanning of the component by the Clean up wizard To do this select or clear the Enable check box If required you can also expand a component and customize the desired data destruction method files to clean clean up registry search strings you have used for finding computers in the local network etc To do this click the triangle near the component select an option from the list and specify the settings After you set the desired components properties click OK to save your settings These settings will be used as default next time you launch the Clean up wizard If you have already changed the clean up settings before you can always return to the program defaults by clicking the
79. the number of versions and their sizes 3 11 4 Custom schemes With Acronis True Image Home 2012 you also can create your own backup schemes Schemes can be based on the pre defined backup schemes You can make changes in a selected pre defined scheme to suit your needs and then save the changed scheme as a new one You cannot overwrite existing pre defined backup schemes In addition you can create custom schemes from scratch based on full differential or incremental backup versions So first of all select one of the backup methods in the appropriate box Full p 38 Select this method if you want to create only full backup versions Differential p 38 Select this method if you want to create backup chains containing only full and differential backup versions You can configure the scheme by using one of the following options Create only differential versions after the initial full version select this item to create only one backup version chain Automatic cleanup is not available for this option Create a full version after every n differential versions select this item to create several backup version chains This is a more reliable but more space consuming backup scheme Incremental p 38 Select this method if you want to create backup chains containing only full and incremental backup versions You can configure the scheme by using one of the following options Create only incremental versions a
80. the setup menu Go to the hard disk autodetection utility which usually comes under Standard CMOS Setup or Advanced CMOS setup If the utility does not detect the system drive it has failed and you need to replace the drive If the utility correctly detects your system hard disk drive then the cause of the crash is probably a virus malware or corruption of a system file required for booting If the system drive is healthy try to recover the system using a backup of your system disk or system partition Because Windows does not boot you will have to use Acronis bootable rescue media You will also need to use a system disk backup when recovering the system after replacing the damaged hard disk drive 4 1 2 Preparing for recovery a Scan the computer for viruses if you suspect that the crash occurred due to a virus or malware attack b Boot from the rescue media and validate the backup you want to use for recovery This is necessary because when a backup is validated in the recovery environment the program sometimes declares it corrupted though it has been successfully validated in Windows This may be due to the fact that Acronis True Image Home 2012 uses different device drivers in Windows and in the recovery environment If Acronis True Image Home 2012 considers the backup corrupted it will not proceed with recovery 4 1 3 Recovering your system After you have performed the steps described in Preparing for recovery p 76 be
81. to sync data between your computers p 110 Steps to perform on your computer 1 1 Start Acronis True Image Home 2012 2 On the Data synchronization tab specify your Acronis account credentials if necessary and click New sync 3 Specify a sync folder and other settings if necessary 4 Click Create sync and wait for the progress completion Steps to perform on your computer 2 1 Start Acronis True Image Home 2012 2 On the Data synchronization tab specify your Acronis account credentials if necessary 3 Find the sync that you have created on computer 1 and then click Join this sync 4 Inthe opened window select the folder that you want to synchronize and click Sync now Hint If you initially have a folder with files on computer 1 and you want to have its regularly updated copy on computer 2 create in advance an empty folder on computer 2 and select it afterwards as the sync folder 3 Synchronization My computer My friend s computer Popular cases You want to sync your photos music videos with your friend Please remember that by sharing music files you may infringe the copyright of their owners You and your colleague have some teamwork You want to sync the project files between your computers Synchronization may start from any of the computers but please note that the user who creates a sync is the owner of the sync This means that only this user can change settings of the sync
82. to the same backup chain because such backup versions may be automatically deleted during automatic backup consolidation in Acronis Secure Zone As a result the backup chain will be corrupted In addition the feature does not work with FTP servers One more useful aspect of this feature is the ability to split backups on the fly Suppose you perform a backup to a hard disk and in the middle of the backup process Acronis True Image Home 2012 finds out that the disk to which you are backing up does not have sufficient free space for completing the backup The program displays a message warning you that the disk is full Confirmation The disk is full You must free additional disk space to continue You can either empty the Recycle Bin or delete old data files Click Browse to specify another location Retry to try again or click Cancel To complete the backup you may either try to free up some space on the disk and click Retry or select another storage device To choose the latter option click Browse in the confirmation window The Browse for Destination window appears c V Browse for Destination To ka mm New folder e 2 jii Computer Name Size Type Date BE Desktop B Mysytem 3420837KB_ TIBfile 18 Aug 10 11 43 40 Lib adm E My system 3421060 KB TIB file 18 Aug 10 11 51 16 F My Documents B My systemq 2 10996 KB TIB file 18 Aug 10 12 12 38 ej Floppy Disk Drive A My_systema
83. unsuitable for your hardware 8 2 1 3 Bootable media selection Select a destination for bootable media creation CD R RW if you are creating CD insert a blank disc so that the program can determine its capacity ISO image having created an ISO disk image you will be able to burn it onto any kind of recordable DVD using DVD recording software Creating a bootable DVD directly from Bootable Media Builder is impossible any other media your PC can boot from such as USB flash drives etc If you use non optical media the media must have a FAT file system This limitation is not applicable for an ISO image p Acronis Media Builder kej Bootable media type selection Select a drive to be used to create bootable media The list contains all available devices that can be used to create bootable media You can create CD DVD USB flash drive or other bootable media or build an ISO image of a bootable disc Name Type e Floppy Disk Drive A Floppy Disk Drive ISO image ISO image file 7 Help lt Back I Next gt l Cancel 8 2 1 4 Destination file selection If you chose to create a bootable disk ISO image specify the ISO file name and the folder where to place it Select the destination folder from the folder tree Enter a name for the iso file in the File name field Click Next to continue 8 2 1 5 Bootable media creation summary This page displays operations to be performed
84. upgrades of Acronis True Image Home 2012 If you uninstall the program from a computer the computer is removed from all synchronizations in which it has participated This does not necessarily mean that the syncs initiated on the computer automatically turn off on the other computers They continue working if there remains at least one participating computer Data synchronization in trial version of Acronis True Image Home 2012 If you use a trial version of Acronis True Image Home 2012 the data synchronization option is available for you without any limitations But pay attention that after the trial period expires Your computer will be excluded from all syncs After installing the full version of Acronis True Image Home 2012 you will be able to connect to the syncs again All the versions of synced files will be permanently deleted from the server Inthis section Acronis server lOBIN cccccccecesessessaecececeseeseseaaeeececeseeseaeaeeeesesseeseaaeas 107 What you can and cannot synchronize eeseseeeeeenne 107 SYAC ICONS eres 108 Syne creatio M ersen reseni eeaeee aei eae iae ER RR deu RR Lo dU du Nue e dao og ae 109 Versions of synchronized files nnns 118 Synchronization examples cccccccccecsssessssececececessessaeceeeeseessessaeeeeess 120 5 1 Acronis server login To start using the data synchronization feature or online backup you must enter the e mail address and pass
85. volumes become basic If you want the recovered volumes to remain dynamic the target disk s should be prepared as dynamic partitioned and formatted This can be done using third party tools for example Windows Disk Management snap in 2 The target disk s partition style after recovery fa GPT disk image is recovered over an MBR disk the target disk remains an MBR disk If an MBR disk image is recovered over a GPT disk the target disk becomes an MBR disk 3 The target volume type does not change when recovering over an existing volume Examples When recovering a dynamic volume over a basic volume the target volume remains basic When recovering a dynamic striped volume over a dynamic spanned volume the target volume remains spanned 4 Recovering a basic volume or disk to the dynamic group Whenrecovering a basic volume to an unallocated space of the dynamic group the recovered volume becomes dynamic When recovering a basic disk to a dynamic disk of a dynamic group consisting of two disks the recovered disk remains basic The dynamic disk to which the recovery is performed becomes missing and a spanned striped dynamic volume on the second disk becomes failed 4 12 Backup protection dialog box A backup file can be protected with a password You can set password protection in backup options while creating a backup If you try to recover data from a password protected backup mount it or append an increment
86. with its longer name excluding the extension You can enter several different search strings separated by semicolons for example bak tmp without spaces between the search strings All files with names corresponding to at least one of the search strings will be cleaned Upon entering the Files setting value you can browse the files matching the search strings To do this click Show Files You will see a window with the names of the found files These files will be cleaned Drive free space Here you can manually specify physical and or logical drives to clean up free space on By default System Clean up cleans up free space on all available drives If you want to change the settings of this parameter you can use the Remove button to delete from the list the drives you don t need to clean free space on If you wish to add these drives to the list again use the Add button 3 System Clean up Ss You can view and change the current settings for the selected item 4 BY System Clean up E Add Logical Drive mcm 4 2j System Components 2 Recycle Bin Ep Select the logical drive a Temporary file a Hard Disk Free Space Bj Data Destruction M Drive Free Space 9 My Computer amp Local Disk C ca New Volume D I Recently Used Docume Windows Run List 9 Opened Saved Files His g User Credentials Windows Prefetch Dire c New Volume E Com
87. 0 7 j Music V 5 REGISTER RTF 3KB RTF file 01 Jan 07 6 56 00 W j Links V SFXHEAD SFX 36 KB SFX file 01 Jan 07 6 56 00 V J Favorites 7 E SHARE NT EXE 2KB EXE file 01 Jan 07 6 56 00 t Ji Downloads Bl TCUNINST EXE 35 KB EXE file 01 Jan 07 6 56 00 m J Documents TCUNINST WUL 1KB WUL file 01 Jan 07 6 56 00 E Jj DoctorWeb V TCUNZUBDLL 100KB8 DLL file 01 Jan 07 6 56 00 E jj Desktop m BA TOTALCMD EXE 82kB EXE file 01 Jan 07 6 56 00 J Contacts 7 TOTALCMD EXE MANIFEST 1KB8 MANIFEST f 01 Jan 07 6 56 00 IU Ui totalcmd TOTALCMD HLP 490 KB HLP file 01 Jan 07 6 56 00 T fb ProgramDataTechSmith F TOTALCMDINC 15 KB INC file 01 Jan 07 6 56 00 E H TOTALCMD EXE Size 832 2 KB Selected to recover Treo EXE file View versions 44 files and 6 folders 1 3 MB Jick m Now 11 37 11 45 12 11 12 14 12 17 The majority of user interface elements located on this tab are described in the Disks and partitions tab section Here we describe the items specific for the tab When you click an item short information on this item is displayed under the browser area The set of displayed parameters depends on the item s type Clicking the View versions link opens the View Versions window with a list of all versions of the file in the backup You can recover a desired version by its backup time By double clicking on a file in the right hand area you will recover the file to a temporary folder Then Acr
88. 1 The Acronis Secure Zone cannot be created on a dynamic disk 2 The Acronis Secure Zone is not available as a location for backups in the recovery environment when you start Acronis True Image Home 2012 from bootable rescue media through Acronis Startup Recovery Manager or BartPE Acronis Startup Recovery Manager A protection tool that allows to start standalone version of Acronis True Image Home 2012 at boot time when F11 is pressed Acronis Startup Recovery Manager eliminates the need for rescue media Acronis Startup Recovery Manager is especially useful for mobile users If a failure occurs the user reboots the machine hits F11 on prompt Press F11 for Acronis Startup Recovery Manager and performs data recovery in the same way as with ordinary bootable media Limitations cannot be organized on a dynamic disk requires manual configuration of boot loaders such as LILO and GRUB requires re activation of third party loaders B Backup 1 The same as Backup operation p 226 2 Asetof backup versions created and managed by using backup settings A backup can contain multiple backup versions created using full p 227 and incremental p 228 backup methods Backup versions belonging to the same backup are usually stored in the same location Backup operation An operation that creates a copy of the data that exists on a machine s hard disk for the purpose of recovering or reverting the data to a specif
89. 1 1 5 System requirements and supported media 1 1 5 1 Minimum system requirements Acronis True Image Home 2012 has minimum hardware requirements corresponding to that of the operating system installed on the computer to be used for running Acronis True Image Home 2012 In addition Acronis True Image Home 2012 requires the following hardware CD RW DVD RW drive for bootable media creation Mouse or other pointing device recommended Using Acronis Nonstop Backup requires at least 1 GB RAM Acronis True Image Home 2012 rescue media has the following hardware requirements 512MBRAM Processor Pentium 1 GHz or faster The recommended screen resolution is 1280 x 1024 The minimum screen resolution is 1024 x 768 1 1 5 2 Supported operating systems Acronis True Image Home 2012 has been tested on the following operating systems Windows XP SP3 Windows XP Professional x64 Edition SP2 Windows Vista SP2 all editions Windows 7 SP1 all editions Windows Home Server 2011 Acronis True Image Home 2012 also lets you create a bootable CD R DVD R that can back up and recover a disk partition on a computer running any Intel or AMD based PC operating system including Linux Note that the Intel based Apple Macintosh is not supported 1 1 5 3 Supported file systems FAT16 32 NTFS Ext2 Ext3 Ext4 ReiserFS inux SWAP If a file system is not supported or is corrupted Acronis True Image
90. 3 13779 KB TIB file 18 Aug 10 12 15 34 amp Local Disk C My_systemay4 13821 KB TIB file 18 Aug 10 12 16 34 cx New Volume D My system 1 5 16796 KB TIB file 18 Aug 10 12 18 52 cs New Volume E 4 My backups 3 DVD Drive F MTiX W Gu Network File name My_system X l Add date date Save as type Acronis backup tib X l OK Cancel The left pane shows the storage locations available on your computer After you select a suitable location assign a name for the file that will contain the remaining data being backed up You can enter the name manually for example tail_end tib or use the file name generator a button to the right of the line Then click OK and Acronis True Image Home 2012 will complete the backup If backup versions belonging to the same backup chain have been saved to different destinations Acronis True Image Home 2012 may prompt you for the locations of previous backup versions during data recovery This may occur when the selected backup version does not contain the files you want to recover or contains only a part of them This may also happen when you recover a backup that was split on the fly 3 9 Adding an existing backup to the list If you have backups that are not shown in the backups list on the Backup and recovery tab for example backups created by a previous Acronis True Image Home version you can add them to the list Click Browse for backup on the Backup and recovery t
91. 6 belonging to the same backup p 226 into a single backup version The consolidation procedure allows you to delete the backup versions you no longer need from any backup chain while maintaining the consistency of chain s backups A chain to be consolidated consists of a full backup and one or more incremental backups Consolidation keeps whichever backups you choose and deletes any backups that are not selected Note that consolidation may take a lot of time and system resources including disk space Acronis Nonstop Backup uses a different consolidation mechanism In such cases the program consolidates the metadata information it uses for managing the backed up data This is because the metadata information volume is much less than the backed up data volume Accordingly consolidation requires much less time and system resources D Data synchronization Data synchronization is a process of keeping data identical in two or more synchronized folders These folders may be located on the same computer or on different computers connected via a local network or via the Internet When you create copy modify or delete a file or a subfolder in your sync folder the same action is automatically done in the other sync folders And vice versa when something changes in the other sync folders the same change is done in your folder Differential backup 1 A backup method used for saving data changes that occurred since the last
92. 600GB 15 39 GB NTFS Mount the partitions in the read write mode Drive letter m7 4 Ifyou select the Mount the partitions in the read write mode box the program assumes that the mounted image will be modified and creates an incremental backup file to capture the changes It is strongly recommended that you list the forthcoming changes in the Comments section to this file For you to be able to make comments the optional Comments step appears in the wizard 5 Having finished the settings click Proceed to connect the selected partition images as virtual disks 6 Afterthe image is connected the program will run Windows Explorer showing its contents Now you can work with files or folders as if they were located on a real disk 8 9 Unmounting an image We recommend that you unmount the virtual disk after all necessary operations are finished as maintaining virtual disks takes considerable system resources If you do not unmount the disk it will disappear after your computer is turned off To disconnect the virtual disk click Unmount image on the Tools and utilities tab select the disk to unmount and click OK If you have mounted several partitions by default all of them will be selected for unmounting You can disconnect all mounted drives together or disconnect only those you do not need mounted anymore Unmount seo EX Unmount drive Select the drives you w
93. 7 Partition C 1353 GB NTFS E Used space F Unallocated space E Free space Partition size 353 GB Free space before 0 MB Free space after 2443 GB File system Partition letter Partition label NTFS C Select the type of partition Q Primary Mark the partition as active C Logical e You can do this by entering values in the Free space before Partition size Free space after fields by dragging partition borders or the partition itself 184 Copyright O Acronis Inc 2000 2012 If the cursor turns into two vertical lines with left and right arrows it is pointed at the partition border and you can drag it to enlarge or reduce the partition s size If the cursor turns into four arrows it is pointed at the partition so you can moverit to the left or right if there s unallocated space near it Having provided the new location and size click Accept You will be taken back to the Change disk layout window You might have to perform some more resizing and relocation before you get the layout you need By clicking Next you will proceed to the Cloning summary window Be careful Clicking any previous wizard step on the sidebar in this window will reset all size and location changes that you ve selected so you will have to specify them again 8 4 9 Cloning summary The cloning summary window graphically as rectangles illustrates information ab
94. 80x488x16 SA 378 720x4880x UESR 372 720x576x16 373 720x576x32 UESR 888x488x8 375 2888x488x16 U 376 888x488x32 VESA 1288x768x8 378 1288x768x16 379 1288x7658x32 VESA Enter a video mode or scan to scan for additional modes _ 5 Wait until Acronis True Image Home 2012 Full version starts and make sure that the quality of the Welcome screen display on your monitor suits you To test another video mode close Acronis True Image Home 2012 and repeat the above procedure After you find the optimal video mode for your hardware you can create a new bootable rescue media that will automatically select that video mode To do this start Acronis Media Builder select the required media components and type the mode number with the Ox prefix 0x338 in our instance in the command line at the Bootable media startup parameters step then create the media as usual 7 4 Testing that your backups can be used for recovery Here are some recommendations 1 Even if you start recovery of the active partition in Windows the program will reboot into the Linux environment after the recovery process starts This is because Windows cannot be left running during the recovery of its own partition So you will recover your active partition under the recovery environment in all cases If you have a spare hard drive we strongly recommend you to try a test recovery to this hard drive It should be done after booting from the rescue media which use
95. 9 Computer shutdown Y G Windows account v Save the settings as default 7 Y Reset to initial settings OK Cancel Note that options of each backup type are fully independent and you should configure them separately If you want to reset all the modified options to the values that were set after the product installation initially click the Reset to initial settings button In this section BACKUP schBlTies ocean certo te t oe ROEE E EEEE eSEE Eus 57 Single version scheme sss ener nnne nennen 58 Version chain scheme esses nnn neni nnns nnn 58 Custom schemes sorrire eiin a EEEE Es EErEE ara 59 Image creation mode esses eene ennemi nnne nnne inns 62 Backup protection esssssesssseeeeeee eene nennen nnne nnn nnne nne inns 63 Pre Post commands for backup sese 63 Backup splitting eesessseesseseseeee nenne nennen nennen nnns 64 Backup validation option esseeeesseeseeeeen ennemis 65 Backup reserve COPY csssessssccececessesensececececesseseuaeceecesseesesaeaeseesesseeseeaeas 65 Removable media settings enne 66 Backup comment ccceceesssscceeececesseseeaececececeusesauaeceeccuseeseauaeeeeeesseessnaees 67 Screenshot settings nnne enne nnne nnne nnns nnns 67 iit relaiet cirae x ea 67 Computer shutdown sees enninn nennen enean 68 File level securi
96. Acronis True Image Home 2012 Flacovary Wizar Bog fes Go Recovery Wizard RERICRIGSISE Select new file destination Delete JIder I My Computer Name Date Type gt Lj System Reserved C No items to display gt Lj Local Disk D P Lj New Volume E 4 New Volume F gt J RECYCLE BIN gt Ji My backups b J System Volume Informal gt Jj Time Explorer Storage gt Jj Trial recovery gt Computers Near Me SUE M r Folder FATrial recovery he 5 Select the destination for the files and then click Next 6 Select several files for recovery by selecting their check boxes and then click Next Select files and folders to recover Wi Backup archive Name Date Type Size aE Local Disk E B Corsica 002 jpg 4 12 09 7 File 2 404 m Pictures BD Corsica 003 jpg 4 12 09 7 File 2 692 D Corsica 007 jpg 4 12 08 7 File 3 082 B Corsica 012 jpg 4 12 08 7 File 3 185 Corsica 013 jpg 4 12 09 7 File 2 692 D Corsica 017 jpg 4 12 08 7 File 3 280 B Corsica 020 jpg 4 12 09 7 File 3 188 F Corsica 022 jpg 4 12 09 7 File 2 888 a Corsica 024jpg 4 12 09 7 File 2 704 BD Corsica 025 jpg 4 12 09 7 File 2 720 Q Corsica 030 jpg 4 12 09 7 File 93 482 a Corsica 032 jpg 4 12 08 7 File 2 352 BD Corsica 033 jpg 4 12 09 7 File 2 376 BD Corsica 034 jpg 4 12 09 7 File 2 724 ih Corsica 038 jp
97. Acronis True Image Home 2012 displays an appropriate error message The error message contains an event code and a short description of the error sometimes with a possible solution for instance Check the disk and file system for errors and try to repeat the operation Event Code 0x000101F6 The error message may also include the program module where the error has occurred and the error message from the module You can view more detailed information about the error by clicking the More details link in the message box The detailed information may look like as is shown on the following screen shot Error i 9 Error while opening script file More information about this error and solutions may be available online in the Acronis Knowledge Base To access the online resource manually enter the event code at http kb acronis com errorcode Event code Less details knowledge Base Quit To view the Acronis Knowledge Base article suggesting a solution s for correcting the error click the Knowledge Base button This will open a confirmation window that lists the information to be sent via Internet to the Acronis Knowledge Base Click OK to permit sending the information Feedback Confirmation The folowing information wil be sent via the Internet Click OK to confirm Parameter name Value Always send without confirmation If in future you would like to send such information without confirmation s
98. B Partition D Please specify the password to access the archive B Partition a B My system 3 My syste Password e m Optional steps Drive letter Path D My backups My_system tib Select a partition to mount as a virtual disk Note that you cannot mount an image of the entire disk except in the case when the disk consists of one partition If the image contains several partitions by default all of them will be selected for mounting with automatically assigned drive letters If you would like to assign different drive letters to the partitions to be mounted click Options E Mount Wizard Required steps Summary Archive selection Partitions to mount 1 Mode Read Partition 1 Drive letter G File system NTFS Label New Volume Size 16 GB Cluster size 4KB Optional steps Drive letter Options JI Proceed Cancel Copyright Acronis Inc 2000 2012 You can also select a letter to be assigned to the virtual disk from the Mount letter drop down list If you do not want to mount a partition select Do not mount in the list or clear the partition s check box 5 G Mount Wizard Required steps Drive letter Archive selection Select partitions to mount and assign drive letter Finish L Properties Partition Mount letter F Capa FreeS T Disk 2 V LA NTFS New Volume D G Pr 1
99. Back item in the Search menu or by pressing the Ctrl Backspace key combination 8 7 2 File shredder The File shredder enables quick permanent destruction of selected files and folders To permanently destroy files and folders Click the Tools and utilities tab and then click File shredder Follow the File shredder wizard steps 8 7 2 1 Select files folders Select the files and or folders you wish to shred To select files and or folders Expand the drives tree and select the files and or folders you need to shred You can select a random set of files folders and even disks Be careful when selecting the contents for shredding to avoid the loss of necessary data Having selected the contents for shredding click Next to continue r i File Shredder Wizard o ea lt gt File Shredder Wizard Select files and folders to shred File selection Eh Delete M Create new folder a L My Computer Name Date Type gt Ele Floppy Disk Drive A V Ji LANGUAGE 3 11 2010 1 File folder 4 lil E Local Disk C V 2 CABRK DLL 1 1 2007 6 5 Application exter PF SRecycle Bin V j CGLPT9X VXD 1 1 2007 6 5 Virtual device dri gt EJ Documents and Setting CGLPTNT SYS 1 1 2007 6 5 System file gt FQ Perttogs V DEFAULT BAR 1 1 2007 0 0 BAR File Fl Program Files V default brt 3 11 2010 1 BRI File m V description 1 1 2007 6 5 ION File
100. Backup data storage If you convert the file system of Acronis Secure Zone to NTFS this item will not appear at the later starts of the wizard 8 3 5 5 Removing Acronis Secure Zone Select the partitions to which you want to add the space freed up from Acronis Secure Zone If you select several partitions the space will be distributed proportionally to each partition s size To select a partition Select the appropriate partition s check box then click Next Acronis Secure Zone can be also removed while uninstalling the program You will have a choice between uninstallation of the program without removing Acronis Secure Zone and removing software along with Acronis Secure Zone Acronis Secure Zone deletion will automatically destroy all backups stored in the zone 8 3 6 Acronis Secure Zone summary The Acronis Secure Zone summary window displays a list of operations to be performed Creating or managing the Acronis Secure Zone operations may require reboot In that case after clicking the Proceed button you will be asked to confirm the reboot Pd New Volume E 16 00 GB NTFS Manage Acronis Secure Zone Wizard oloja G Manage Acronis Secure Zone Wizard Required steps Summary Space allocation Yu Location Disk 3 E Size 8 053 GB Finish Password None The current disk state ao After is New Volume E 7 945 GB NTFS ACRONIS SZ 8 053 GB NTFS oO Primary Logic
101. For example you have turned on the Nonstop Backup at 10 00 AM on July 12 In this case the first consolidation will be performed between 00 00 and 01 00 AM on July 14 Then the program will consolidate the data every day at the same time If your computer is turned off between 00 00 and 01 00 AM the consolidation will start when you turn the computer on If you turn off Nonstop Backup for some time the consolidation will start after you turn it on again You may think that at these backup rates the storage will fill in no time Do not worry as Acronis True Image Home 2012 will back up only so called deltas This means that only differences between old and new versions will be backed up and not whole changed files For example if you use Microsoft Outlook or Windows Mail your pst file may be very large Furthermore it changes with each received or sent E mail message Backing up the entire pst file after each change would be an unacceptable waste of your storage space so Acronis backs up only its changed parts in addition to the initially backed up file 3 6 1 Protecting your data continuously Let s consider how you can use Nonstop Backup for protecting your data Nonstop Backup 2 ka a Configure nonstop backup process e Source Switch to partition mode 4 Desktop Name Size E B tester E B Local Disk C Computer FAT32 E E E Libraries dm E cs FAT16 F E cs exFAT G L ces New Volume H3 L cs New Volume I L c
102. Furthermore you can add any number of custom categories containing files and folders The new categories will be saved and displayed along with the above You can change the contents of any custom or default file category edit the category or delete it The default file categories cannot be deleted To add a custom data category click Add category To change the default name of a custom category double click the name and enter a new one Select the data source e g a folder for the new category by clicking the Browse button By default the new category will contain Only the following file types but you can apply filters to select the specific types of files that you wish or do not wish to back up iBixi li Configure file backup process hd What to back up E Categories E Images b Video Category source C Users tester Browse Music v Images Include only the Following file types Finance E books Enter file extension B dd Documents zx m E E My category 1 be JPg ma gif P Add category Me png amp bmp f Desktop L mpng LJ psd a B tester pdd amp le IE Computer A dib tif Gu Network C erw nef Jd Libraries 1 raf O ort wj Homegroup Ge d backu 1 Exclusions Add Destination d backups NTFS s Schedule Off Turn on Backup scheme Custom The scheme is based on incremental method Backup name Documents Add comment 7 4 a Q File backup options
103. How it works Once you start Acronis Nonstop Backup the program will perform an initial full backup of the data selected for protection Acronis Nonstop Backup will then save changes in the protected files including open ones every five minutes so that you will be able to recover your system to an exact point in time Usually the different states of the protected data will be backed up at 5 minute intervals for 24 hours The older backups will be consolidated in such a way that Acronis True Image Home 2012 will keep daily backups for the last 30 days and weekly backups until all Nonstop Backup data destination space is used Note that if Acronis Nonstop Backup protects a non system partition and no changes have occurred for 5 minutes since the last backup the next scheduled backup will be skipped Acronis Nonstop Backup will wait for a significant data change and will create a new incremental backup only when such change has been detected In those cases the actual time interval will exceed 5 minutes In addition if for instance you are working in Word and do not use the Save operation for an hour changes in the Word document will not be backed up every five minutes because Acronis True Image Home 2012 checks file changes on the disk and not in the memory The consolidation will be performed every day between midnight and 01 00 AM The first consolidation will take place after the Nonstop Backup has been working for at least 24 hours
104. Image Home 2012 with the ability to perform full text indexing of many files in your backups You will be able to use this feature and perform searches of the files content Full text indexing of files in backup is provided only for the file types recognizable by Windows Search It recognizes text files Microsoft Office files all Microsoft Office Outlook and Microsoft Outlook Express items and more The contents of password protected backups or backups protected by a password and encryption will not be indexed though Windows Search provides search for the tib files of such backups Furthermore Windows Search has no access to Acronis Secure Zone so it will be unable to search and index backups in the zone Windows Search does not support indexing of zip files content 1 Toregister the plug in click the down arrow to the right of the Search field at the upper right corner of the main program window and then click Use Windows Search 2 Youcan verify that the tib files indexing support is enabled Right click on the Windows Search icon in your system tray and select Windows Desktop Search Options in the context menu The following window appears Make sure that the tib item is present in the Included Locations list 4 To open the Indexing Options window in Windows Vista or Windows 7 open the Control Panel and then double click the Indexing Options icon The Windows Vista and Windows 7 indexing options have some diffe
105. June 2011 13 51 25 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 By default all logs are selected for viewing The right pane shows all major log entries in the collapsed state To expand a log entry for viewing individual log items double click it To collapse the expanded log entry double click it again You can scroll the log entries using the scroll bar on the right side of the window For some error events the log can have the How to solve the problem link Clicking the link takes you to an article of the Acronis Knowledge Base which may help you to solve the problem To view the logs for a desired period select the period from the drop down list You can select Today Last week Last month and Custom To view all logs select All To view the logs for a specific time interval select Custom and specify the desired interval You can enter the desired period start and end dates directly into the fields You can also select a time interval on the calendar To select click the start date and then the end date while keeping the Shift key pressed To view the logs for a specific event source select the desired event source in the dropdown list below Event source You can select the following event sources All shows all logged events All backups shows logs for all your backups All syncs shows logs for all your synchronization Backup validation shows logs for the validation operat
106. Local folder as an object with which you want to synchronize your data and then click Next E 3 Create New Sync Select an object to sync with eh E Other computers and online storage ith other computers locally o a the Internet V Local folder Syr ith a folder t compute B drive NAS et Next Cancel 6 Select on the directory tree the second folder that you want to synchronize 7 Click Sync now and wait for the synchronization process completion You can also create a new sync using Windows Explorer To do this right click the folder that you want to synchronize and then click Sync this folder 5 4 3 How to synchronize two local folders and another computer You may need to synchronize three or more folders two of which are located on your computer and the others on other computers For example you may want to synchronize data between a local folder on your home computer USB flash drive and a folder on your work computer You may invite to this sync your friends as well First of all make sure that the required conditions are met See the list of conditions in Sync creation p 109 If you want to involve in your sync a remote or removable storage device such as NAS or USB drive then before creating this sync make sure that connection with NAS is established or USB drive is attached to your computer The following steps should be performed first on the sync owner s computer and
107. Open sync folder if you have a single sync choosing this item opens the synchronized folder If you have more than one sync this opens a submenu where you can select the desired sync folder Pause all syncs pauses all synchronization processes Resume all syncs restarts all synchronization processes if they have been paused Acronis Web site opens in your default browser the page with information about synchronization on Acronis Web site Help opens Acronis True Image Home 2012 Help 1 4 4 Tools and utilities tab This tab allows you to select the tools and utilities provided by Acronis True Image Home 2012 Launch the required tool or utility by clicking the appropriate link For more information see Tools and utilities Z Acronis Get started Acronis True Image Home Backup and recovery Synchronization Try amp Decide Perform any unsafe operation in the try mode and decide whether to apply or revert it Protection tools Rescue Media Builder Create a rescue media to boot and recover your computer if it becomes unbootable Acronis Startup Recovery Manager If Windows works unstably press F11 at boot time and recover your data or whole system Acronis Secure Zone A special secure partition for storing backups on your disk Boot Sequence Manager Boot your computer from a disk image Backup settings transfer Create a file containing backup settings and move itto another computer
108. Restore Defaults button System components Recycle Bin Temporary files Hard disk free space Find Computer list Find File list Recently Used Documents list Windows Run List Opened saved files history User Credentials Windows Prefetch Directory 8 7 3 2 Default clean up options The default clean up options are available by clicking the Click to change this setting link on the Data Destruction Method option page To change the default clean up options Choose on the tree the component clean up settings which you need to change After you change the options click OK to save your settings If you have already changed the clean up settings before you can always return to the program defaults by clicking the Restore Defaults button General By default the summary dialog window is displayed after each clean up procedure ends the Show summary check box is selected If you do not need this window to be displayed uncheck the box Clean up options System Clean up utilizes a number of the most popular data destruction methods Here you can select the common data destruction method which will be used by default for all other components The data destruction methods are described in detail in Hard Disk Wiping Methods p 209 of this guide 8 7 3 3 Specific clean up options You can customize the following clean up options Data destruction method Default options Files Drive fre
109. Select the folder containing the files you want to manage on the directory tree in the left pane The right pane lists the files in that folder 2 If you want to delete some files select them in the right pane by selecting their check boxes Having finished selection right click on the selection and choose Delete in the shortcut menu then click Yes in the confirmation window 7 Useful information Inthis section Protecting your system ssiri nennen nnn nn 135 Deciding where to store your backups ccssecsssseceeeeeeessessaeeeeeeseesees 137 Making sure that your rescue media can be used when needed 139 Testing that your backups can be used for recovery 143 Trying system changes safely esesssssseeeeeeeneenee enne 143 Scheduling cit tete e tete EE EEE EEN ENEE 149 Searching backups and their content eese 152 Choosing columns for viewing in wizards ccccccessececessteeecessaeeeeeeaes 158 Backup infOrmatiOn cccccccccccsscececssscececsesceceeseeesseaeeeseesseeeseesseeesees 158 Timieout Settings eco cetero Rees O dele beewceceie cdedeseees 158 7 1 Protecting your system To protect your system please take the necessary precautionary measures 1 To protect your system from a disaster you need to make a full backup of your system We strongly advice you to create a system backup as soon as possible 2 Whenever possible you should sto
110. Storage for virtual changes specify where Try amp Decide will store information about virtual changes to your system By default Try amp Decide saves the information to a free space on Disk C You can also choose as such place Acronis Secure Zone or another logical disk or hard drive When choosing to protect more than one partition you cannot select one of the partitions to be protected to store virtual changes In addition you cannot select an external hard disk drive Notifications specify whether Try amp Decide should alert you when it uses up all the space allotted for saving virtual changes and after a specified time period has passed By default all notifications are On To change the default settings click Change alert settings Note that after configuring the settings you will always be able to recover their default values To do so Click the Reset settings to default button 7 5 4 1 Protected partitions Specify the partition or partitions you want to protect from unauthorized changes during a Try amp Decide session By default Try amp Decide protects Disk C though you may choose to protect any other partition s in your system To select a partition Check the corresponding partition box To select the entire disk you must select all its partitions Click OK 7 5 4 2 Storage for virtual changes Specify the partition you want to use as a storage for virtual changes that will appear during a Try amp De
111. Synchronization between computers which belong to different accounts for example between your computer and your friend s computer See details in How to sync data with another person Sync state icons c The last synchronization completed successfully G The sync is in progress at the moment The sync is paused ix An error occurred during the last synchronization Acronis Time Explorer and Windows Explorer Sync state icons for files and folders c The file or folder is synchronized e The file or folder is being synced at the moment xa The file or folder has not been synchronized because of an error The notification area Sync state icons v The last synchronization completed successfully The sync is in progress at the moment rotating y prog static All syncs are paused or each sync has only one participant a An error occurred during the last synchronization 5 4 Sync creation Before you begin a new sync creation please choose which computers and or storage devices will take part in your new sync Then make sure that the following conditions are met Acronis True Image Home 2012 is installed on every computer If you connect your computers through a local area network make sure that local connection is established All owners of the involved computers have Acronis accounts Every computer has connection to the Internet Depending on which computers and or storage devices will be involv
112. This is recommended only for users familiar with the principles of data destruction used in secure disk wiping methods To create a custom hard disk wiping algorithm select and click the Custom line from the drop down list in the Algorithm selection window In this case some new required steps appear in the DriveCleanser wizard and you will be able to create a data destruction algorithm matching your security requirements f mee amp 3 Acronis DriveCleanser Required steps Your algorithm y Wiping Pass Adjustment Source selection Please select a pass fron Change parameters for the custom algorithm pass MALO dh ei EE Note that you can chan Algorithm Definition Operation Patt Saving Custom Algorithm write 00 ill be overwritten with the chosen pattern Please enter the pattern write 00 write P Write a random number Random length A random value will be generated Then all the data will be overwritten with this number Please select the number of bytes in the random value The random value length can vary from 1 to 512 bytes long ic _ Write complementary to previous pass pattern Select this operation if you want Acronis True Image Home to count complementary to the previous step pattern The data will be overwritten with the newly counted pattern Verify eee Select this operation if you want the previously written data to be verified Having created a custom meth
113. a Builder You can run Acronis True Image Home 2012 from an emergency boot media on a bare metal system or a crashed computer that cannot boot You can even back up disks on a non Windows computer copying all its data into the backup by imaging the disk in the sector by sector mode To do so you will need bootable media that has a copy of the standalone Acronis True Image Home 2012 version installed on it If you purchased the boxed product you already have a bootable CD because the installation CD itself is bootable If you purchased Acronis True Image Home 2012 on the Web or as a download from a retailer you can create bootable media using the Bootable Media Builder For this you will need a blank CD R RW a blank DVD R RW or any other media from which your computer can boot such as a USB flash drive Please note you cannot boot Windows operating system from a bootable media created on a USB flash drive Acronis True Image Home 2012 also provides the ability to create an ISO image of a bootable disc on the hard disk If you have other Acronis products such as Acronis Disk Director Home installed on your computer you can include standalone versions of these programs on the same bootable media as well Notes If you have chosen not to install the Bootable Media Builder during Acronis True Image Home 2012 installation you will not be able to use this feature When booting from the Rescue Media you cannot perform backup
114. ab This opens a window where you can browse for backups on your computer To add an existing backup to the backup list select the backup and click the Add to backup list button 3 10 Deleting backups and backup versions You may want to delete backups and backup versions you no longer need Acronis True Image Home 2012 stores information on the backups in a metadata information database Therefore deleting unneeded backup files in Windows Explorer will not delete information about these backups from the database and Acronis True Image Home 2012 will consider that they still exist This will result in errors when the program tries to perform operations on the backups that no longer exist So you must only remove obsolete backups and backup versions by using the tools provided by Acronis True Image Home 2012 To delete an entire backup Find the corresponding backup box on the Backup and recovery tab of Acronis True Image Home 2012 Click the gear icon to open the Operations menu and then click Delete When you delete an entire backup all its versions will be deleted as well To delete a specific backup version 1 On the Backup and recovery tab find the corresponding backup box click Explore and recover 2 In Backup explorer right click on the time line the version you want to delete and then click Delete version When you delete a backup version please remember that this version may have dependent versions In this case
115. ace for the folder backup You can use the Acronis Secure Zone as the storage for virtual system changes in the Try mode The Try amp Decide data will be automatically cleaned up after you stop a Try amp Decide session If the Acronis Secure Zone is used as the Nonstop Backup data destination the program does not clean up such data automatically You can clean up Nonstop Backup data manually For more information see Acronis Nonstop Backup data storage p 50 In order to not worry about zone overflow during a scheduled backup it is recommended to select the When not enough space in ASZ delete the oldest backup box in the scheduled backup options Error handling 8 3 2 Acronis Secure Zone location If you are creating the Acronis Secure Zone select a disk and its partition whose space will be used to create Acronis Secure Zone You can also select free or unallocated space of other partitions if these partitions are located on the selected disk Note that the Acronis Secure Zone can be located on basic disks only you cannot create it on dynamic disks and volumes To specify a location for the Acronis Secure Zone Click on a hard disk drive to create the Acronis Secure Zone on On the selected hard disk drive select one or more partitions from which unallocated and or free space will be taken The chosen partitions will be resized if necessary to give space to the Acronis Secure Zone Having selected the disk and partitions
116. address and password and then click Log in Login is required only when you create your first sync Afterwards login is performed automatically 3 Click New sync 4 Inthe opened window select on the directory tree the folder that you want to synchronize and click Next D Create New Sync Specify a folder to synchronize ge E My Documents a E My Pictures _ B My Videos B Saved Games P Searches 1 Computer ii Network Libraries E NAS connections m Folder C Users adm Pictures New folder Cancel 5 Select Other computers and online storage as an object with which you want to synchronize your data and click Next You may protect your data and sync from unauthorized access To do this click Set password type a password and click the Save icon 7 m G 3l Create New Sync Select an object to sync with wace 7 Other computers and online storage lly or via the Internet Sync with other computer Set password Local folder Sync with a folder on this computer USB drive NAS etc Net Cancel 6 Select the Store file versions in the online storage check box if you want to store data versions on the remote Acronis server This option allows you to roll back to a previous file folder version when necessary Note that Acronis True Image Online service is required for that task See details in Versions of synced files Click Create sync
117. ait for you to select whether to boot the OS or the Acronis component If you set for example 10 sec for Acronis rescue media the standalone Acronis True Image Home 2012 will launch 10 seconds after the menu is displayed Click Next to continue 8 2 1 2 Bootable media startup parameters Here you can set bootable media startup parameters in order to configure rescue media boot options for better compatibility with different hardware Several options are available nousb nomouse noapic etc These parameters are provided for advanced users If you encounter any hardware compatibility problems while testing boot from the rescue media it may be best to contact Acronis Technical Support To add a startup parameter Enter acommand into the Parameters field Having specified the startup parameters click Next to continue Additional parameters that can be applied prior to booting Linux kernel Description The following parameters can be used to load Linux kernel in a special mode acpi off Disables ACPI and may help with a particular hardware configuration noapic Disables APIC Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller and may help with a particular hardware configuration nousb Disables loading of USB modules nousb2 Disables USB 2 0 support USB 1 1 devices still work with this option This option allows using some USB drives in USB 1 1 mode if they do not work in USB 2 0 mode quiet This parameter is
118. al Dynamic i Acronis Secure Zone Unallocated Unsupported Options Proceed JI Cancel Click the Proceed button to start the listed operations Click the Options button if you want to protect Acronis Secure Zone with a password Click the Cancel button to exit the wizard without performing any operations 8 4 Cloning a hard disk Inthis section General information eie ose cerebro aieo d 179 kn 179 Selecting clone mode esses enne eene enne nns 180 Selecting a source disk iet eed e ete e enata 181 Selecting a destination disk essen 182 Move Snraueeme 182 Data migraties eatin eerte ertet een eu enr este Eye v ee eue se Pe ve eau 183 Manual partitioning edet enacted et een er eee deese va sedet dede euo 183 Cloning s rfmaty c N eere eren eere ee eo eve ce aene e eren een 185 178 Copyright O Acronis Inc 2000 2012 8 4 1 General information You might find that your hard disk does not have enough space for the operating system and installed applications preventing you from updating your software or installing new applications In this case you have to transfer the system to a higher capacity hard disk To transfer the system you must first install the new disk in the computer If your computer doesn t have a bay for another hard disk you can temporarily install it in place of y
119. al backup to such a backup the program will ask for the password in a special window allowing access only to authorized users In this case you must specify the correct password for the selected backup file Only then will you be able to proceed with the selected operation 4 13 Arranging boot order in BIOS BIOS has a built in setup utility for initial computer configuration To enter it you have to press a certain key combination Del F1 Ctrl Alt Esc Ctril Esc or some other depending on your BIOS during the POST power on self test sequence that starts immediately after you turn your computer on Usually the message with the required key combination is displayed during the startup test Pressing this combination takes you to the menu of the setup utility that is included in your BIOS The menu can differ in appearance sets of items and their names depending on the BIOS manufacturer The most widely known BIOS makers for PC motherboards are Award Phoenix and AMI Moreover while items in the standard setup menu are mostly the same for various BlOSes items of the extended or advanced setup heavily depend on the computer and BIOS version Among other things the BIOS menu allows you to adjust the boot order Computer BIOS allows booting operating systems not only from hard disks but also from CD ROMs DVD ROMs and other devices Changing the boot order may be required for example to make your rescue media CD DVD or USB stick dev
120. alidate backup before recovery The preset is disabled Before data is recovered from the backup Acronis True Image Home 2012 can check its integrity If you suspect that the backup might have been corrupted enable this option Check the file system after recovery The preset is disabled Having recovered a partition from an image Acronis True Image Home 2012 can check the integrity of the file system To do so enable this option Limitations on use of this option Check of the file system is available only when recovering partitions using FAT16 32 and NTFS file systems Thefile system will not be checked if a reboot is required during recovery for example when recovering the system partition to its original place 4 14 3 Computer restart The preset is Disabled If you want the computer to reboot automatically when it is required for recovery select the Restart the computer automatically if needed for the recovery check box This may be used when a partition locked by the operating system has to be recovered Enabling the option allows rebooting the computer without user interaction during recovery 4 14 4 File recovery options You can select the following file recovery options Recover files with their original security settings if the file security settings were preserved during backup see File level security settings for backup p 68 you can choose whether to recover them or let the files inherit the security se
121. all your work Schedule the backup and select the check box After that you may leave your computer when you finish your work knowing that the critical data will be backed up and the computer will be turned off 3 11 16 File level security settings for backup You can specify security settings for backed up files these settings relate only to file folder backups Preserve file security settings in backups selecting this option will preserve all the security properties permissions assigned to groups or users of the backup files for further recovery By default files and folders are saved in the backup with their original Windows security settings i e permissions for read write execute and so on for each user or user group set in file Properties gt Security If you recover a secured file folder on a computer without the user specified in the permissions you may not be able to read or modify this file To eliminate this kind of problem you can disable preserving file security settings in backups Then the recovered files folders will always inherit the permissions from the folder to which they are recovered parent folder or disk if recovered to the root Or you can disable file security settings during recovery even if they are available in the backup The result will be the same n backups store encrypted files in a decrypted state the preset is disabled check the option if there are encrypted files in the backup and yo
122. allation Environment distributions based on any of the following kernels WinPE 1 5 2 x 3 0 To be able to create or modify PE 2 x and 3 0 images you must have Windows Automated Installation Kit AIK installed Running Acronis True Image Home 2012 in the preinstallation environment may provide better compatibility with your computer s hardware because the preinstallation environment uses Windows drivers For more information see Creating WinPE based rescue media p 168 1 1 3 Acronis True Image Home 2012 basic concepts This section provides general information about basic concepts which could be useful for understanding how the program works Backup and recovery Backup refers to the making copies of data so that these additional copies may be used to recover the original after a data loss event Backups are useful primarily for two purposes The first is to restore a state following a disaster called disaster recovery The second is to recover small numbers of files after they have been accidentally deleted or corrupted Acronis True Image Home 2012 does both by creating disk or partition images and file level backups respectively Backup versions Backup versions are the file or files created during each backup operation If you do not use consolidation feature the amount of versions created is always equal to the amount of times the backup is executed or to the amount of stored points in time So a version represents a point
123. ame AcronisMedia iso Copyright Acronis Inc 2000 2012 170 Copyrigl 7 Check your settings in the summary screen and click Proceed Acronis WinPE ISO Builder Acronis The Acronis MEE ISO Builder is se to start the media creation process Here is complete list of operations to be performed True Image Ready to create the Windows PE ISO media Windows PE source c winpe_x66 jso Acronis WinPE directory ISO m C Program AlesiAcronis TrualmageHomel BartPE d 3 Target 150 file name CiNwinpe x86150 AcronisMedis iso 7 Acronis INE www acronis com Please click Proceed to start 8 Burn the ISO to a CD using a third party tool for example Nero and you will have a bootable Windows PE disc with Acronis True Image Home 2012 Once a machine boots into WinPE Acronis True Image Home 2012 starts automatically Be aware that startup may take a considerable amount of time 8 2 3 2 Adding the Acronis Plug in to the existing WinPE 2 x or 3 0 ISO To be able to add the Acronis Plug in you must first install Acronis True Image Home 2012 Plus Pack on your PC 1 Unpack all files of your Win PE 2 or 3 ISO to a separate folder on the hard disk 2 Select Acronis gt Plus Pack for Acronis True Image Home 2012 gt Acronis WinPE ISO Builder from the Start menu Specify the path to the folder with the WinPE files Specify the full path to the resulting ISO file including the filename or leave the default path and fi
124. ame will be added add machine name the computer name will be added add task name the name of the task that includes the backup will be added add task run number the sequence number of the task run will be added Click Disk backup options to set the options for the backup being configured For example when your data disk contains sensitive information you may want to protect the information by encryption You can also choose to validate the backup immediately after its creation though it can be done later For more information see Backup options p 56 When you set up the backup as needed you can run it immediately by clicking the Back up now button If you want to run the backup later or on a schedule click the down arrow to the right of the Back up now button and select Later in the drop down list to save the settings you have made 3 4 Backing up files and folders To back up files and or folders click Other backups on the Backup and recovery tab and then select File backup This opens the File Backup window File Backup Configure file backup process Source E Categories Name 4 5 Desktop m P tester jE Computer Gu Network 4 i Libraries I Documents I Music v D Pictures 7 bb Videos Ivi s My Pictures V Public Pictures Destination LAMY backups 186 45 GB of 186 54 GB free Schedule Off Tum on Backup scheme Custom The scheme is based on incremental method
125. and the system will be rebooted and reverted exactly to the state it was in prior to turning on the Try mode including all those hidden files 7 6 Scheduling To open the Scheduler window click the Turn on link to the right of Schedule while configuring a backup Here you can specify the backup and validation schedule settings mes Schedule your operation v Lo etel Daily Monthly E Weekly Every Fou th Wednesday Zj a 9 On 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Monthly 8 9 ao E R EET Upon event 35 9 1G cl ch Fins ida DD 21 22 23 0280 025 i281 2i ie Start at 7 00 PM Advanced settings Run the backup only when the computer is idle V Prevent the computer from going to sleep hibernate v Wake up the sleeping hibernating computer Missed backup V Run at system startup Operation start delay in minutes f lad Do not schedule OK Cancel You can choose and set up one of the following backup or validation frequencies Daily p 151 the operation will be executed once a day or more frequently Weekly p 151 the operation will be executed once a week or several times a week on the selected days Monthly p 152 the operation will be executed once a month or several times a month on the selected dates Upon event p 152 the operation will be executed upon an event Clicking the Do not schedule button turns off the scheduler for the current operation In this
126. anged to fit the new drive size If the new drive is smaller the partitions will be shrunk accordingly if the new drive is bigger the partitions will be enlarged proportionally Manual Allows you to set partition size manually Z Net Proceed Cancel If you elect to transfer information as is a new partition will be created for every old one with the same size and type file system and label The unused space will become unallocated Afterwards you will be able to use the unallocated space to create new partitions or to enlarge the existing partitions with special tools such as Acronis Disk Director Suite As a rule as is transfers are not recommended as they leave a lot of unallocated space on the new disk Using the as is method Acronis True Image Home 2012 transfers unsupported and damaged file systems If you transfer data proportionally each partition will be enlarged according to the proportion of the old and new disk capacities FAT16 partitions are enlarged less than others as they have a 4GB size limit Depending on the selected combination you will proceed to either the cloning summary window or the Change disk layout step see below 8 4 7 Data migration Acronis True Image Home 2012 allows you to select a partition layout for a target disk after clone operation completion 8 4 8 Manual partitioning The manual transfer method enables you to resize partitions on the new dis
127. ant to regularly back up data located on a removable media for example USB flash drive or remote storage for example network folder or NAS we recommend that you select the Run when the current source device is attached check box This is useful because an external storage device may be often unavailable at the scheduled moment of backup In that case if the check box is selected the missed backup operation will start when the device is connected or attached Run the backup upon HDD alarm available when Acronis Drive Monitor is installed if enabled the backup will run as soon as there is an alarm on Acronis Drive Monitor about a potential problem with one of the hard disks in the backup source Acronis Drive Monitor is a hard drive health monitoring utility based on information received from hard drive S M A R T reports Windows logs and its own scripts Having finished scheduling click OK In this section Daily execution paratetets in e ee e ree tried re Re uer See 151 Weekly execution parameters essere enne 151 Monthly execution parameters essere 152 Upon event execution parameters cesses 152 7 6 1 Daily execution parameters You can set up the following parameters for daily operation execution Start time or periodicity If you select At set the operation s start time Enter hours and minutes manually or set the desired start time using the up and down buttons Y
128. ant to unmount Drive Letter Volume Label Disk Size File System v c New Volume 16 GB NTFS e You can also do this in Windows Explorer by right clicking on the disk icon and choosing Unmount 8 10 Working with vhd files In this section Converting tib images into vhd virtual disks and vice versa 214 Recovery using vhd files created by Windows Backup 216 Booting from a tib image of your Windows 7 system partition 217 Acronis Boot Sequence Managel cccccccccccsccccececececececesececeeeceseceeeeess 218 8 10 1 Converting tib images into vhd virtual disks and vice versa The standalone versions of Acronis True Image Home 2012 that start when booting from the rescue media do not support conversion operations 8 10 1 1 Converting Acronis backup Users of the Enterprise and Ultimate editions of Windows 7 can convert a tib image of the system partition into the vhd format if they want to use the converted vhd file for booting the operating system Or they may want to get the ability to mount images without using Acronis True Image Home 2012 To convert an Acronis disk image tib file to a vhd virtual disk 1 Click Acronis backup conversion on the Tools and utilities tab m G Convert to Windows Backup Required steps Select an Acronis backup Archive selection Archive location IS Desi Name Created Com Rating Method Path Images s Partitio
129. any program problem Report generation will be available before you start Acronis True Image Home 2012 from the bootable media The generated system report can be saved to a USB flash drive p Acronis Media Builder ES a Rescue media contents selection Select the bootable components of the Acronis products to be placed on the bootable media Once the media is created you will be able to boot a computer into the media and run the selected components ue geil dre image Home EB Acronis True Image Home Full version V Q2 Acronis True Image Home F 7 dj Acronis System Report Version 14 0 137 Language English This version includes drivers for USB PC Card SCSI hard disks i m L 7 Start automatically after 10 sec Space required 103 5 MB amp Help lt Back I Next gt l Cancel To select a component Select the check box of the program you want to include into the bootable media The bottom field displays the space required for the selected components If you have other Acronis products installed on your computer you can also include standalone versions of these programs into the same bootable media If automatic start of the program is necessary select the Starts automatically after check box The Start automatically after parameter specifies the timeout interval for the boot menu If this parameter is not specified the program will display the boot menu and w
130. art Acronis True Image Home 2012 on a local computer without loading the operating system If Windows won t load this feature allows you to use Acronis True Image Home 2012 by itself to recover damaged partitions To be able to use Acronis Startup Recovery Manager at boot time Click the Tools and utilities tab and then select Acronis Startup Recovery Manager m Click the Activate button Acronis Startup Recovery Manager x MX Acronis Startup Recovery Manager Acronis Startup Recovery Manager allows you to recover your computer at boot time before the operating system starts gt Activate If F11 is pressed at boot time Acronis True Image will be run I7 Cancel Attention When Acronis Startup Recovery Manager is activated it overwrites the master boot record MBR with its own boot code If you have any third party boot managers installed you will have to reactivate them after activating the Startup Recovery Manager For Linux loaders e g LiLo and GRUB you might consider installing them to a Linux root or boot partition boot record instead of an MBR before activating Acronis Startup Recovery Manager If a failure occurs turn on the computer and press F11 when you see the Press F11 for Acronis Startup Recovery Manager message This will start a standalone version of Acronis True Image Home 2012 that differs only slightly from the complete version Browse for a backup containing an image of your system
131. artition being created the size of the new partition file system of the new partition partition type available only for MBR disks partition letter and label G Add New Disk Wizard Reed stan Create partitions Size Min 3 MB a Parton D 200 GB NTFS Minimal space E Free space Unallocated space Partition size po cB Free space before 1 gt MB Free space after 0 gt MB File system Partition letter Partition label NTFS D Select the type of partition Primary Mark the partition as active Cc r Logical ga Please specify settings for the partition being created Ca If you allocate all unallocated space on the disk to the new partition the Create new partition button disappears 8 5 3 1 Partition settings Specify the settings for the partition being created Size You can resize and relocate the partition being created If you want to resize the partition Point the cursor at the partition border If the cursor is pointed exactly at the partition border it will change into two vertical lines with arrows on each side Hold down the left mouse button and drag the selected partition border to enlarge or reduce the partition size You can also set the size of the partition manually by typing in the desired partition size in the Partition Size field If you want to relocate the partition Point the cursor at the partition The curso
132. as well as files matching the criteria you specify For more information see Excluding items from backup 6 6 Recovery from Online storage 6 6 1 Recovering data from Online storage With Acronis True Image Home 2012 you can browse and recover data that was backed up on Online storage If you have backed up data from several computers select the online backup box for the computer from which you backed up the data you want to recover If the data from the selected computer is stored on the Online storage in encrypted form you will be asked to enter the encryption key which has been used for encryption You will not be able to access the data until you enter the correct encryption key Truelmage e de Files and folders Search LP v My Documents gt Thursday July 07 2011 2 46 18 AM 4 Bl My computer Name Size Type Date Mec V J My Documents File Folder 7 6 2011 3 16 26 AM V J Documents and Se V tester tester Selected to recove 5 A File Folder ep peant 32 files and 3 folders 66 2 MB Se Week ago Wed Wed E3 L PAREM Ee 7 1 Select in the Backup Explorer the files and folders you want to recover For more information on items selection in the Backup Explorer see Files and folders tab p 28 Click Recover to start recovery This opens the File Recovery window 2 Select a destination on your computer to where you want to recover selected files folders You can recover data to its original locati
133. backup or recovery process will run faster but the performance of other programs will be reduced Be aware that selecting this option may result in 10096 CPU usage by Acronis True Image Home 2012 4 14 7 Notifications for recovery operation Sometimes a backup or recovery procedure can last an hour or longer Acronis True Image Home 2012 can notify you when it is finished via e mail The program can also duplicate messages issued during the operation or send you the full operation log after operation completion By default all notifications are disabled Free disk space threshold You may want to be notified when the free space on the backup storage becomes less than the specified threshold value If after starting a backup Acronis True Image Home 2012 finds out that the free space in the selected backup location is already less than the specified value the program will not begin the actual backup process and will immediately inform you by displaying an appropriate message The message offers you three choices to ignore it and proceed with the backup to browse for another location for the backup or to cancel the backup If the free space becomes less than the specified value while the backup is being run the program will display the same message and you will have to make the same decisions To set the free disk space threshold Select the Show notification message on insufficient free disk space check box In the Size box type or se
134. backups as well as the target new drive Information on partition sizes drive capacities their manufacturers and model numbers can also help to correctly identify the drives It is highly recommended to install the new hard drive to the same position in the computer and to use the same cable and connector that was used for the original drive This is not always possible e g the old drive may be an IDE and the new drive may be a SATA In any case install the new drive to where it will be used 4 5 1 Recovering a disk with a hidden partition A hidden partition may be created by the PC manufacturer for diagnostics or system recovery Users of Windows 7 usually have the hidden System Reserved partition Recovering a backup of a system disk with a hidden partition requires that you to take into account some additional factors First of all it is necessary for the new drive to keep the physical order of the partitions that existed on the old drive In addition you should place the hidden partition in the same location usually at the start or the end of the disk space To minimize the risk of possible problems it is better to recover the hidden partition without resizing Here we describe recovery of a system disk with Windows 7 and the hidden System Reserved partition Attach the external drive if it contains the backup to be used for recovery and make sure that the drive is powered on This must be done before booting from Acronis resc
135. bles our customers to provide us with various information including information about the hardware configuration of your host computer and or virtual machines the features you use most and least and the nature of the problems you face Based on this information we will be able to improve the Acronis products and the features you use most often If you choose to participate the technical information will be automatically collected every 90 days We will not collect any personal data like your name address phone number or keyboard input Participation in the CEP is voluntary however but the end results intended to provide software improvements and enhanced functionality to better meet the needs of our customers Note that you will be able to leave the program any time Click the Learn more link to read the participation terms To make a decision Choose Yes want to participate in the program if you want to join the program Choose No do not accept if you do not want to join the program 10 Glossary of Terms A Acronis Secure Zone A secure partition for storing backups p 226 on a hard disk Advantages enables recovery of a disk to the same disk where the disk s backup resides offers a cost effective and handy method for protecting data from software malfunction virus attack operator error eliminates the need for a separate media or network connection to back up or recover the data Limitations
136. cccecessesesseseceeecessesaaeseceescesseeeaeceeeescessesaaeseeeesssssessnaeess 42 3 4 1 Data CALEB ONES moinen Naeraa EOD ERR ETE YR ce Vea ns y dena vd x ed EE RANA d 43 3 4 2 S pport Tor Zip format cuo rien rrr ree eta nene ere ee EEE EEE va vea ee eye eee e ERA EVANS a de Eee e RYE Y Y ER ns 44 3 5 Backing up esmall etate tee eee de taa ee CREE AE ee deu IUIS EORR ede Po CREER QN 45 3 6 Using Acronis Nonstop BacCkup cccccccccccsssssessssecececseseseaeseeeescesseseeaeeeeeescessesaaeseseeseeeseseaaees 3 6 1 Protecting your data continuously eene nn treten tnnt testata sth stai tn trata tassa stairs sana 3 6 2 Protecting your system continuously sessesesseseeeeeeeee eee ennt nnn nnn 3 6 3 Acronis Nonstop Backup data storage sess nnn nnns 3 6 4 Nonstop Backup Frequently asked questions 3 7 Making reserve copies of your backups csscsccccecesssssnseseceescessesesaeseeeescesseseaaeeeeeeseessesenaeess 3 8 Backup to various places ccccesesssssececececesseseaececeeecesseseaaeseceescesseseseseeeeecesseeaaeeeeeeseessesenaeess 54 3 9 Adding an existing backup to the list eene nnne 55 3 10 Deleting backups and backup VErsiOns cccscssccccececsssessceeececeseeseaeaeeeseesseeseaeaeeeeecesseseaaaes 55 3 1 JBackupoptiOfisuss eet EE UM M M IM 56 3 11 41 Backup schemes rennen eiii ses enaaceoasnsssaeassaesshduiausasauesosaacaviedd epa rts RE end 57 341 2 Single verslon SChem
137. ce in the destination location becomes insufficient for completing the backup The program will wait for your decision on whether you want to cancel the backup free some storage space or select another destination for the backup Timeout settings allow you to specify the time interval the program should wait for your response Move the slider to the right to set the time interval in minutes Note that the Infinite setting is not recommended If the response is not received during the interval the operation will be canceled 8 Tools and utilities Acronis Tools and utilities include Try amp Decide protection tools mounting tools backup conversion tools clone disk utility security and privacy utilities disk management utilities and backup settings transfer tools Try amp Decide Try any unsafe operation in the Try mode and then decide whether to apply or discard it Protection tools Acronis Startup Recovery Manager Allows you to start Acronis True Image Home 2012 without loading the operating system by pressing F11 at boot time before the operating system starts Rescue Media Builder Allows you to create a bootable rescue media with Acronis products or their specified components installed on your computer Acronis Secure Zone Allows you to store your backups in a special safe partition on your disk Boot Sequence Manager Allows you to add Windows 7 system partition images to the booting list and then manage the list
138. choose the correct version you can open the version in the associated application and view the file contents Choose the version by its backup time and then click the Open button Acronis True Image Home 2012 will recover the file version to a temporary folder Then it will open the file using the associated application To exit the window without recovering click Cancel 6 7 Removing data from Online storage Because the available space on Acronis Online storage is limited you need to manage your Online storage space by cleaning up the obsolete data or the data you do not need anymore Cleanup can be done in a variety of ways The most drastic one is deleting the entire backup from a computer on the Online storage To remove the backup click the gear icon in the box of the online backup to open the Operations menu and select Delete then click Yes in the confirmation window The Online backup options provide for automatic cleanup of the Online storage You can specify deletion of files that have been kept on the storage longer than the specified number of months or days In addition you can set the maximum number of file versions to be kept on the Online storage You can accept the default settings for those options or set the values you need For more information see Online storage cleanup p 128 You can also manage Acronis Online storage by deleting individual files Such deletions can be done only for the active online backup 1
139. choose this item if you want to remove the Acronis Secure Zone from your hard disk Convert file system to NTFS p 177 choose this item if you want to convert the zone file system from FAT32 to NTFS This item appears only if you have the Acronis Secure Zone created by a previous Acronis True Image Home 2012 version Change password p 176 choose this item if you want to change the password for accessing the Acronis Secure Zone 8 3 5 1 Increase size Select the partitions from which space will be used to increase the size of Acronis Secure Zone An unallocated space also might be selected To select a partition Select the appropriate partition s check box then click Next 8 3 5 2 Decrease size Select a partition that will receive free space after Acronis Secure Zone is reduced in size You can also select an unallocated space to reduce the size of the secure zone To select a partition Select the appropriate partition s check box then click Next 8 3 5 3 Acronis Secure Zone protection Here you can set up password protection for the Acronis Secure Zone in order to prevent it from unauthorized access The program will ask for the password at any operation relating to the Acronis Secure Zone such as data backup and recovery mounting images or validating backups in the Acronis Secure Zone resizing and deleting the Acronis Secure Zone Password settings Do not protect choose this option if you do not wa
140. chronization of its contents click the New folder button and then name the created folder before clicking Next Specify a folder to synchronize ge E My Documents a Dh My Musie 0000000000000 E My Pictures _ B My Videos B Saved Games P Searches 1 Computer Gia Network Libraries E NAS connections m Folder C Usersladm Pictures New folder V Create New Sync mes Net Cancel 5 Select Other computers and online storage as an object with which you want to synchronize your data and click Next You may protect your data and the sync from unauthorized access To do this click Set password type a password and then click the Save icon green check mark G 3l Create New Sync Select an object to sync with 4 Other computers and online storage Sync with other computers locally or via the Internet Set password Local folder SB drive NAS etc Sync with a folder on this computer USB wace Net Cancel 6 Select the Store file versions in the online storage check box if you want to store versions of your files on the remote Acronis server This option allows you to roll back to a previous file version when necessary Note that Acronis True Image Online service is required for that task See details in Versions of synchronized files 7 Click Create sync You can also create a new sync using Windows Explorer To do this right click the fo
141. cide session By default Try amp Decide saves the information to a free space on Disk C You can also choose as such place Acronis Secure Zone or another logical disk or hard drive When choosing to protect more than one partition you cannot select one of the partitions to be protected to store virtual changes In addition you cannot select an external hard disk drive To select a partition Click on the partition you want to store virtual changes on Click OK 7 5 4 3 Alert settings Specify whether Try amp Decide should alert you when it uses up all the space allotted for saving virtual changes and after a specified time period has elapsed By default the Alert is On The following options are available On free disk space remaining using this option the program automatically checks the amount of free space left on the disk used by Try amp Decide with values that you specify If the amount of free space becomes less than the specified value the program displays a notification message On time elapsed since Try amp Decide started using this option the program will notify you if Try amp Decide has been working for longer than the period of time you specified Having specified the alert settings click OK 7 5 5 Try amp Decide typical use cases The Try amp Decide feature can help you in various circumstances for example Software testing There are known cases when installation of antivirus software cripples
142. ckup that is when creating a reserve copy the program always makes a full backup of the source data You cannot make a reserve copy in the form of an incremental or differential backup even in tib format Also remember that the operation will take more time because normal backup and reserve copying are performed one after another and not simultaneously Furthermore you will need more storage space or an additional storage device For example to make a reserve copy of some files on a USB stick 1 While configuring a backup click the File backup options link expand the Backup reserve copy item and then select the Create a reserve copy of my backups box This opens the Browse for folder window 2 Select the destination and create a folder for a reserve copy by clicking the New folder button Browse for Folder Select destination A Desktop a B tester a M Computer ey Floppy Disk Drive A a KINGSTON D a My Internet kk New project m J Old J Project amp Local Disk C cs FAT3 Es cs FATI6 F 5 au BT 40A Folder X New folder OK Cancel 3 Choose how to duplicate the files on the USB stick If you need to save space choose duplicating as a zip file and then click OK File Backup Options kaJ Backup scheme Advanced Performance Notifications Exclusions amp Backup protection v Bl Pre Post commands Y Backup splitting Y f Validation Y 9 Backup reserve copy
143. d Optical discs Blank optical discs such as DVD R DVD R are very cheap so they will be the lowest cost solution for backing up your data though the slowest one This is especially true when backing up directly to DVDs Furthermore if your backup consists of several DVDs data recovery from DVDs will require a lot of disc swapping On the other hand using Blu ray discs may be a viable option Due to the necessity of swapping discs we strongly recommend to avoid backing up to DVDs if the number of discs is more than three When there is no alternative to backing up to DVDs we recommend to copy all DVDs to a folder on a hard disk and then to recover from that folder Online backup Acronis True Image Home 2012 allows you to use Acronis True Image Online service for safeguarding your most important files by saving them to a secure remote location Because files are stored ona remote storage they are protected even if your computer gets stolen So the risk of data loss as a result of fire theft or other natural disasters is practically eliminated If something happens to your backup image PC or external storage device you can get your most important files back 7 2 1 FTP connection Acronis True Image Home 2012 allows you to store your backups on FTP servers To create a new FTP connection when selecting a backup storage click New FTP connection and in the opened window provide Path to the FTP server for example my se
144. d When you type text in the Text field it will be automatically converted to hexadecimal value in the Hex field and vice versa Check the Case sensitive parameter to consider a letter case If you selected a search mode without letter case matching not only the case but also elements of the above characters will be ignored for Roman character sets Check the Search at sector offset parameter to search for a given line at a given offset inside the sector Click OK to begin searching After the search process is finished the current position will be moved to where a line was found or will remain the same if no lines were found You can search for the next line from the current position by selecting the Search again item in the Search menu or by pressing the F3 key Go to sector You can go to the necessary sector according to its absolute offset by selecting the Go to line in the Search menu or by pressing the Alt P key combination Selecting this line opens the Go to dialog window The transition is performed by entering the absolute sector offset or cylinder head and sector numbers The listed parameters are bound by this expression CYL x HDS HD x SPT SEC 1 Where CYL HD SEC are numbers of the cylinder head sector in the CHS co ordinates Cylinder Head Sector HDS is the number of heads per disk SPT is the number of sectors per track You can return to a sector from another one by selecting the
145. d by the 01110101 0x75 sequence The Algorithm definition window offers you the template for the algorithm only You should define exactly what the software should write to disk to destroy the confidential data according to your algorithm To do this click your mouse on the line representing pass 1 and click Edit Wiping pass adjustment The Wiping Pass Adjustment window allows you to define the pattern to be written to disk hexadecimal value This is what the window control elements mean You may enter any hexadecimal value into the field under the Write pattern switch to write it to a hard disk during any pass during the first pass in this case By setting the switch to Write a random number position you will first select to write a random value to disk and specify the length of the random value in bytes in the field below The U S standard provides the writing of random values to each byte of each disk sector during the first pass so set the switch to Write a random number position and enter 1 into the field Click the OK button to continue You will be taken to the algorithm definition window again and will see that the former record write 00 was replaced by write random 1 byte To define the next pass click the Add button You will see the already familiar window but this time there will be more switch positions available two additional positions will be available for selection Write complementar
146. device NAS etc You can share photos and videos with your relatives and friends use the same set of documents to work as a team with your colleagues or synchronize your files and folders between your home and work computers With Acronis True Image Home 2012 you can create as many data synchronizations as you like Fully integrated online backup Online backup is now integrated into Acronis True Image Home 2012 This allows you to create an online backup as quickly and easily as a regular file backup After creation you will see the online backup in the backups list along with all other backups This makes it easier to manage all the operations necessary for your online backup Enhanced Acronis Nonstop Backup Now you can protect the nonstop backup data with a password and can use a remote storage including the Acronis Online storage and NAS Obsolete nonstop backup versions are automatically deleted according to the cleanup rules you define This helps you to save the storage space and keep only the backup versions you need Full support of GUID Partition Table GPT disks and Extensible Firmware Interface EFI UEFI Operations with GPT disks expand the range of hard drive configurations supported by Acronis True Image Home 2012 GPT is a new hard disk partitioning scheme providing advantages over the old MBR partitioning scheme It was introduced as a part of the EFI initiative So now you can back up and recover any files folders
147. disks you can select the new disk to be initialized as a GPT disk EXE Q3 Add New Disk Wizard Required steps Select the required disk initialization method M Di Initialization options P Initialize disk in GPT layout Disk will use GUID Partition Table GPT layout To add a GPT disk click Initialize disk in GPT layout To add an MBR disk click Initialize disk in MBR layout If you use a 32 bit version of Windows XP the GPT initialization method will be unavailable and the Initialization options step will be absent After selecting the required initialization method click Next 8 5 3 Creating new partitions To use the space on a hard disk it must be partitioned Partitioning is the process of dividing the hard disk s space into logical divisions Each logical division may function as a separate disk with an assigned drive letter its own file system etc Even if you do not intend to divide your hard disk into logical divisions it must be partitioned so that the operating system knows that it is intended to be left in one piece Initially all disk space will be unallocated This will change after you add new partitions To create a new partition Select the unallocated space and click Create new partition in the upper part of the window or right click on the unallocated space and select Create new partition in the shortcut menu Specify the following settings for the p
148. drivers must be identical on both the source and the target computers see Microsoft Knowledge Base articles 302577 and 216915 Acronis Universal Restore technology provides an efficient solution for hardware independent system restoration by replacing the crucial Hardware Abstraction Layer HAL and mass storage device drivers Acronis Universal Restore is applicable for 1 Instant recovery of a failed system on different hardware 2 Hardware independent cloning of operating systems 4 9 1 1 Limitations in using Acronis Universal Restore 1 The system recovered by Acronis Universal Restore might not start if the partition structure in the image or the target disk partitioning does not coincide with that of the source disk The loader restored from the image will point to the wrong partition and the system will not boot or will malfunction This may occur if you back up only selected partitions but not the entire source disk restore only selected partitions and not the entire source disk In some cases especially if your system resides on a partition other than the original one this can confuse the loader and prevent the restored system from rebooting To avoid this problem we recommend that you back up and recover the entire system disk 2 The Acronis Universal Restore option does not work if a computer is booted with Acronis Startup Recovery Manager using F11 or the backup image is located in Acronis Secure Zone This
149. duced with Red hat Linux version 7 2 Ext3 is a Linux journaling file system It is forwards and backwards compatible with Linux Ext2 It has multiple journaling modes as well as broad cross platform compatibility in both 32 bit and 64 bit architectures Ext4 is a new Linux file system It has improvements in comparison to ext3 It is fully backward compatible with ext2 and ext 3 However ext3 has only partial forward compatibility with ext4 ReiserFS is a journaling file system for Linux Generally it is more reliable and faster than Ext2 Choose it for your Linux data partition Linux Swap is a swap partition for Linux Choose it if you want to add more swap space using Linux Partition letter Select a letter to be assigned to the partition being created from the drop down list If you select Auto the program assigns the first unused drive letter in alphabetical order Partition label Partition label is a name assigned to a partition so that you can easily recognize it For example one could be called System a partition with an operating system Program an application partition Data a data partition etc Partition label is an optional attribute Partition type these settings are available only for MBR disks Choose the type of partition to be created You can define the new partition as primary or logical Primary choose this parameter if you are planning to boot from this partition Otherwise it is better t
150. e uoe soon oae torinese caso ea sani ansa tno eg so ra EE aE a Eaa Ea va Fanta ea pep eura g erra gun 58 3 11 3 Wersioni chain SCHEME cerrar Dei rrr nee rat pr ner de ne e Y D ud y ne 58 SATA Custom schermes eadeni eec Drs ended b ette be d deb ett bate n x a ee d 3 115 Image creatiommod6e io ere orte e epe eee E eee dea RE Ee neskan a Te Ea cei e tee eair berkate 3 11 6 Back p protectioni oer Deere re i ea Fe ere A eee n reina d 3 11 7 Pre Post commands for backup tnter nnne 3 TT 8 Backup splittihig ete tert ER eese een e cede Tere A cede 3 11 9 Backup validation option eese nennen ennt tnnt thin stessi 3 11 10 Backup reserve copy inanin iiia i R A N RRE 3 11 11 Removable media settings a etara ia e aee a a eE 3 11 12 Back p COMET a E aT aAA o ta kase aa ai EATE aain 3 21 13 Scr enshotsettIngs iore anani netten roa a a a ZALTA Error handling on asian sen ete ie rer a ee taa dne UR reed 3 11 15 Computer shutdown 3 11 16 File level security settings for backup essent 3 11 17 WindOWSs accoUnt ene enieiee terrent eet te tede Lente Pn LEE oS doeet Nas Tego 3 11 18 Performance of backup operation esses serene tenth ennt tn tnnt 3 11 19 Notifications for backup operation sess enne ennt 3 11 20 Excluding items from backup iere ete reete o ees ve eee va eva e
151. e 2012 gt Remove Then follow the instructions on the screen You may have to reboot your computer afterwards to complete the task If you use Windows 7 select Start gt Control Panel gt Uninstall a program gt Acronis True Image Home 2012 gt Uninstall Then follow the instructions on the screen You may have to reboot your computer afterwards to complete the task If you used the Acronis Secure Zone Acronis Nonstop Backup or Acronis Extended Capacity Manager select in the window that appears what to do with the zone Nonstop Backup storages or extended capacity disks Then click Next to proceed with the uninstallation procedure Upgrading from old versions of Acronis True Image Home If you already have Acronis True Image Home installed the new version will simply update it there is no need to remove the old version and reinstall the software Please keep in mind that the backups created by the later program version may be incompatible with the previous program versions Therefore if you roll back Acronis True Image Home 2012 to an older version you likely will have to re create the backups using the older version We strongly recommend that you create new bootable media after each Acronis True Image Home upgrade 1 3 Acronis True Image Home 2012 activation To use Acronis True Image Home 2012 you need to activate it via the Internet Without activation the fully functional product works for 30 days If you do not activa
152. e able to recover the MBR later Select the partitions and click Next Select the items to recover Partition Fla Capa UsedS Type Disk 1 vj LS NTFS System disk C Pri 15 9GB 8 145 GB NTFS 1 LJ MBR and Track 0 MBR and Track 0 vi LS NTFS System Reserved Pri amp ct 101 9MB 24 53MB NTFS NU GC Selecting partitions leads to appearance of the relevant steps Settings of partition Note that these steps start with partitions which do not have an assigned disk letter as usually is the case with hidden partitions The partitions then take an ascending order of partition disk letters This order cannot be changed The order may differ from the physical order of the partitions on the hard disk Copyright O Acronis Inc 2000 2012 6 You can specify the following partition settings location type and size You first need to specify the settings of the hidden partition System Reserved partition in our case as it usually does not have a disk letter Because you are recovering to the new disk click New location Select the destination disk by either its assigned name or capacity r F acouart Wizard G Recovery Wizard Required steps es Partition Disk 1 LANTFS System Reserved C EA NTFS System disk D Disk 2 LANTFS Backups E Disk 3 Flags Capac PriAct 101 8MB Pri 18 9 GB 16GB Free Sp Ty 77 31 MB NTFS 7 755
153. e drive as the destination for the rescue media creation Then follow the Media Builder wizard steps For more information on creating the media see How to create bootable media If Acronis Media Builder does not recognize your USB flash drive you can try using the procedure described in an Acronis Knowledge Base article at http kb acronis com content 1526 8 2 2 Creating BartPE disc with Acronis True Image Home 2012 BartPE Bart Preinstalled Environment is a bootable Windows CD DVD created from the original Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 installation setup CD The current version of Acronis True Image Home 2012 does not have a plug in for a preinstalled environment based on Windows Vista and Windows 7 The main advantage of BartPE is that it uses Windows drivers and has a Windows like graphical user interface It also provides for adding any storage drivers at startup in the same manner as when installing Windows on the hard drive by pressing F6 and inserting a diskette with the drivers Applications are installed into BartPE in the form of plug ins and the Acronis True Image Home 2012 plug in can be included into the BartPE plug in tab If you do not have the boxed version of Acronis True Image Home 2012 you will need to download a separate installation file from your Acronis account Go to https www acronis com my Log in Register the serial number for your copy of Acronis True Image Home 2012 if it is not registered y
154. e is no room for displaying all backup versions of the newly expanded block then the current expanded block will collapse By clicking on a backup version you select it in the Backup Explorer Shortcut menus Right clicking on the time line opens the shortcut menu The menu contents will change depending on the selected item UJ Today 3 16 42 16 56 16 57 m Recover Validate Convert to Windows backup Mount Delete version View gt Disk backup version Recover Validate Convert to Windows backup Mount Delete version File backup version Validate Delete version Nonstop backup version and online backup version Explore and recover Delete version Backup version packs and time blocks Right clicking on a folded version pack or time interval s block opens the shortcut menu with a single item Expand Viewing additional information on the time line You can also set up the time line to show additional information The appropriate commands are available in the View submenu The View submenu is opened by right clicking on a backup version or by right clicking on time line s free space 5 57 m V Show software installations WY Show software updates M Show warnings V Show errors Show software installations if this item is selected the time line shows icons that indicate moments when new programs have been installed on your computer
155. e os 8 4 7 Data migration 8 4 8 Manual partitioning retro ere rere ute ee cn ae curenconcdeaeurnserserdhe 8 4 9 Cloning summary eceeeeesesssssescsscsscsseseeseesessesscecseesessecsessecaesasesecseseessesausaesaeeasoesees gS cAdding anew Nard disks oet ee hee beta eet 8 543 Selecting a hard disk teca ene trii ree eae eadera eti e PE EYE Ye Ed 8 5 2 Selecting initialization method eese nenne eene tnnt nn nnns 8 5 3 Creating new partition Sanani tieer iskren Ken ri AEE E EEEE a ahaaa aaRS 8 5 4 Add new disk SUMMALY ccsesccscescssessesecssssessesscseesessecssesscsesscseceecsessecsesaussesaeeaseesens 8 6 Acronis Extended Capacity Manager cccssssccccccesscsesseseeececessessaeseeeescesseaaeseeeessessessaaees 191 8 6 1 If Acronis Extended Capacity Manager does not start esses enne nn nnns 193 8 7 Security and Privacy Tools niet ttt aiia vade ER Ea eoa tu ae cen Rae a ova dun ta odes 193 8 7 1 Acronis DriveCleariser retient tenere titer cen ta iare thea edente sie verenda 194 8 7 2 Fil shredder aitaa cec a recien ur t d v Pa bete p Rt e e a Fo P eed 201 8 43 3 System Clean up o s eise sioe cede a bed beer eee di al dele den 203 8 7 4 Hard Disk Wiping MethOdS cccccscssescsscsscsscssesecsssscsscsscecssssessessesscsecsecsessesssssecausaesacsesseseessesausseseesaeeeeess 209 8 8 Mounting an dmage eR EOE EEE a hives Gee IUDICI T a 211 8 9 Unmou unting
156. e performance of other programs will be increased Normal the backup or recovery process will have the equal priority with other processes High the backup or recovery process will run faster but the performance of other programs will be reduced Be aware that selecting this option may result in 10096 CPU usage by Acronis True Image Home 2012 Network connection speed limit If you frequently back up data to network drives or FTP think of limiting the network bandwidth used by Acronis True Image Home 2012 You can specify the network backup data transfer speed by choosing the following Limit transfer rate to enter the bandwidth limit for transferring backup data in kilobytes per second 3 11 19 Notifications for backup operation Sometimes a backup or recovery procedure can last an hour or longer Acronis True Image Home 2012 can notify you when it is finished via e mail The program can also duplicate messages issued during the operation or send you the full operation log after operation completion By default all notifications are disabled Free disk space threshold You may want to be notified when the free space on the backup storage becomes less than the specified threshold value If after starting a backup Acronis True Image Home 2012 finds out that the free space in the selected backup location is already less than the specified value the program will not begin the actual backup process and will immediately inform yo
157. e space Computers Commands Network places filter Data destruction method System Clean up utilizes a number of the most popular data destruction methods Here you need to select the desired data destruction method Use common method if you leave this parameter selected the program will use the default method the initial setting is Fast method If you need another destruction method to be set as a default click on the corresponding link Use custom method for this component selecting this parameter allows you to choose one of the preset data destruction methods from the drop down list The data destruction methods are described in detail in Hard Disk Wiping Methods p 209 of this guide Files The Files setting defines the names of files to clean with System Clean up wizard and can be used with a search string j System Clean up You can view and change the current settings for the selected item i Items n m System Clean up 4 BY System Comp You can see a list of the files and folders to be cleaned l g User Crede Windows A retain them in a folder designated for temporary files Cleaning temporary files ensures that confidential data that b x Recycle Bi Z according to your mask 4 Temporary y Dita De Search is completed 45 items found g Files A x Hard Disk Temporary file Qj C Users adm AppData Local Temp AcronisUpdates P WD Recently U S Wind QYC Use
158. e whatever it can recover There is always a chance that you might pick the wrong file and while recovering it the utility may overwrite the very file you are trying to recover If not for the Try amp Decide this error would be fatal and the file would be lost irretrievably But now you can just discard the changes made in the Try mode and make one more attempt to recover the files after turning on the Try mode again Such attempts may be repeated until you are sure that you have done your best in trying to recover the files Software uninstalling It is well known that the Add or Remove Programs component of the Windows Control Panel cannot give a complete guarantee of cleanly uninstalling applications This is because most applications do not provide enough information for it to be able to uninstall them without a trace So almost every time you install a trial program and then remove it you have some garbage left on your computer and after a while Windows may get slower Even use of special uninstaller utilities cannot guarantee complete uninstallation The Try amp Decide feature however will ensure complete and perfect uninstallation of any software quickly and easily Here s how Turn on the Try mode Install the software application you want to evaluate Try using the application When you want to uninstall it just discard all the changes made to your computer in the Try mode This may come in handy not only for those wh
159. ecesseseeeeeeececeeseseeaeceeecssseseaeaeeeeeens 74 3 1 The difference between file backups and disk partition images When you back up files and folders only the files and folder tree are compressed and stored Disk partition backups are different from file and folder backups Acronis True Image Home 2012 stores a sector by sector snapshot of the disk or partition This includes the operating system registry drivers software applications data files and system areas hidden from the user This procedure is called creating a disk image and the resulting backup is often called a disk partition image By default Acronis True Image Home 2012 stores only the hard disk sectors that contain data Furthermore Acronis True Image Home does not back up pagefile sys under Windows XP and later and hiberfil sys a file that keeps RAM contents when the computer goes into hibernation This reduces image size and speeds up image creation and recovery A partition image includes all files and folders including hidden and system files boot record and FAT file allocation table It also includes files in the root directory and the zero track of the hard disk with the master boot record MBR A disk image includes images of all disk partitions and the zero track with the MBR 3 2 Full incremental and differential backups Acronis True Image Home 2012 offers you three backup methods 1 Full contains all of the data at the moment of the backup c
160. ect them in the window that appears Indexed Locations Change selected locations amp v w Local Disk C m v Local Disk E 9 Local Disk F Ma Microsoft Outlook Express Main Identity QA XP K Administr Summary of selected locations Included Locations Exclude Application Data Default User Local Disk C Local Disk E Microsoft Outlook Express M amp tib Hs 1 5 21 1645522239 If you store backups on a network share Windows Search can index them too You just have to add the share to the Indexed Locations list by typing the appropriate UNC path after selecting the Add UNC Location tab of Advanced Options Give Windows Search some time for indexing Acronis backups on your computer s hard disks and adding the indexing information to its index database The required time depends on the number of backups and the number of files they contain After completing the indexing the Windows Search will be able to search files in tib backups data Windows Desktop Search File Edit View Favorites Tools Help OQ Back o 27 po Search lg Folders Address 4 2 Windows Desktop Search Results Desktop P AllLocations v Everything lli Documents E E mail Acronis True Image Home Data Sources ODBC acronis htm amp 3ds max xml access 2000 xml access 2003 xml access 2007 xml access xp xml adobe photoshop cs3 xml adobe photoshop cs 9 xml after
161. ected below Delete partition destroy data and delete partition Format destroy data and format partition default p Acronis DriveCleanser c G Acronis DriveCleanser SSIES Post wiping actions V Source selection Select actions to be performed after the data is wiped M Algorithm selection No action V Finish Do nothing with the wiped partitions Note that the wiped partitions will be unusable until formatted e Delete partitions Delete the partition from the partition table Format Format the wiped partitions with the current file systems Post wiping actions e ioc nasa 8 7 1 4 Disk wiping summary The summary window contains the list of operations to be performed Note that after you click the Proceed button the selected partitions will be wiped permanently So the button is disabled until you select the Wipe the selected partitions irreversibly check box Click the Proceed button to start the listed operations Click the Options button to perform the optional steps Click the Cancel button to exit the wizard without performing any operations 8 7 1 5 Disk Editor read only mode Acronis DriveCleanser offers you another useful capability to estimate the results of executing a data destruction method ona hard disk or partition To view the state of your cleaned up disks or partitions click the Tools amp Utilities tab Then click the View current state of your disks link and c
162. ed in your new sync select one of the following sync types Sync within one computer p 115 including sync with removable and remote storage devices Sync between two or more computers p 109 Sync between two local folders and folders on other computers p 116 combination of the first two types 5 4 1 Sync between computers Data synchronization can be established between any computers that meet the conditions described in Sync creation p 109 Please check these conditions First let s consider the main steps required for creating a sync Then you will see in more detail how to perform these steps General scheme of sync creation To create a new sync it is necessary to perform the following main steps Steps on the computer which will own the sync 1 Select the folder containing the data you want to synchronize 2 Create a new sync and send invitations to other computers to join the new sync Steps on other computers 1 Accept the invitation join the sync 2 Specify the folder to synchronize with the folder on the first computer Detailed scheme of sync creation Find out whether the owners of the computers use the same Acronis account Depending on the answer choose a variant and use the appropriate link 1 Synchronization between computers with the same account for example between your home computers See details in How to sync data between your computers p 110 2 Synchronization between co
163. ed up data both partitions and individual files and even file versions It also allows for operations with backups you can validate them convert to Windows backup only disk backups mount images as disks and delete backup versions you no longer need Let s have a closer look on the Acronis Backup Explorer It has two tabs for viewing backups and their content Disks and partitions available for disk backups only and Files and folders 1 4 6 1 Disks and partitions tab The Disks and partitions tab shows the backed up disks and partitions that the selected backup version contains The tab shows the disks and partitions state of when the current backup version was created You can switch between the backup versions by using the time line at the bottom of the screen For more information see Time line p 29 To recover disks and or partitions 1 On the time line select the backup version from which you want to recover your disks partitions The version s exact date and time will be displayed near the backup name Your data will be recovered to the state it was at that point in time 2 Select the corresponding check boxes of the disks or partitions you want to recover 3 Click the Recover button To recover specific files and folders from the disk partition backups 1 Click the Files and folders tab 2 Select files and folders you want to recover 3 Click the Recover button For more information on recovering files and f
164. edia To purchase the full version please visit http www acronis com buy atih Click Go to main screen to start Acronis True Image Home 2012 trial version Click Buy now to go to the official Acronis online store Click Activate if you have already purchased the full version and have a valid product serial number 1 2 Acronis True Image Home 2012 installation Installing Acronis True Image Home 2012 To install Acronis True Image Home 2012 Run the setup file Before starting the setup process Acronis True Image Home 2012 will check for a newer build on the Web site If there is one the newer version will be offered for installation In the install menu click Install to start the installation procedure Read and accept the terms of the license agreement in the License Agreement window Read the participation terms and decide whether you want to participate in the Acronis Customer Experience Program In the Serial number window enter a serial number for the full or trial version Type or copy and paste the serial number in the text box To get a serial number for the free trial version at Acronis Web site click Get trial serial number The serial number will be sent to a specified e mail address The trial version of Acronis True Image Home 2012 works for 30 days Additional parameters Set additional options if this check box is selected the Setup options step becomes available Activate the product automatica
165. effects 7 xml bittorrent xml diskeeper administrator 10 xml i i is i is I e ns ng is i easy screensaver 4 1 xml F secure is 2007 xml Iu a Windows Desktop Search 1054 results Hr Unable to display preview The search engines in Windows Search and Windows Vista or Windows 7 have similar functionalities though search results are presented somewhat differently v Search Results in Indexed Locations Show only Ali E mail Document Picture Music Other Location 4j Indexed Locations M Date X any 3 5 2008 Size KB any H Include non indexed hidden and system files might be slow E Organize v S M e Save Search b Search Tools ig Burn Favorite Links Name Date modified Type E Documents Ed MyBackup 3 5 2008 1 25 PM IE Pictures I9 Music 4 Recently Changed B Searches di Public Did you find what you were searching for Advanced Search Folders aly Acronis True Imag Desktop C Users Advanced Search a Name myback Tags Adda tag Authors Add an author Folder Authors Tags m 1 item 157 Copyright Acronis Inc 2000 2012 7 8 Choosing columns for viewing in wizards You can change the way the columns are represented in various wizards To sort items by a particular column click the header another click will switch the items
166. elect the Always send without confirmation check box If you do not have Internet access when such an error message is shown this may happen for example when booted from the rescue media please write down the event code When you establish Internet connection or if you can use another computer where Internet connection is available use the following URL to go to the Acronis Web site error reporting form http kb acronis com errorcode Select the Acronis product version you use and manually enter the event code into the appropriate field Then click the Search button to search for an article that may contain the solution to your issue Sometimes an error may occur in a low level program module and then propagate to higher level modules resulting in errors in those modules as well This is a so called composite error where every higher level module generates its own error event code The following error message is an example Failed to start Try amp Decide More information about this error and an applicable solution may be available online in the Acronis Knowledge base To access the online resource manually enter the event code at http kb acronis com errorcode Event code 0x00970007 0x00970016 0x00970002 The event codes from different modules are combined with symbols When manually entering such event codes into the appropriate field to search in the Knowledge Base enter the event code components without spaces aro
167. enerate a system report Onthe main program window click the question mark symbol and select Generate system report or Press CTRL F7 Note that you can use the key combination even when Acronis True Image Home 2012 is performing any other operation After the report is generated To save the generated system report to file click Save and in the opened window specify a location for the created file To save the report to file and send it to Acronis support team by e mail click Save and send To exit to the main program window without saving the report click Cancel You can place the tool on your bootable rescue media as a separate component to be able to generate a system report when your computer cannot boot After you boot from the media you will be able to generate the report even without running Acronis True Image Home 2012 In this case you should plug in a USB flash drive before clicking the Acronis System Report icon The generated report will be saved on the USB flash drive To place the Acronis System Report tool on a bootable rescue media Select the Acronis System Report check box on the Rescue Media Content Selection page of the Acronis Media Builder wizard Click Next to continue 9 2 Acronis Smart Error Reporting To help users with troubleshooting the new releases of Acronis products employ the so called Acronis Smart Error Reporting When an issue is caused by an error in the program s operation
168. ent destination and selecting Browse 4 Click Back up now Additional recommendations Many IT professionals recommend that you have at least two copies of your system backup three are even better It is further recommended to keep one copy of a backup in a different location from the other preferably on other premises for example at work or at a friend s home if you use the backed up computer at home One more argument in favor of several backups when starting recovery Acronis True Image Home 2012 deletes the target partition or disk If you have just a single backup you are at great risk The moment the system partition is deleted on the computer being recovered the only thing you have is the image being recovered If the image is corrupted you will not be able to recover the system 7 2 Deciding where to store your backups Acronis True Image Home 2012 supports quite a few of storage devices For more information see Supported storage media p 13 Some of the supported storage locations are discussed below Hard disk drives Since hard disk drives are now quite inexpensive in most cases purchasing an external hard drive for storing your backups will be an optimal solution An external drive enhances the security of your data because you can keep it off site for example at home if you back up your office computer and vice versa You can choose various interfaces USB FireWire eSATA depending on the configuration
169. enu For more information on customizing Windows PE see the Windows Preinstallation Environment User s Guide Winpe chm Integrating Acronis True Image Home 2012 with WinPE 2 x or 3 0 ISO Acronis WinPE ISO Builder provides three methods of integrating Acronis True Image Home 2012 with WinPE 2 x and WinPE 3 0 Creating the PE 2 or PE 3 ISO with the plug in from scratch Adding the Acronis Plug in to the existing PE 2 or PE 3 ISO This comes in handy when you have to add the plug in to the previously configured PE 2 or PE 3 ISO that is already in use Adding the Acronis Plug in to a WIM file for any future purpose manual ISO building adding other tools to the image and so on To be able to perform any of the above operations Acronis True Image Home 2012 Plus Pack and Windows Automated Installation Kit WAIK must be installed on your PC If you have not installed WAIK install it as described earlier in this section Acronis WinPE ISO Builder supports only x86 WinPE 2 x and WinPE 3 0 This WnPE distribution can also work on x64 hardware A PE image based on Win PE 2 x or 3 0 requires at least 256MB RAM to work The recommended memory size for PE 2 x or 3 0 is 512MB 8 2 3 1 Creating a new Win PE 2 x or PE 3 0 ISO with the Acronis Plug in You must have Acronis True Image Home 2012 Plus Pack installed on your PC Creating a new Win PE 2 x or PE 3 0 ISO with the Acronis Plug in begins from creating a Windows PE bu
170. equired steps Summary Operations Number of operations 2 1 Deleting partition Finish Harddisk 1 Drive letter C File system NTFS Volume label Size 100 GB 2 Recovering partition sector by sector Harddisk 1 Drive letter C File system NTFS Volume label Size 100 GB Optional steps Options e l Options J Proceed J Cancel 9 When the operation finishes exit the standalone version of Acronis True Image Home 2012 remove the rescue media and boot from the recovered system partition After making sure that you have recovered Windows to the state you need restore the original boot order 4 2 Recovering partitions and disks You can start recovering a partition or disk from an image backup both on the Backup and recovery tab and in Acronis Backup Explorer To start recovery from the Backup and recovery tab select the box of a backup containing the partition image you need to recover Click the Recover button or the Recover icon if the backup box is collapsed This opens the Disk Recovery window 79 Copyright Acronis Inc 2000 2012 If you want to recover the partition to the state it was at an earlier date click the gear icon to open the Operations menu and then click Explore and recover This opens Acronis Backup Explorer and you can select the image backup version created on that date Clicking Recover after selecting the required version opens the Disk Recovery window
171. er tool is only available for users of the Enterprise and Ultimate editions of Windows 7 Acronis Boot Sequence Manager allows you to add Windows 7 system partition images to the booting list and then manage the list You can add to the list images backed up both in the vhd and tib formats Adding a tib image requires converting it into the vhd format For more detailed information on booting from tib images see Booting from a tib image of your Windows 7 system partition p 217 Actual booting is carried out using Windows boot loader Acronis Boot Sequence Manager just adds virtual disks vhd files to the Windows boot loader list of disks available for booting to Windows 7 If you do not select from where to boot then by default the computer boots from the first entry in the booting list after waiting for a time interval specified in the Boot Timeout field To change the default boot disk either physical or virtual you can move entries up and down in the list using the corresponding buttons on the toolbar Clicking the Rename button allows you to assign a desired name to a list entry When you no longer need an entry in the list you can remove it by clicking Remove on the toolbar The Remove all button allows you to remove all entries related to virtual disks and restore the original booting configuration 8 11 Importing and exporting backup settings Acronis True Image Home 2012 allows you to import and export the settings of your
172. esizing partitions will be possible Acronis One Click Restore can be added to the media only when creating a full backup of an entire hard disk It cannot be added when creating an incremental or differential backup as well as backup of a partition In such case the Place Acronis One Click Restore on media check box will not be present on the General tab of the current backup options even if the box is selected in the default Removable media settings Ask for first media while creating backups on removable media You can choose whether to display the Insert First Media prompt when backing up to removable media With the default setting backing up to removable media may not be possible if the user is away because the program will wait for someone to press OK in the prompt box Therefore you should disable the prompt when scheduling a backup to removable media Then if the removable media is available for example CD R RW inserted the backup can run unattended If you have other Acronis products installed on your computer the bootable versions of these programs components will be offered as well Acronis True Image Home 2012 does not support creating bootable media if a flash drive is formatted in NTFS 3 11 12 Backup comment This option allows you to add comments to the backup Backup comments may help you to find the necessary backup later If a backup does not have comments type your comment in the comments area When
173. et Click My Products amp Downloads Expand Acronis True Image Home 2012 item Click on Free Plugins tab then click on BartPE Plugin This will start the download of the plugin Install the plug in as follows 1 Double click on the downloaded file to start installation 2 Having finished the installation you can proceed with creating a BartPE CD DVD with Acronis True Image Home 2012 plug in The below description is based on PE builder version 3 1 10a To create a BartPE CD with the Acronis True Image Home 2012 plug in follow the instructions below Download the PE builder using link http nu2 nu pebuilder download and install it Go to the Acronis True Image Home 2012 installation folder The default folder is C Program Files Acronis or C Program Files Acronis Media Add ons Rename the BartPE folder to Acronis Copy this folder into the Plugin folder in the BartPE builder installation directory The default directory is C pebuilder3110a or similar Run the PE builder put in the necessary paths the online help is available at http nu2 nu pebuilder help and click the Plugins button PE PE Builder v3 1 10a Builder Source Help Builder Source path to Windows installation files DA Custom include Files and Folders From this directory Output C pebuilder3110a BartPE BartPE Media output O None Create 150 image enter filename c pebuilder3110a pebuilder
174. et to 25 Enter the user name in the User name field Enter the password in the Password field To check whether your settings are correct click the Send test message button Additional notification settings To send a notification concerning process completion select the Send notification upon operation s successful completion check box To send a notification concerning process failure select the Send notification upon operation failure check box To send a notification with operation messages select the Send notification when user interaction is required check box To send a notification with full log of operations select the Add full log to the notification check box 3 11 20 Excluding items from backup If you want to exclude unnecessary files from a backup specify the appropriate file types on the Exclusions tab of the backup options You can specify exclusions for Disk and partitions backup File Backup or Online Backup How to use the default exclusion settings After you have installed the application all the exclusion settings are set to the initial values You can change them for your current backup operation only or for all backups that will be created in future Select the Save as default check box to apply the modified settings to all further backup operations by default If you want to reset all the modified settings to the values that they were originally set to when the product was installed clic
175. ev 3 12 Validating backups ett ettet ttti tiet tutu es 3 13 Consolidating backup versions esses enne nnne enne n nnns esent nnns 73 3 13 1 Archive to consolidate protection eese eene ee eterne tenista tta tnnt insists ansias tasa sinis 73 3 13 2 Backup selectioniz sine ette cates chick e eet e ee este etcetera net m Freire del 73 3 133 Result location one ette eer NUR neret RO ER ene tesla Ente aen eene ee stones 73 3 13 4 Consolidation summiaty Aa ohne nile dre roi eter Re o ER RR RR REI EORR HELTR A ENSE E REN 74 3 14 Cloning back p settihgs reete ette deett pe I ae 74 Recovering data cic t AS 75 4 1 Recovering your system after a Crash cccccccccsssssssecececessesscseeeeeeeceeseseeaeeeceessessesneaeeeeeesseeseaeas 75 4 1 1 Trying to determine the crash cause sia e a eee aa ea aa ar e aaae Aree AAT N ent 75 4 1 2 Preparing for TECOVELY e eere dieere Ea totes dbus e pae ed eve e E EEEE T 76 4 1 3 Recoveririg VOU SVStOITI eene eiae enean sano e tne teen enis tnos kin esa a ana er nn ee ena vean ead eee ineunda renun e n 76 4 2 Recovering partitions and CiSKS cccccccccecesssssssscecececeesessuaecececeseeseaeaeeeescesseseaeaeeeesensseseaaees 79 4 3 Recovering partitions protected with Acronis Nonstop Backup cccccccesesssssceeeeeeessesseaees 81 4 4 Howto recover more than one partition at once sessssesseeeene
176. every record ever written to it but the effect of such records magnetic layer becomes more subtle as time passes 8 7 4 1 Functioning principles of Information wiping methods Physically the complete wiping of information from a hard disk involves the switching of every elementary magnetic area of the recording material as many times as possible by writing specially selected sequences of logical 1 s and 0 s also known as samples Using logical data encoding methods in current hard disks you can select samples of symbol or elementary data bit sequences to be written to sectors in order to repeatedly and effectively wipe confidential information Methods offered by national standards provide single or triple recording of random symbols to disk sectors that are straightforward and arbitrary decisions in general but still acceptable in simple situations The most effective information wiping method is based on deep analysis of subtle features of recording data to all types of hard disks This knowledge speaks of the necessity of complex multipass methods to guarantee information wiping The detailed theory of guaranteed information wiping is described in an article by Peter Gutmann Please see Secure Deletion of Data from Magnetic and Solid State Memory at http www cs auckland ac nz pgut001 pubs secure_del html 8 7 4 2 Information wiping methods used by Acronis The table below briefly describes information wiping methods used by
177. f sync process Other users may join a created sync V Validation An operation that checks whether you will be able to recover data from a particular backup version p 226 When you select for validation a full backup version p 227 the program validates the full backup version only a differential backup version p 227 the program validates the initial full backup version and the selected differential backup version anincremental backup version p 228 the program validates the initial full backup version the selected incremental backup version and the whole chain if any of backup versions to the selected incremental backup version If the chain contains one or more differential backup versions the program validates in addition to the initial full backup version and the selected incremental backup version only the most recent differential backup version in the chain and all subsequent incremental backup versions if any between the differential backup version and the selected incremental backup version Version of synced file A state of a file which is located in a sync folder after each modification of this file File versions may be stored in the online storage
178. feature was mainly designed for unattended backups when you cannot control the backup process In this mode no notifications will be displayed to you if errors occur during backup Instead you can view the detailed log of all operations after the backup process finishes Ignore bad sectors the preset is disabled This option is present only for disk and partition backups It lets you run a backup even if there are bad sectors on the hard disk Although most disks do not have bad sectors the possibility that they might occur increases during the course of the hard disk s lifetime If your hard drive has started making strange noises for example it starts making quite loud clicking or grinding noises during operation such noises may mean that the hard drive is failing When the hard drive completely fails you can lose important data so it is high time to back up the drive as soon as possible There may be a problem though the failing hard drive might already have bad sectors If the Ignore bad sectors check box is left unselected a backup is aborted in case of read and or write errors that could occur on the bad sectors Selecting this box lets you run a backup even if there are bad sectors on the hard disk ensuring that you save as much information from the hard drive as possible When not enough space in ASZ delete the oldest backup the preset is enabled When this setting is disabled and there is not enough space in the Acronis Secure
179. fter the initial full version select this item to create only one backup version chain Automatic cleanup is not available for this option Create a full version after every n incremental versions select this item to create several backup version chains This is a more reliable but more space consuming backup scheme Automatic cleanup rules To delete obsolete backup versions automatically you can set one of the following cleanup rules Delete versions older than defined period available for full method only Select this option to limit the age of backup versions All versions that are older than the specified period will be automatically deleted Delete version chains older than defined period available for incremental and differential methods only Select this option to limit the age of backup version chains The oldest version chain will be deleted only if after deletion the age of the oldest version exceeds the specified period Store no more than n recent versions available for full method only Select this option to limit the maximum number of backup versions When the number of versions exceeds the specified value the oldest backup version will be automatically deleted Store no more than n recent version chains available for incremental and differential methods only Select this option to limit the maximum number of backup version chains When the number of version chains exceeds the specified value the o
180. full backup version p 227 within a backup 2 A backup process that creates a differential backup version p 227 Differential backup version A differential backup version stores changes to the data against the latest full backup version p 227 You need access to the corresponding full backup version to recover the data from a differential backup version Disk backup Image A backup p 226 that contains a sector based copy of a disk or a partition in packaged form Normally only sectors that contain data are copied Acronis True Image Home 2012 provides an option to take a raw image that is copy all the disk sectors which enables imaging of unsupported file systems F Full backup 1 A backup method that is used to save all the data selected to back up 2 A backup process that creates a full backup version p 227 Full backup version A self sufficient backup version p 226 containing all data chosen for backup You do not need access to any other backup version to recover the data from a full backup version Image The same as Disk backup p 227 Incremental backup 1 A backup method used for saving data changes that occurred since the last backup version p 226 of any type within a backup 2 A backup process that creates an incremental backup version p 228 Incremental backup version A backup version p 226 that stores changes to the data against the latest backup version Y
181. functionality of some applications or they may even refuse to launch after antivirus installation The Try amp Decide utility can help you to avoid such a problem You may proceed as follows Download a trial version of the antivirus software from the Web site of the vendor whose product you wish to try Turn on the Try mode Install the antivirus software Try to work with the applications installed on your computer performing your usual tasks If everything works without any snags you can be reasonably sure that there will be no incompatibility problems and can buy the antivirus software If you encounter any problems discard the changes in your system caused by installing the antivirus and try antivirus software from another vendor The new attempt might turn out to be successful File recovery You have accidentally deleted some files and then emptied the Recycle Bin Then you have remembered that the deleted files contained important data and now you are going to try to undelete them using the appropriate software However sometimes you may do something wrong while trying to recover deleted files making things worse than before trying to recover them So you can proceed as follows Turnonthe Try mode Launch the file undelete utility After the utility scans your disk in search of the deleted file or folder entries it will present you the deleted entries it has found if any and offer you the opportunity to sav
182. g 4 12 08 7 File 2 376 BD Corsica 039 jpg 4 12 09 7 File 2 644 D Corsica 040 jpg 4 12 09 7 File 2 372 BD Corsica 041 jpg 4 12 09 7 File 2 812 BD Corsica 042 jpg 4 12 09 7 File 2 256 O Corsica 048 jpg 4 12 09 7 File 2 248 D orsine 69 ime AANT File asnar S Whatto recover Finish S S 3 E ISI S 7 J J LEIREN Overwrite options 3 rm pr mpi Options p 7 Click Proceed on the Summary window to start recovery 8 After the recovery finishes exit the standalone Acronis True Image Home 2012 Now you can be reasonably sure that your rescue CD will help you when needed 141 Copyright O Acronis Inc 2000 2012 7 3 1 Selecting video mode when booting from the rescue media When booting from the rescue media the optimal video mode is selected automatically depending on the specifications of your video card and monitor However sometimes the program can select the wrong video mode which is unsuitable for your hardware In such case you can select a suitable video mode as follows 1 Start booting from the rescue media When the boot menu appears hover the mouse over Acronis True Image Home 2012 Full version item and press the F11 key 2 When the command line appears type vga ask
183. g a delay interval from the dropdown list Note that you will have to specify your Windows account name and password This is done for confidentiality reasons See details in Windows account p 68 When you need to change the default backup options click E mail backup options and set the options as required You can also change the default backup scheme by clicking on the appropriate link For more information see Backup schemes p 57 If you want to run the backup on a schedule click the Turn on link to set up a schedule for more information see Scheduling p 149 To run the backup on the schedule click the down arrow to the right of the Back up now button and select Later in the drop down list The backup where you have made the settings will run according to the schedule You can also start the backup manually later on the Backup and recovery tab 3 6 Using Acronis Nonstop Backup Acronis Nonstop Backup provides easy protection of your disks and files It allows you to recover entire disks individual files and their different versions The main purpose of Acronis Nonstop Backup is continuous protection of your data files folders contacts etc though you can use it to protect partitions as well If you choose to protect an entire partition you will be able to recover the partition as a whole using the image recovery procedure You cannot use Acronis Nonstop Backup for protecting data stored on external hard drives
184. g backup schemes Single version p 58 Version chain p 58 select this scheme if you want to use the smallest backup storage this may be the optimal scheme in many cases Incremental select this scheme if you want to create only incremental backups after an initial full backup this is the default scheme Differential select this scheme if you want to create only differential backups after an initial full backup Custom p 59 select this item if you want to set up a backup scheme manually 3 11 2 Single version scheme This backup scheme is the same for both disk backup and file backup types except scheduler settings The program creates a full backup version and overwrites it every time according to the specified schedule or when you run backup manually Backup scheduler setting for disk backup monthly Backup scheduler setting for file backup daily Result you have a single up to date full backup version Required storage space minimal 3 11 3 Version chain scheme This backup scheme differs for disk backup and file backup types Disk backup version chain At first the program creates the 1st full backup version The version will be kept until you delete it manually After that according to the specified schedule or when you run backup manually the program creates 1 full and 5 differential backup versions then again 1 full and 5 differential backup versions and so on The versions wil
185. g your system after a crash When your computer fails to boot it is advisable to at first try to find the cause using the suggestions given in Trying to determine the crash cause p 75 If the crash is caused by corruption of the operating system use a backup to recover your system Make the preparations described in Preparing for recovery p 76 and then proceed with recovering your system 4 1 1 Trying to determine the crash cause A system crash can be due to two basic factors One reason is that your computer will not boot due to a hardware failure The second reason is that the operating system is corrupted and Windows will not start up In the first scenario it is better to let your service center handle the repairs However you may want to perform some routine tests Check the cables connectors power of external devices etc Then restart the computer The POST power on self test that starts immediately after you turn on your computer checks your system hardware If the POST has found a failure you will need to send the PC for repairs If the POST does not reveal a hardware failure enter BIOS and check whether it recognizes your system hard disk drive To enter BIOS press the required key combination Del F1 Ctrl Alt Esc Ctrl Esc or some other depending on your BIOS during the POST sequence Usually the message with the required key combination is displayed during the startup test Pressing this combination takes you to
186. gin the system recovery procedure Here we will explain how to recover a corrupted system to the same hard disk System recovery to a replaced hard disk drive will be similar with some minor differences You do not need to format the new disk as this will be done in the process of recovery Attach the external drive if it contains the backup to be used for recovery and make sure that the drive is powered on This must be done before booting from Acronis rescue media 1 Arrange the boot order in BIOS so as to make your rescue media device CD DVD or USB stick the first boot device See Arranging boot order in BIOS p 100 2 Boot from the rescue media and select Acronis True Image Home 3 Select My disks below Recover on the Welcome screen n Acronis True Image Horna 2012 fe fej Welcome to Acronis True Image Home 2012 What would you like to do Backup Back Up Recovery My Disks Files amp Folders N 4 Recover Log My Disks Files amp Folders Tools amp Utilities My favorites Help Options 9 Tools amp Utilities 4 Select the system disk or partition backup to be used for recovery Right click on the backup and choose Recover in the shortcut menu 5 Select Recover whole disks and partitions at the Recovery method step EE fos G Recovery Wizard Required steps Choose recovery method d e selection Recovery method Q9 Recover whole disks and partitions Recover
187. gt LL ProgramData is S FRERES32 DLL 1 1 2007 6 5 Application exter p mp ProgramDataTechSmitl m R V HISTORY 1 1 2007 6 5 Text Document er 7 KEYBOARD 1 1 2007 6 5 Text Document El System Volume Inform y NO BAR 1 1 2007 0 0 BAR File V J totalemd V E REGISTER 1 1 2007 65 Rich Text Docum B di Users SFXHEAD SFX 1 1 2007 655 SFX File gt E Windows V amp SHARE NT 1 1 2007 6 5 Application cs New Volume D 7 Bd TCUNINST 1 1 2007 6 5 Application D Lica New Volume E V TCUNINST WUL 1 1 2007 6 5 WUL File V TCUNZLIB DLL 1 1 2007 6 5 Application exter ry ATATA chan AA PANTIE Aanlinatinn m q m rite m D Net gt Cancel 8 7 2 2 Data destruction method selection File Shredder utilizes a number of the most popular data destruction methods Here you need to select the desired data destruction method The data destruction methods are described in detail in Hard Disk Wiping Methods p 209 of this guide Clicking Proceed after you select the desired method will start the operation execution if the Proceed button is unselectable click Finish on the sidebar and select the Destroy the selected files and folders irreversibly box to enable the Proceed button 8 7 2 3 Shredding summary The final window displays a brief summary the list of selected files and or folders to be destroyed and data destruction method used Note that after you clic
188. hanged or resized The system transfer procedure does not alter the original disk at all After the procedure finishes you might want to format the old disk or securely wipe the data it contains Use Windows tools or Acronis DriveCleanser for these tasks Nevertheless we do not recommend that you delete data from the old disk until you are sure it is correctly transferred to the new disk the computer boots up from it and all applications work 8 4 3 Selecting clone mode There are two transfer modes available Wa Required steps Choose clone mode Q Automatic recommended Source Disk All your partitions from the source hard disk will be copied to the target disk in a few simple steps and your new hard disk will be made bootable Your existing partitions will be automatically resized to fit the target hard disk Manual Manual mode will give you full control over the hard disk cloning procedure You will be able to adjust the size of the target partitions change their parameters and much more Net Cancel Automatic recommended in most cases In automatic mode you will only have to take several simple actions to transfer all the data including partitions files and folders to a newer disk making it bootable if the original disk was bootable Manual Manual mode will provide more data transfer flexibility Manual mode can be useful if you need to change the disk partition layout
189. hardware drivers you need to create a custom one The Linux based recovery environment used by Acronis does not provide the ability for users to add new drivers Because of this you should request Acronis Customer Service Department to create a custom rescue CD that will have all the drivers you need Before making a request collect the information about your system Select Generate system report in the Help menu Acronis True Image Home 2012 will automatically collect the required information and display a list of what is collected in the report In the process of creating the report the program may install some components required for collecting the necessary information When the report is complete click Save and select the desired folder or leave the default folder The program will archive the report into a zip file This report may also be useful when you request the Acronis Customer Service Department to help you with a problem Send the file to the Acronis Customer Service Department They will build an iso image of a custom rescue media compatible with your computer hardware and send you the iso file Burn this file to a CD DVD using a program that can handle iso files such as Nero Please be aware that finding the appropriate drivers and making the custom rescue media may take time Furthermore finding the appropriate drivers may be not possible in some cases After burning your custom rescue CD test it to make sure that all you
190. he product 2 How to Due to the size of this User s Guide it is sometimes not so easy to find how to perform a particular task This section lists some frequently used tasks and provides links to the appropriate parts of the User s Guide Click the corresponding page number or the link if you are viewing the Help if you need information on how to protect your entire system from a disaster p 135 recover your system when your computer refuses to boot p 75 back up your photos finance documents music home video p 42 recover your photos finance documents music etc p 91 continuously protect your daily work p 48 back up your e mail p 45 recover your e mail p 91 synchronize the contents of your folder with a folder on a computer of your relative or friend p 109 subscribe to Acronis True Image Online service p 123 back up your data to Acronis Online storage p 124 recover your data from Acronis Online storage p 132 clone your disk drive p 178 automatically refresh your backups Backup schemes p 57 or Scheduling p 149 create a bootable rescue media p 161 create a bootable USB flash drive p 166 make sure that your rescue media can be used when needed p 139 try some changes to your system without risk p 143 create and use the Acronis Secure Zone p 172 recover your old backup to a new hardware migrate the system from one computer to another p 93 add and partitio
191. he backed up data is compressed and split into files of about 1 GB These files also have a proprietary format and the data they contain can be recovered only with the help of Acronis True Image Home 2012 Backup validation The backup validation feature allows you to confirm that your data can be recovered As mentioned above the program adds checksum values to the data blocks being backed up During backup validation Acronis True Image Home 2012 opens the backup file recalculates the checksum values and compares those values with the stored ones If all compared values match the backup file is not corrupted and there is a high probability that the backup can be successfully used for data recovery Consolidation Consolidation allows you to delete backups which you no longer need from a backup chain A chain to be consolidated can consist of a full backup and one or more incremental backups If necessary you can delete the base full backup from the chain The program will create a new full backup in place of the oldest remaining backup Consolidation keeps whichever backups you choose and deletes any backups that are not selected Because consolidation may require significant time and system resources including disk space we recommend using it sparingly In many cases starting a new backup chain and then deleting the old one will be a better choice Acronis Nonstop Backup uses a different consolidation mechanism The program consolidate
192. he new disk indicating the progress in a special window You can stop this procedure by clicking Cancel In that case you will have to repartition and format the new disk or repeat the cloning procedure After the cloning operation is complete you will see the results message 8 5 Adding a new hard disk If you do not have enough space for your data e g family photos and videos you can either replace the old disk with a new higher capacity one data transfers to new disks are described in the previous chapter or add a new disk only to store data leaving the system on the old disk If the computer has a bay for another disk it would be easier to add a disk drive than to clone one To add a new disk you must first install it in your PC To add a new hard disk Click the Tools and utilities tab and then click Add new disk Follow the Add new disk Wizard steps If you use a 32 bit version of Windows XP the wizard will not have the Initialization options step because this operating system does not support GPT disks Inthis section Selecting a hard disk dete ede e tote erectas 186 Selecting initialization method sseseseeennnnennnn 188 Creating new PartitiONS ccccecccccccccccccccececececececeeccececesecececeseseeeeeseeeeess 188 Add new disk summary cesses ener nnne nnns 191 8 5 1 Selecting a hard disk Select the disk that you have added to the computer If you have added se
193. he program will offer to create a new backup or add an existing backup If you have at least one backup the screen will display the list of your backups Tabs Use to switch between the program main functions Settings button Opens menu with global Help button program settings Opens Help menu y harenis True Image Moone 4 I Acronis Getsared Backepand recovery Synchvonizution Tooli and utilities 2 z ry Backup toolbar 3 s i f 3 The most frequently Ln Nessestor F eene MH set used operations for backup management P ao Windows Contacts Today at 14 55 EUM backups B Expanded i Documents backup box Contains detailed een information about 3 uet Vodiny at 1656 backup i an Collapsed e My system backup box Takes less space than an expanded one Backup buttons Recovery buttons Click to create a new The most frequently backup version used recovery operation The toolbar See the toolbar commands description in Backup toolbar p 21 The backups area The area shows the backups you already have It provides access to all operations with the existing backups and allows you to start recovery of your data Back up now adds a new backup version to the existing backup or replaces the existing backup version depending on the backup scheme being used Start available for a nonstop backup only starts nonstop backup protection Stop available for a nonsto
194. her activate one of them and edit its settings for your new computer or delete an existing online backup and create a new one 6 5 Online backup options The following options are available for online backup Online storage connection attempts p 128 Online storage cleanup p 128 Encryption key p 129 Windows account p 129 Operation priority p 130 Network connection speed limit p 130 Notifications p 131 Exclusions p 132 If you want to reset all the modified options to their initial values that were set after the product installation click the Reset to initial settings button 6 5 1 Online storage connection attempts You can specify the number of connection attempts and the time interval between the attempts In case of any network problems if the first connection attempt fails the program will repeat the attempts until a connection is successfully established You can set the number of connection attempts and the time interval between the attempts in seconds To do so type or select the values in the appropriate boxes Online backup options o ka a Backup Performance Notifications Exdusions D Online storage connection attempts Number of attempts 10 Time interval between attempts in seconds 30 Online storage cleanup Y fay Encryption key v Windows account y Save the settings as default 71 Reset to initial settings OK Cancel 6 5 2 On
195. hoose the partition whose cleaning results you wish to view This opens an integrated Acronis Disk Editor in read only mode Different algorithms offer various levels of confidential data destruction Thus the picture you might see on a disk or partition depends on the data destruction method But what you actually see are disk sectors filled with either zeros or random symbols Acronis Disk Editor read only mode disk 1 sectors 337 367 10 104 884 Z Disk Edit View Search Help i Pp os Q Cyrillic DOS 866 uU f3pyf a f6 ul f L mB ame f fq f H gf E Jph 6 mE K 4m 0LH 6 Lh Pg f fl FREIE Si a fycn ry mlel JEP nega a B gff8 JL gf9 ES f gp E g x EH Lo H E fU g p mu fo fJles fY E LofTx J gf B mnfeLLenem l gf gyjB E4 gfHP g JB8 E gfH rBmI fQ fJWesfY aE forx H g B mpf3lLgat E Sector 337 367 Position 0 View Hex Hard disk content search The Search menu allows you to search a hard disk for a line and to go to a disk sector according to its absolute offset Selecting the Search item in the same menu will give you access to functions of searching lines in the disk being edited You can do the same by pressing the Ctrl F key combination Search parameters are set in the Search dialog window To begin searching Asearch line can be set both as a char Text field and numeric hexadecimal value Hex fiel
196. ial tools to recover your computer system should a disaster occur such as losing data accidentally deleting critical files or folders or suffering a complete hard disk crash With the unique technology developed by Acronis and implemented in Acronis True Image Home 2012 you can perform exact sector by sector disk backups Such backups include all operating systems applications and configuration files personal settings and data Acronis True Image Home 2012 helps you protect your identity as well Simply deleting old data will not remove it permanently from your computer Acronis True Image Home 2012 includes Acronis DriveCleanser that permanently destroys files and wipes personal information from partitions and or entire disks as well as the System Clean up tool that cleans up your Windows system of all traces of user activity When performing scheduled backups Acronis True Image Home 2012 automatically selects a backup mode full incremental differential in accordance with the backup scheme set by the user You can store backups on almost any PC storage device Windows style interface and wizards will make your work easier Just perform a few simple steps and let Acronis True Image Home 2012 take care of everything else When a system problem occurs the software will get you up and running in no time 1 1 2 What is Acronis True Image Home 2012 Plus Pack Acronis True Image Home 2012 Plus Pack is an add on to Acronis True Image Ho
197. ibe to the Acronis True Image Online service If you do not have an Acronis account fill in the appropriate fields and the account will be created for you Provide your first and last names and e mail address You will be offered a country selected on the basis of the IP address of your computer though you can select another country if you wish Then provide a password for your new account and confirm the password by retyping it once more in the appropriate field When you have performed all actions necessary for account registration please wait for an e mail message that will confirm opening of the account To keep your personal data secure choose a strong password for your online backups guard it from getting into the wrong hands and change it from time to time After opening an Acronis True Image Online account log in to your account page subscribe to the Acronis True Image Online service and then wait for an e mail message describing the details of your subscription plan and expiration date Trial subscription If you would like first to try the Acronis True Image Online service Acronis offers a 30 days free trial subscription to Acronis True Image Online service You will have 250 GB of storage space for the trial period Be aware that after the trial period is over you won t be able to use the Acronis True Image Online service and all your data on the Online Storage will be deleted If you like Acronis True Image Online
198. ice the first booting device If there are several hard disks installed in your computer labeled as C D E and F you can change the boot order so that an operating system is booted from for example disk E In this case you have to set the boot order to look like E CD ROM A C D This does not mean that booting is done from the first device in this list it only means that the first attempt to boot an operating system will be from this device There may be no operating system on disk E or it may be inactive In this case BIOS queries the next device in the list The BIOS numbers disks according to the order in which they are connected to IDE controllers primary master primary slave secondary master secondary slave next go the SCSI hard disks This order is broken if you change the boot order in BIOS setup If for example you specify that booting has to be done from hard disk E numbering starts with the hard disk that would be the third in usual circumstances it is usually the secondary master for IDE hard drives Some motherboards have a so called boot menu opened by pressing a certain key or key combination for instance F12 The boot menu allows selecting the boot device from a list of bootable devices without changing the BIOS setup 4 14 Recovery options In the Disk Recovery Options File Recovery Options and E mail Recovery Options windows you can configure options for a disk partition file and
199. ied date and time Backup settings A set of rules configured by a user when creating a new backup The rules control the backup process Later you can edit the backup settings to change or optimize the backup process Backup version The result of a single backup operation p 226 Physically it is a file or a set of files that contains a copy of the backed up data as of a specific date and time Backup version files created by Acronis True Image Home 2012 have a TIB extension The TIB files resulting from consolidation p 227 of backup versions are also called backup versions Backup version chain Sequence of minimum 2 backup versions p 226 that consist of the first full backup version and the subsequent one or more incremental or differential backup versions Backup version chain continues till the next full backup version if any Bootable media A physical media CD DVD USB flash drive or other media supported by a machine BIOS as a boot device that contains standalone version of Acronis True Image Home 2012 Bootable media is most often used to recover an operating system that cannot start access and back up the data that has survived in a corrupted system deploy an operating system on bare metal create basic or dynamic volumes on bare metal backup sector by sector a disk that has an unsupported file system C Consolidation Combining two or more subsequent backup versions p 22
200. il server By default the port is set to 25 Enter the user name in the User name field Enter the password in the Password field Online backup options co o a Backup Performance Notifications Exclusions V Send e mail notifications about the operation state tester test com Server settings Port smtp test com 25 tester LIIIIIII Additional notification settings Send test message Save the settings as default 7 Reset to initial settings OK Cancel To specify additional notification settings click the Additional notification settings link To send notification concerning process completion select the Send notification upon operation s successful completion check box To send notification concerning process failure select the Send notification upon operation failure check box To send notification with operation messages select the Send notification when user interaction is required check box To send notification with full log of operations select the Add full log to the notification check box After making the additional settings click OK to return to the previous window If you would like to use encryption select the required encryption protocol from the dropdown list in the Encryption field To check whether your settings are correct click the Send test message button 6 5 8 Exclusions You can exclude from online backup hidden or system files and folders
201. ild directory 1 Select Microsoft Windows AIK Windows PE Tools Command Prompt from the Start menu Users of Windows 7 should select Microsoft Windows AIK Deployment Tools Command Prompt from the Start menu 2 Runthe copype cmd script to create a folder with Windows PE files For example from a command prompt type copype x86 c Nwinpe x86 When the operation finishes create an ISO 3 Select Acronis Plus Pack for Acronis True Image Home 2012 Acronis WinPE ISO Builder from the Start menu 4 Specify the path to the folder WinPE ISO e g c winpe_x86 ISO Acronis WinPE ISO Builder Specify a path to the folder with the WinPE files Select a Folder with Windows PE files 9 Iso C Desktop Fle Folder a My Documents W My Computer Free space 815 7 MB SA 3 5 Fopoy A Total size 4 658 GB Local Disk C SA Euids HE Documents and Setting L Program Fies DSO WINDOWS SC wnpe x85 BO 150 2D boot S EFI S sources HO mount 3 gt File name C winpe_xd6 150 4 Help 5 Acronis WinPE ISO Builder Building Mode components of the Acronis True Image Home Select one of the Following modes dd components and build an 150 Add components to WIM image Description Acronis PE Bulder adds the necessary components to WIM image and builds a bootable PE2 or PES 150 file 6 Specify the full path to the resulting image file including the filename or leave the default path and filen
202. ile backup contents use the Explore operation How to mount an image 1 Start the Mount wizard by clicking Mount image on the Tools and utilities tab 2 Selectthe backup for mounting 5 Lea 7 Mount Wizard Required steps Mount backup Archive selection Name Created Com Rating Method Path Images 1 a Partition D 3 Partition D 7 1 2011 5 43 59 PM 94 4 94 Full backup EAMy H E a My_system My system 7 1 2011 6 17 37 PM Akk kk Fullbackup E My gm m D Path EXMy backups My_system tib Browse Next gt Cancel 3 212 If you selected a backup containing incremental images you can select one of the successive incremental images also called backup versions by its creation date time Thus you can explore the data state at a certain moment To mount an incremental image you must have all previous backup versions and the initial full backup If any of the successive backups are missing mounting is not possible To mount a differential image you must have the initial full image as well If the backup was password protected Acronis True Image Home 2012 will ask for the password in a dialog box Neither the partitions layout will be shown nor will the Next button be enabled until you enter the correct password t Mount Wizard Required steps Mount backup Archive selection Finish I Details Name Images Password Required
203. iles click the Add button to create an exclusion criterion While specifying the criteria you can use the common Windows wildcard characters For example to preserve all files with extension exe you can add exe Adding My exe will preserve all exe files with names consisting of five symbols and starting with my To delete a criterion for example added by mistake click the Delete icon to the right of the criterion 4 14 6 Performance of recovery operation On the Performance tab you can configure the following settings Operation priority Changing the priority of a backup or recovery process can make it run faster or slower depending on whether you raise or lower the priority but it can also adversely affect the performance of other running programs The priority of any process running in a system determines the amount of CPU usage and system resources allocated to that process Decreasing the operation priority will free more resources for other CPU tasks Increasing backup or recovery priority may speed up the process by taking resources from the other currently running processes The effect will depend on total CPU usage and other factors You can set up the operation priority Low enabled by default the backup or recovery process will run slower but the performance of other programs will be increased Normal the backup or recovery process will have the equal priority with other processes High the
204. ill Ihe next that the block contains block The Now interval shows backup versions created during the last hour When using Nonstop Backup backup versions may be created as often as every five minutes The Today interval shows backup versions created from the beginning of the current day to the last hour The week interval can be named either Week ago or This week When today is Monday Tuesday or Wednesday the week interval is named Week ago In such cases the time line shows backup versions created during the previous week and from the beginning of the current week to the beginning of today When today is Thursday Friday Saturday or Sunday the week interval is named This week In such cases the time line shows backup versions created from the beginning of the current week to the beginning of today The month interval can be named either Month ago or This month When today is any date from the 1st to 15th day of the month the month interval is named Month ago In that case the time line shows backup versions created during the previous month and from the beginning of the current month to the week interval When today is any date from the 16th to 31st day of the month the month interval is named This month In that case the time line shows backup versions created from the beginning of the current month to the week interval 30 Copyright Acronis Inc 2000 2012 The This year interval shows
205. in the menu To resume Nonstop Backup click the gear icon again and select Start in the menu If the Nonstop Backup box is expanded you can also pause and resume Nonstop Backup by clicking the corresponding buttons in the box How can I turn off and delete Acronis Nonstop Backup To turn off and delete Acronis Nonstop Backup click the gear icon on the Nonstop Backup box of the Backup and recovery tab and select Delete in the menu This deletes all the Nonstop Backup data 3 7 Making reserve copies of your backups You can create reserve copies of your backups and save them on the file system a network drive or a USB flash drive A reserve copy may help you if the main backup becomes corrupted or if the storage of the main backup fails In addition to enhancing the backed up data security with replication this feature allows you to copy a set of documents for example to a USB stick for working on them at home So now you can perform a normal backup and copy the same files to a USB stick or any local hard drive You have the choice of making a reserve copy in the form of regular files in their native format a zip compressed file or a tib file optionally with password protection and encryption A password protected reserve copy can be encrypted only if you choose to encrypt the main backup and an encryption key of the same length will be used for encrypting the reserve copy A reserve copy always contains all the files selected for ba
206. in time to which the system or data can be restored To put it another way backup versions represent full incremental and differential backups see Full incremental and differential backups p 38 The backup versions are similar to file versions The file versions concept is familiar to those who use a Windows Vista and Windows 7 feature called Previous versions of files This feature allows you to restore a file as it existed on a particular date and time A backup version allows you to recover your data in a similar way This could be useful when trying to find damaged or deleted files Simply browse through the backup versions in the Acronis Backup Explorer until you find the backup version containing the required files Additionally you can recover different saved versions of the found files There is one more type of incremental backup version If you mount a partition in the read write mode the program assumes that the mounted image will be modified and creates an incremental version to capture the changes This type of incremental version has somewhat different properties For example it cannot be consolidated Disk cloning This operation migrates or copies the entire contents of one disk drive to another disk drive This may be necessary for example when installing a larger capacity disk The result is two identical drives with the same file structure The Disk Clone tool effectively copies all of the contents of one hard di
207. ion Sync name gt shows logs for a specific synchronization you select by its name Backup name shows logs for a specific backup you select by its name Etc The buttons with up and down arrows at the top and bottom of the calendar allow you to browse the months being shown in the calendar The color marks in the calendar show information about the days when operations completed with errors red marks warnings yellow marks and success green marks The current day is highlighted Clicking a marked day shows the logs for that date To delete a log entry select it right click and select Delete in the shortcut menu To delete all log entries select Delete all You can also save a log entry to file by selecting Save To save all logs to file select Save all The three buttons to the left control event filters the white cross in the red circle filters error events the exclamation mark in a yellow triangle filters warnings and the green check mark filters information message events To reset all the filters to their default values click Reset all filters At the upper right corner there are the Save all to file and Delete all buttons They do the same operations as the corresponding shortcut menu items 9 6 Acronis Customer Experience Program Acronis Customer Experience Program CEP is a new way to allow Acronis customers to contribute to the features design and development of Acronis products This program ena
208. ion If a backup version does not have comments click the Add comment icon then type your comments in the comments area and click the Save icon If there is already a comment you can edit it after clicking the Edit icon Having finished editing click the Save icon to save the changed comment or the Cancel icon to cancel the changes To remove the comment click the Delete icon 1 4 6 2 Files and folders tab The Files and folders tab shows the backed up files and folders contained in the selected backup version The left hand area of the tab shows a directory tree and the right hand area the contents of a selected directory tree item The tab shows the files and folders states of when the current backup version was created You can switch between the backup versions by using the time line at the bottom of the screen For more information on using the time line see Time line To recover files and or folders 1 Onthe time line select the backup version from which you want to recover your files folders The version s exact date and time will be displayed near the backup name Your data will be recovered to the state it was at this point in time 2 Selectthe corresponding check boxes of the files and folders you want to recover see selection rules below Short information about the selected items their number and total size will be displayed near the Recover button 3 Click the Recover button You can also recover files and folde
209. ion option You can specify the additional validation setting Validate backup when it is created When this option is enabled the program will check the integrity of the recently created or supplemented backup version immediately after backup When setting up a backup of critical data or a disk partition backup we strongly recommend that you enable this option in order to ensure that the backup can be used to recover the lost data Regular validation You can also schedule validation of your backups to ensure that they remain healthy By default regular validation is turned on with the following settings Frequency once a month Day the date when the backup was started Time the moment of backup start plus 15 minutes Advanced settings the Run the validation only when the computer is idle check box is selected Example You start a backup operation on July 15 at 12 00 The backup version is created at 12 05 Its validation will run at 12 15 if your computer is in the screen saver state at the moment If not then the validation will not run In a month August 15 at 12 15 the validation will start again As before your computer must be in the screen saver state The same will occur on September 15 and so on You can change the default settings and specify your own schedule This may be useful if you set a custom backup scheme with incremental backups For example you may want to schedule validation of all backup version
210. ious file version If you store sync history in the online storage you can revert the current version of a synchronized file to its previous version This is useful when you want to undo some undesirable sync operation To revert to a previous file version 1 Log into your Acronis account 2 On the Synchronization tab of the main screen find the sync box with the needed file click the gear icon and then click View versions 3 Onthe time line of Time Explorer select the version to which you want to rollback The version s exact date and time will be displayed near the sync name Your current version will be reverted to the state it was at that point in time 4 Select the corresponding check boxes of the files and folders you want to revert to see selection rules in Files and folders tab p 28 Short information about the selected items their number and total size will be displayed near the Download button 5 Click Download to proceed When reverting you may save the selected version to the same location or to a new one If you save the selected version to the same location this version becomes your current one Because of this change the synchronization process will start and the selected version will become the current one in all other locations synchronized with your folder No versions will be lost If you save the selected version to a new location no data in your synced folder will be changed This action does n
211. is because Acronis Startup Recovery Manager and Acronis Secure Zone are primarily meant for data recovery on the same computer 4 9 2 General principles of Acronis Universal Restore 1 Automatic selection of HAL and mass storage drivers Acronis Universal Restore searches the Windows default driver storage folders in the image being restored for HAL and mass storage device drivers and installs drivers that best fit the target hardware You can specify a custom driver repository a folder or folders on a network drive or CD which will also be used to search for drivers In addition Acronis Universal Restore can search drivers on removable media The Windows default driver storage folder is determined in the registry value DevicePath which can be found in the registry key HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE SOFTWARE Microsoft Windows CurrentVersion DevicePath This storage folder is usually WINDOWS inf 2 Installing drivers for Plug and Play devices Acronis Universal Restore relies on the built in Plug and Play discovery and configuration process to handle hardware differences in devices that are not critical for the system start This includes video audio and USB Windows takes control over this process during the logon phase If some of the new hardware is not detected you will have a chance to install the drivers for it later manually 4 10 How to use Acronis Startup Recovery Manager The Acronis Startup Recovery Manager enables you to st
212. iso O Burn to CD DVD AutoErase RW Eject after burn jurm using StarBurn Plugin list Enabled Mame File 443 File Management Utility 23431a43 inf Acronis True Image Acronis acronis inf Ad Aware SE adawarese adawarese inf Adaptec ASPI aspi aspi inF Background info bginfo bginfo bginfo inf Bart s Stuff Test free edition bst5 bst5 inF BartPE Installer v2 peinstipeinst inf BARTPE Network Support bartpe bartpe inf Boot Fix Enabling Press any key to boot from CD bootfix bootfix inf Check Disk chkdsk exe chkdsk chkdsk inf Customize Icustomcustom inf Deep Burner Free deepburner deepburner inf Disk Commander v1 1 dskemd dskemd inf Dos 16 bit support For WinPE dospe Dospe inf Drive SnapShot snapshot snapshot inF ERD Commander 2002 erd2002 erd2002 inf Irfanview irFanviewirFanview inF Keyboard Layout read PluginHelp keyboard keyboard inf McAfee Stinger stinger stinger inf McAfee VirusScan For Win32 meafee mcafee inf Nero Burning Rom nero burning rom penero inf Nu2Menu nu2menulnu2menu infF Nu2Shell zz5inu2shellinu2shell inF PENETCFG Automatically start PE Network configurator penetcfg autorun penetcfg inF PENETCFG PE Network configurator theTruth penetcfgipenetcfg inf PuTTY puttylputty inf RAMDisk Nu2 Productions ramdiskiramdisk infF Remote Desktop Client mstsc mstsc inf RpcSS needs to launch DComLaunch Service first SP2 only dcomlaunchtdcomlaunch inf ee asnon a a a SETS Close Enable Disable C w
213. ization taD e etii eerte einen ea erint er EE ert Pre ee Ee REO GERE EAT PME 23 1 44 Toolsarid utilities tab eerte tritani both eth Per eu ien EEEE Ee rre GENEE ee E eg eee ies 25 1 4 5 Wizards and notification area iCOMS cccsscssssssssesseceseesssceescseescseeecaesesecseeecsesecseeecsesecaceseacaeeesaeeesaeesacenees 25 1 406 Acronis Backup Explorer irent euenit tni iota nona token etna rox ano so eaae a euro e Coon go siaa an era es evo dag 26 1 4 7 Integration with WiNdOWS sees eene nnne ennt tnn nn tnnt tn snnt nn tintas tassa stas tassa erasa tassa stas tasa sn 32 1 4 8 Settings HMM Wi ce eicere ic ee eee rumor Ee eii emersit dicis e Ee eaae Lue a EET R ERE TRE aT 34 1 4 9 Help ffiBhlo us oett E eter repente en aC eL ener re E visa EXE ERE EXNE C E TEX XE EN FR ERE FOREVER REN SERERE TA 35 1 4 10 Installing Acronis HOtfixes ccceccssesccssescssessesessssscsscssesecsecsesssssessessessssecsesoessessussecsssssseseeesesaesaesassaseesoeees 35 HOW 0 m nH HH 37 LEMADEATTOGELC n 38 3 1 The difference between file backups and disk partition images ccccscceessecssseeesseceeeeeeees 38 3 2 Full incremental and differential backups esses enne nnne 38 3 3 Backing up partitions and disks sess eene nennen nnns nennen nnns 40 3 4 Backing up files and folders ccssss
214. k By default the program resizes them proportionally This window displays rectangles indicating the source hard disk including its partitions and unallocated space as well as the new disk layout Along with the hard disk number you can see disk capacity the label volume and file system information Different volume types including primary logical and unallocated space are marked with different colors ne D Q Clone Required steps Clone Mode Source Disk Destination Disk M Method gt Change Disk Layout Finish Disk Wizard Select partitions on your new hard disk from the list below 4 tdi L Properties mE Partition Flags Capacity Free Space Type Disk 2 NTFS Unlabeled C Pri 15 97 GB 8 719 GB NTFS s NTFS System Reserved Pri Act 25 MB 888 KB NTFS L 0 C 3wA3 16GB S C 2 15 97 GB NTFS E Primary Logical Dynamic M Acronis Secure Zone Unallocated Unsupported Next gt Proceed Cancel To resize change the volume type change the label of the existing volume right click on it and select Edit in the shortcut menu This will open the Partition Settings window Required steps Clone Mode Source Disk Destination Disk Move Method Finish Select at Please specify settings for the partition being created Size Min 7 195 GB Max 1557 GB SS 7 JJ
215. k below the recovery destination field The Partition Properties window appears ition Properties kee Specify the partition properties e Partition Letter F RA Label Type Primary Z Partition size Used space 19GB Total size 255970 New Volume F 25 GB Preserve source partition size 25 GB Unallocated space Size 20 Expand partition to maximum size Position Before partition After partition o You can create one or more partitions on the unallocated space with Acronis Disk Director Learn more about Acronis Disk Director OK Cancel 5 You can resize the partition by dragging its right border with a mouse on the horizontal bar on the screen To assign the partition a specific size enter the appropriate number into the Total size field Remember that you need to leave as much unallocated free space after having resized the partition as will be needed for the remaining partition Select a disk letter and partition type When you finish the settings click OK to confirm them and return to the main Disk Recovery window tition Properties gt oes Specify the partition properties Partition Letter F Zi Label Type Primary X Partition size Used space 19GB Total size 153467 New Volume F 15 GB Preserve source partition size 25 GB Unallocated space Size 102523 Expand partition to maximum size Positio
216. k the Proceed button the selected files and folders will be destroyed permanently So the button is disabled until you select the Destroy the selected files and folders irreversibly check box Click the Proceed button to destroy the selected files and or folders permanently Click the Options button to perform the optional steps Click the Cancel button to exit the wizard without performing any operations Shredding operation progress The operation status window reports about the state of the current operation The progress bar indicates the level of completion of the selected operation 202 Copyright Acronis Inc 2000 2012 In some cases the operation may take a long time to be completed If this is the case select the Shutdown the computer after completion check box When the operation finishes Acronis True Image Home 2012 will turn the computer off 8 7 3 System Clean up The System Clean up wizard enables you to securely remove all traces of your PC actions stored by Windows It can carry out the following operations Securely destroy data in the Windows Recycle Bin Remove temporary files from appropriate Windows folders Clean up hard disk free space of any traces of information previously stored on it Remove traces of file and computer searches on connected disks and computers in the local area network Clean the recently used documents list Clean the Windows Run list Clean the opened saved files hist
217. k the Reset to initial settings button Disk Backup Options gt ta Backup scheme Advanced Performance Notifications Exdusions Hidden file System files Files matching the following criteria File exter 1 mask at Browse B tib L tmp 7 Save the settings as default 7 e Reset to initial settings OK Cancel What you can exclude and how 1 You can exclude hidden and system files from a backup by selecting the corresponding check boxes We do not recommend excluding hidden and system files from the backups of your system partition 2 You can exclude files meeting the criteria you specify To do this select the Files matching the following criteria check box enter the exclusion criterion and then click Add By default the program excludes from backups files with the following extensions tmp and tib How to add an exclusion criterion You can enter explicit file names for exclusion from the backup file ext all such files will be excluded from the backup C file ext the file ext file on the C disk will be excluded You can use wildcard characters and ext all files with a ext extension will be excluded name ext all files with a ext extension having six letters in their names starting with any two symbols and ending with name will be excluded To exclude a folder click Browse select the folder you want to exclude on the director
218. kup scheme tab is selected Choose Custom scheme instead of Incremental scheme In the Backup method box select Differential from the drop down list oN OM Click Create a full version after every n differential versions and type or select 3 In that case the program will first create the initial full backup version no matter how you set up a backup process the first backup version will always be the full one and then 3 differential versions each one in about two weeks Then again a full version and 3 differential versions and so on So every new full version will be created in two months 9 To limit storage space for the versions click Turn on automatic cleanup 10 Click Keep size of the backup no more than defined size type or select 100 GB and click OK When the total backup size exceeds 100 GB Acronis True Image Home 2012 will clean up the existing backup versions to make the remaining versions satisfy the size limit The program will delete the oldest backup chain consisting of a full backup version and 3 differential backup versions 11 In the Disk Backup window check that all settings are correct and click Back up now If you want your first backup to be run only at the time you specified in the Scheduler click the down arrow to the right of the Back up now button and select Later in the drop down list 3 11 5 Image creation mode You can use these parameters to create an exact copy of your whole parti
219. kup versions created during that period Select the required period and click OK You can clean up only the active Acronis Nonstop Backup storage You can also completely clean up the Acronis Nonstop Backup storage by selecting Delete in the Operations menu of a Nonstop Backup box If you select the active Nonstop Backup box the deletion stops operation of Acronis Nonstop Backup 3 6 4 Nonstop Backup Frequently asked questions Why does Acronis Nonstop Backup pause on its own This is the designed behavior of Acronis Nonstop Backup When the system load rises to a critical level Acronis Nonstop Backup receives the overload alarm from Windows and pauses itself This is done to aid Windows relieve the load caused by other applications The overload can be caused by running resource intensive applications for example performing a deep system scan with your antivirus software In such a case Nonstop Backup automatically pauses and you cannot restart it After pausing Acronis Nonstop Backup gives the system one hour to relieve the load and then attempts to restart The automatic restart count for Acronis Nonstop Backup is 6 This means that after the first automatic restart Acronis Nonstop Backup will attempt to restart five more times with intervals of exactly one hour between attempts After the sixth unsuccessful attempt Acronis Nonstop Backup will wait for the next calendar day On the next day the automatic restart count will au
220. kups make incremental and differential backups etc However it does not provide password protection and encryption Acronis True Image Home 2012 can recover and validate only its own zip backups If a zip archive was created by a file archiver program it cannot be recovered and validated by Acronis True Image Home 2012 3 5 Backing up e mail Acronis True Image Home 2012 allows you to back up messages accounts and settings for Microsoft Outlook 2000 2002 2003 2007 2010 Microsoft Outlook Express Windows Mail and Windows Live E mail backup is a subset of file level backups that backs up predefined folders and requires minimum user selections However if need be you can select Microsoft Outlook components and folders individually E mail Backup ETHESE Configure e mail backup process d Source My e mail _ Specify credentials for this location V j amp Windows Contacts 2 Name Size V Windows Contacts Destination 2 EM backups 15 88 GB of 1 free Schedule Off Turn on Backup scheme Custom The scheme is based on incremental r Backup name Windows Contacts Add comment Cancel E mail backup options ca Back up now You can select the following items Messages contained in PST DBX Database Files E mail accounts For Microsoft Office Outlook 2000 2002 2003 2007 2010 m Mail Folders Calendar Contacts Tasks Notes Signatures
221. l If the image contains more than two partitions leave enough unallocated space for other partitions to be recovered and repeat steps 5 7 until you make the settings for all partitions 84 Copyright Acronis Inc 2000 2012 9 Click Recover now to recover the partitions to the destination hard disk Disk Recovery e toe Recovering VMware VMware Virtual S 1 0 e Version Todayat 1 39PM Source Switch to disk mode New Volume D NTFS v ETT New Volume F 25 GB are VMware Virtual S 1 0 Partition properties New Volume G NTFS W GB Unallocated space P 10GE are VMware Virtua Partition properties Show MBR 4 Disk recovery options Recover now Cancel 4 5 Recovering a disk backup to a different disk under rescue media Recovery of a disk backup containing several partitions to a hard disk that has a different capacity is one of the most complicated operations This is especially true when the original hard disk you have backed up has a hidden diagnostic or recovery partition Complete the preparations described in Preparing for recovery p 76 If you have not already done so assign unique names labels to the partitions of your computer s disks This will allow for identification of the partitions by their names and not by the disk letters Disk letters may differ when booting from the rescue media The names will help you find the drive containing your
222. l be stored for 6 months After the period the program analyzes if the oldest backup versions except the 1st full version may be deleted It depends on the minimum number of versions eight and version chains consistency The program deletes the oldest versions one by one after creating new versions with the same backup method for example the oldest differential version will be deleted after creation of the newest differential version First of all the oldest differential versions will be deleted then the oldest full version Backup scheduler setting monthly Result you have monthly backup versions for the last 6 months plus the initial full backup version that may be kept for a longer period Required storage space depends on the number of versions and their sizes File backup version chain According to the specified schedule or when you run backup manually the program creates 1 full and 6 incremental backup versions then again 1 full and 6 incremental versions and so on The versions will be stored for 1 month After the period the program analyzes if the oldest backup versions may be deleted It depends on the version chain consistency To keep the consistency the program deletes the oldest versions by chains 1 full 6 incremental backup versions after creating a new analogous version chain Backup scheduler setting daily Result you have backup versions for every day of the last month Required storage space depends on
223. last version The newer the last backup version the higher the backup will be placed in the list This command sorts all backups by size starting from the biggest down to the smallest This command sorts all backups into two groups backups with a schedule and backups without a schedule which can be started only manually This command allows you to explore all your backups in the Acronis Backup Explorer using the time line This command checks the integrity of all your backups Click to search for lost backups All backups This command removes all backup boxes from the Not backed up yet boxes backup list The removed backups can be returned to the list by using the Browse for backup tool This command removes all empty backup boxes from the backup list Be careful because after removal such backup boxes cannot be returned to the list Search To search for a backed up file you need to recover type the filename or part of its name in the search field on the main menu bar If the search is successful the program will open Acronis Backup Explorer and show the found file and backup s containing the file 1 4 8 Synchronization tab The Synchronization tab allows you to manage all aspects of your data synchronization process create new syncs turn the existing syncs on and off change their settings delete unneeded syncs and so on Every created sync is represented by a box similar to backup boxes A sy
224. lder that you want to synchronize and then click Sync this folder Steps to perform on computer 2 Start Acronis True Image Home 2012 2 Onthe Synchronization tab specify your Acronis account credentials and then click Log in 3 Select the box of the required sync and click Join this sync 4 Inthe opened window select on the directory tree the folder that you want to synchronize and then click OK To create a new folder for synchronization of its contents click the New folder button and then name the created folder before clicking OK Sync between three or more computers If you create a sync between three or more computers perform on that computers the same steps as on computer 2 5 4 1 2 How to sync data with another person Let s consider how to sync data between two or more computers which belong to different Acronis accounts For example you need to sync data with your friend or colleague First of all make sure that the required conditions are met See the list of conditions in Sync creation p 109 The following steps should be performed first on the sync owner s computer and then on another computer Note that only the sync owner can change settings of the sync invite other users to the sync delete the sync etc Steps to perform on computer 1 that will own the sync 1 Start Acronis True Image Home 2012 2 Onthe Synchronization tab specify your Acronis account credentials your registration e mail
225. lders This allows you to avoid muddle in the synced folder 6 Using online backup In this section What is Acronis True Image Online cccccssssecececessesssssceeeeecesesseaaees 123 Subscription information cccsssccececessessnececeeecessessaeeeeeessessesssaeeeeess 123 Backing up to Acronis Online Storage eeeeeeeneerenn 124 Managing online backups eeeeese sese 126 Online backup options tee rete ree Dieta ende reete 127 Recovery from Online storage cccssssccceeecessssssaeseeeeecessessaeeeeeeseesees 132 Removing data from Online storage eeseeeeeeneerennnn 134 6 1 What is Acronis True I mage Online Acronis True Image Online is a service for safeguarding your most important files With Acronis True Image Online you can save important files to a secure remote location and recover them when the need arises Because files are stored on a remote storage they are protected even if your computer gets stolen or your house burns down So the risk of data loss as a result of fire theft or other natural disasters is practically eliminated If something happens to your backup image PC or external storage device you can get your most important files back If your computer crashes you can recover your files back to your PC or another system that has Acronis True Image Online application or Acronis True Image Home 2012 installed on it You can also
226. lders you work with every day You need to save your daily work results and want to be able to recover data state to any date for the last three weeks Let s see how you can do this using a custom backup scheme 1 Onthe Backup and recovery tab click Other backups and then select File backup 2 Inthe File Backup window select files and or folders you want to back up and specify the backup destination For more information see Backing up files and folders p 42 3 Click Turn on for the Schedule item In the Scheduler window click Daily and specify a start time for the backup operation For example if you finish your everyday work at 8 PM specify this time or a little later 8 05 PM as the start time Click Incremental next to the Backup scheme item Incremental is the default backup scheme In the File Backup Options window make sure that the Backup scheme tab is selected Choose Custom scheme instead of Incremental scheme In the Backup method box select Incremental from the drop down list oo E OY Ur od Click Create a full version after every n incremental versions and type or select 6 In that case the program will first create the initial full backup version no matter how you set up a backup process the first backup version will always be the full one and then 6 incremental versions day by day Then it will create 1 full version and 6 incremental versions again and so on So every new full version will be created in
227. ldest backup version chain will be automatically deleted Keep size of the backup no more than defined size Select this option to limit maximum size of the backup After creating a new backup version the program checks whether the total backup size exceeds the specified value If it s true the oldest backup version will be deleted The first backup version option Often the first version of any backup is one of the most valuable versions This is true because it stores the initial data state for example your system partition with recently installed Windows or some other stable data state for example data after a successful virus check Do not delete the first version of the backup Select this check box to keep the initial data state The program will create two initial full backup versions The first version will be excluded from the automatic cleanup and will be stored until you delete it manually If you select incremental or differential method the first backup chain will start from the second full backup version And only the third version of the backup will be incremental or differential one Note that when the check box is selected the Store no more than n recent versions check box will change to Store no more than 1 n recent versions 3 11 4 1 Managing custom backup schemes If you change anything in an existing backup scheme you can save the changed scheme as a new one In this case you need to specify a new name
228. le recovery environment on the removable media and adding a standalone Acronis True Image Home 2012 version You will be able to run Acronis True Image Home 2012 from the removable media on a bare metal system or the crashed computer that cannot boot If possible avoid storing your system partition backups on dynamic disks because the system partition is recovered in the Linux environment Linux and Windows work with dynamic disks differently This may result in problems during recovery If you need the backup to run on a schedule click the link to the right of Schedule turn on scheduling and set the required schedule For more information see Scheduling p 149 You can also change the default backup scheme by clicking on the appropriate link For more information see Backup schemes p 57 You can exclude hidden or system files and folders from backup as well as files matching the criteria you specify For more information see Excluding items from backup If you would like to assign a specific name to the backup type the name in the Backup name field instead of the default one You can also add useful information to the backup name To do so click the down arrow to the right of the destination and click Browse Select the items you want to add in the right field of the File name line add date the backup creation date will be added add time the backup creation time will be added add user name the current user n
229. lect a threshold value and select a unit of measure Acronis True Image Home 2012 can monitor free space on the following storage devices Local hard drives USB cards and drives Network shares SMB NFS The message will not be displayed if the Do not show messages and dialogs while processing silent mode check box is selected in the Error handling settings This option cannot be enabled for FTP servers and CD DVD drives E mail notification You can specify an e mail account that will be used for notifying you of the recovery process To specify the e mail settings Select the Send e mail notifications about the operation state check box Enter the e mail address in the E mail address field You can enter several e mail addresses in a semicolon delimited format Enter the outgoing mail server SMTP in the Outgoing mail server SMTP field Set the port of the outgoing mail server By default the port is set to 25 Enter the user name in the User name field Enter the password in the Password field To check whether your settings are correct click the Send test message button Additional notification settings To send a notification concerning process completion select the Send notification upon operation s successful completion check box To send a notification concerning process failure select the Send notification upon operation failure check box To send a notification with operation messages
230. lename AcronisMedia iso 5 Check your settings in the summary screen and click Proceed Burn the ISO to a CD using a third party tool for example Nero and you will have a bootable Windows PE disc with Acronis True Image Home 2012 Once a machine boots into WinPE Acronis True Image Home 2012 starts automatically Be aware that startup may take a considerable amount of time 8 2 3 3 Adding the Acronis Plug in to WinPE 2 x or 3 0 WIM 1 Select Acronis Plus Pack for Acronis True Image Home 2012 Acronis WinPE ISO Builder from the Start menu 171 Copyright Acronis Inc 2000 2012 2 Specify the path to the source WINPE WIM file The standard path to this file for x86 hardware is Program Files Windows AIK Tools PETools X86 winpe wim 3 Specify the full path to the resulting WIM file including the filename or leave the default path and filename AcronisMedia wim 4 Check your settings in the summary screen and click Proceed To create a PE image ISO file from the resulting WIM file 1 Select Microsoft Windows AIK Windows PE Tools Command Prompt from the Start menu Users of Windows 7 should select Microsoft Windows AIK Deployment Tools Command Prompt from the Start menu 2 Runthe copype cmd script to create a folder with Windows PE files For example from a command prompt type copype x86 c Nwinpe x86 3 Replace the default boot wim file in your Windows PE folder with the newly created WIM file For the
231. limits and either leave its default value or change it according to your needs If limits are set then after creating a backup version the program checks the backup for quota violations such as exceeding a pre set maximum number of gigabytes set aside for backup versions and if any limitation is exceeded consolidates the oldest backup versions For example if you ve pre set your backup to store 50GB of backup files and your backup versions reach 55GB you have exceeded a quota and the system will respond automatically based on rules that you ve already set This operation creates a temporary file and thus requires disk space Consider also that the quota must be violated so that the program can detect the violation Therefore to be able to consolidate the files the program needs some space on the disk in excess of the backup quota The extra amount of space can be estimated as the size of the largest backup version in the backup In case of setting a limit on the number of backup versions the actual number of versions can exceed the maximum number of versions by one This enables the program to detect quota violation and start consolidation Similarly if you pre set a backup version storage period for example 30 days the program will start consolidation when the oldest backup version is stored for 31 days 3 11 4 3 Examples of custom schemes 1 File backup Daily incremental version weekly full version Case You have files and or fo
232. line storage cleanup You can configure the cleanup settings for the Online storage to optimize usage of its space To set the limits for the amount of versions in the Online storage Select the Delete versions that are older than check box and enter a value that limits the maximum age of the older versions All other versions will be automatically deleted except the most recent versions Select the Store no more than recent versions check box and enter a value that limits the maximum number of all versions in the storage Online backup options Ie do Backup Performance Notifications Exclusions D Online storage connection attempts Y Online storage cleanup C V Delete versions that are olderthan 6 J Store no morethan 10 recentversions fay Encryption key Y Windows account Y Save the settings as default 7 7 Reset to initial settings OK Cancel 6 5 3 Encryption key To protect your data on the Online storage from unauthorized access you can use encryption In this case your data will be stored on the Online storage in encrypted form To encrypt and decrypt your data the program needs the encryption key that you should specify when you register your computer An encryption key is a unique alphanumeric code like a password You can specify any set of characters you like Note that the key is case sensitive An encryption key cannot be retrieved Please remember the key that you s
233. lly select this check box to activate the product via the Internet during the installation You may clear the check box In that case you will need to activate the product after installation See details in Acronis True Image Home 2012 activation This step is available only if the Set additional options check box is selected in the Serial number window In the Setup options window choose the installation options Select the components which you want to install Acronis True Image Home 2012 the main component which allows you to back up recover and synchronize your data add and clone hard disks etc Rescue Media Builder this component allows you to create bootable rescue media such as CDs USB flash drives etc You might not need this tool if you purchased a boxed product that contains a bootable CD Installing the Bootable Rescue Media Builder will allow you to create bootable media or its ISO image at any time from the main program window or running Bootable Rescue Media Builder on its own Under Administrator options choose the program availability Install for all users that share this computer or Install for the current user only Change the installation folder if necessary 7 Click Proceed to begin installation To make changes in the setup use the Back and Next buttons Note If you purchased a boxed product the installation CD contains an installation file for installing an Acronis True Image Home 2012 p
234. lude from protection files that match the criteria you specify To add exclusion criteria click the Nonstop backup options link While adding criteria you can use the common Windows wildcard characters For more information see Excluding items from backup 3 6 3 Acronis Nonstop Backup data storage Acronis Nonstop Backup data storage can be created on local hard disk drives both internal and external In many cases an external hard disk will be the best choice for Nonstop Backup data storage You can use an external disk with any of the following interfaces USB including USB 3 0 eSATA FireWire and SCSI You can also use an NAS as the storage but with one limitation it must accessible with the SMB protocol It does not matter whether an NAS share you want to use for the storage is mapped as a local disk or not If the share requires login you will need to provide the correct user name and password For more information see Authentication settings p 138 Acronis True Image Home 2012 remembers the credentials and the subsequent connections to the share do not require login When an external hard disk or NAS is unavailable the Nonstop Backup destination can be an internal disk including a dynamic one Please note that you cannot use a partition to be protected as a Nonstop Backup storage If your computer has a single hard disk drive with a single partition but you want to use Acronis Nonstop Backup anyway you can create Acronis Secu
235. lug in for the BartPE utility BartPE Bart Preinstalled Environment is a bootable Windows CD DVD created from the original Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 installation setup CD Applications are installed into BartPE in the form of plug ins and the Acronis True Image Home 2012 plug in can be included into the BartPE plug in tab Booting from the BartPE CD DVD with the included Acronis True Image Home 2012 plug in will allow you to work in a well known Windows environment and use practically all Acronis True Image Home 2012 functionality for recovering your system from a disaster For more information on the BartPE visit the BartPE homepage at http www nu2 nu pebuilder You can also download that installation file from the Acronis Web site Recovering from an Acronis True Image Home 2012 error If Acronis True Image Home 2012 ceased running or produced errors its files might be corrupted To repair this problem you first have to recover the program To do this run Acronis True Image Home 2012 installer again It will detect Acronis True Image Home 2012 on your computer and will ask you if you want to repair or remove it Removing Acronis True Image Home 2012 Select Start gt Settings gt Control panel gt Add or remove programs gt Acronis True Image Home 2012 gt Remove Then follow the instructions on the screen If you use Windows Vista select Start gt Control panel gt Programs and Features gt Acronis True Image Hom
236. lus Pack will help you create a bootable system clone on different hardware For more information see Acronis Universal Restore p 97 Choose this option when recovering your system disk to a computer with a dissimilar processor different motherboard or a different mass storage device than in the system you originally backed up This may be useful for example after replacing a failed motherboard or when deciding to migrate the system from a desktop to a laptop You can use Acronis Universal Restore for recovering your system disk both from tib and vhd files Acronis Universal Restore is unavailable when recovering the system partition from an Acronis Nonstop Backup Before proceeding with recovery make sure you have drivers for the hard disk drive controller or chipset drivers for the new motherboard These drivers are critical for booting the operating system You can download the drivers for your motherboard on the Vendor s web site Please note that if you downloaded the drivers in exe cab zip format you should extract them first The driver files should have inf sys or oem extensions 4 8 1 Recovering your system with the help of Acronis Universal Restore Select on the Backup and recovery tab a backup containing your system partition Click the Recover button on the backup s box if the backup consists of a single version When there are several backup versions click Explore and recover Select the backup version you
237. ly entered password into the Confirm field To increase the security of your confidential data you can encrypt the backup with strong industry standard AES Advanced Encryption Standard cryptographic algorithm AES is available with three key lengths 128 192 and 256 bits to balance performance and protection as desired The 128 bit encryption key is sufficient for most applications The longer the key the more secure your data However the 192 and 256 bit long keys significantly slow down the backup process If you want to use AES encryption choose one of the following keys AES 128 to use 128 bit encryption key AES 192 to use 192 bit encryption key AES 256 to use 256 bit encryption key If you do not want to encrypt the backup and only want to protect a backup with a password select None Having specified the backup protection settings click OK Note that you cannot change the password of a password protected backup after the backup was created If you try to recover data from a password protected backup the program will ask for the password in a special window allowing access only to authorized users 3 11 7 Pre Post commands for backup You can specify commands or even batch files that will be automatically executed before and after the backup procedure For example you may want to start stop certain Windows processes or check your data before starting backup To specify commands batch
238. m a POP mail server create new files or edit existing documents while in the Try mode and then decide to discard your changes those files document changes and mail will no longer exist If you use POP email make sure to change the settings in your e mail to leave your mail on the server before you activate the Try mode This way you can always retrieve your email again Similarly save new files and or edited documents to a drive not protected by Try amp Decide After starting the Try mode you can safely install any system updates drivers and applications without worrying about what might happen to your system If anything goes wrong you can simply discard the changes made in the Try mode D Try amp Decide al Try amp Decide is off 7 Click to start When Try amp Decide is on you can install unsafe software visit untrusted Web sites open suspicious e mails and perform any other potentially dangerous operations without risk Try amp Decide lets you apply or discard changes to your computer Learn more Options Protected partitions C Storage for virtual changes C is Used space Used by Try amp Decide Available 7454 GB 0 bytes 8 511 GB Notifications Notify me if free disk space is less than 500 MB and Try amp Decide has been working for 10 Minutes Change alert settings Reset settings to default e One of the best features of Try amp Decide is that it i
239. m another machine that is connected to the Internet see below Activation from another computer If your computer is not connected to the Internet you may activate Acronis True Image Home 2012 by using another computer which has connection to the Internet To activate the product from another computer 1 Install and start Acronis True Image Home 2012 2 Onthe main program screen click Activate now on the information bar 3 Inthe opened window select Activate from another computer 4 Inthe Acronis True Image Home 2012 Activation window perform 3 simple steps 1 Save your installation code to a file by clicking the Save to file button and specify a removable media as the file location for example a USB flash drive You may also simply write down this code on a piece of paper 2 Onanother computer which has the Internet connection go to http www acronis com activation The instructions on the screen will help you to get your activation code by using the installation code Save the obtained activation code to a file on a removable media or write it down on paper 3 On your computer click the Load from file button and specify a path to the file with the activation code or simply type it into the box from the piece of paper 5 Click Activate Moving license between computers One serial number allows you to install Acronis True Image Home 2012 on a limited number of computers The Standard edition of the product can
240. me 2012 It is purchased separately has a separate license and is installed from its own setup file Acronis True Image Home 2012 must be installed on your computer before the Acronis True Image Home 2012 Plus Pack can be installed Acronis True Image Home 2012 Plus Pack adds the Acronis Universal Restore option for use during recovery Acronis True Image Home 2012 Plus Pack also installs Acronis WinPE ISO builder and provides support for dynamic disks Here are the features of Acronis True Image Home 2012 Plus Pack in more details Support of dynamic disks operations with dynamic disks expand the range of hard drive configurations supported by Acronis True Image Home 2012 Dynamic disks offer greater flexibility for volume management and may provide benefits in computers with more than one hard drive Users of Acronis True Image Home 2012 Plus Pack have the Universal Restore feature available to them Acronis Universal Restore lets you restore an image of a Windows operating system to a different hardware environment You can restore information on independent computers regardless of the hardware used on the independent computer This may come in handy for example after replacing a damaged motherboard or when deciding to migrate your system from a desktop to a laptop For more information see Acronis Universal Restore p 97 Acronis WinPE ISO builder This program adds Acronis True Image Home 2012 plug in to WinPE Windows Preinst
241. mic VHDs with the maximum size that equals the size of a partition backed up into a tib file When you boot from a dynamic vhd file the VHD is automatically expanded to the maximum size If the physical host partition of the vhd file does not have enough free disk space for the maximum size of the dynamic VHD the boot process will fail Furthermore you need to have additional space for the paging file Pagefile sys as the paging file is created on the host partition outside the virtual one Microsoft states that you should estimate approximately 5 GB of available space in addition to the maximum size of the vhd file So the estimated free space is the size of your system partition plus 5 GB From the above it follows that you cannot boot from the vhd file if it is located on your system partition 6 Reboot the computer and select the new entry in the Acronis Boot Sequence Manager list for booting then click OK If Windows boots normally you can be quite sure that the backup will recover to a bootable Windows 7 operating system 7 After making sure that the tib image is bootable you can remove its entry from the Acronis Boot Sequence Manager list To do so select the entry and click Remove on the toolbar Acronis True Image Home 2012 will ask to confirm removal You may also want to delete the vhd file used for booting If so open Windows Explorer and delete the file 8 10 4 Acronis Boot Sequence Manager The Acronis Boot Sequence Manag
242. mode suspends Nonstop Backup Nonstop Backup will resume after you stop the Try mode 7 5 2 Starting the Try mode To start the Try mode Click Try amp Decide on the Tools and utilities tab Setupthe Try amp Decide options Protected partitions p 147 Storage for virtual changes p 147 Alert settings p 147 Start the Try mode by clicking the Try amp Decide icon The program starts tracking all changes made to the OS and files and temporarily stores all the changes on the selected disk Every soft reboot of your computer while in the Try mode will result in adding up to 500 MB of Try amp Decide s housekeeping data into the storage selected for storing virtual changes This data will be added even if the protected partition has not changed between reboots Having performed all the changes you wanted to try click the Try amp Decide icon again to turn off the Try mode The program will ask if you want to apply or to discard the changes Acronis True Image Home 2012 will track changes until the disk space in the location selected for storing virtual changes remains sufficient for applying the changes if you choose to apply them Then the program will alert you that the time has come to make a decision on whether to apply or discard the changes made so far If you choose to not heed the alert message the program will automatically restart the system when the disk is full discarding the changes in the process of rebooting
243. mputers which belong to different accounts for example between your computer and your friend s computer See details in How to sync data with another person If you are creating a sync between three or more computers and some of them belong to the same account and other do not choose option 2 Perform the steps for creating a sync on the computer which will own the sync Then the only thing left is to accept the invitations on the other computers 5 4 1 1 How to sync data between your computers Let s consider how to sync data between two or more computers which belong to the same Acronis account For example you need to sync data between your home computers or between your home computer and work computer First of all make sure that the required conditions are met See the list of conditions in Sync creation p 109 To create a sync between two folders sequentially perform the following steps on your computers computer 1 and computer 2 Steps to perform on computer 1 that will own the sync 1 Start Acronis True Image Home 2012 2 Onthe Synchronization tab specify your Acronis account credentials your registration e mail address and password and then click Log in Login is required only when you create your first sync Afterwards login is performed automatically Click New sync In the opened window select on the directory tree the folder that you want to synchronize and click Next To create a new folder for syn
244. n Before partition After partition o You can create one or more partitions on the unallocated space with Acronis Disk Director Learn more about Acronis Disk Director OK Cancel 6 Select the next partition s check box 7 Select the unallocated space on the destination hard disk The program creates a partition occupying the entire unallocated space Recovering VMware VMware Virtual S 1 0 Version Source Switch to disk mode V New Volume D NTFS P 19GB New Volume F c 25 GB F VMware VMware Virtual S 1 0 i Partition properties New Volume G NTFS l Pg c inge Volume G VMware VMware Virtual S 1 0 M System Reserved VMware VMware Virtual 1 0 amlas gy Local Disk C VMware VMware Virtual S 1 0 16 GB i New Volume D l v cin df Disk recovery d c 6 GB D VMware VMware Virtual S 1 0 New Volume G VMware VMware Virtual S 1 0 8 Click the Partition properties link and make the settings for the partition Select a disk letter and partition type When you finish the settings click OK to confirm them and return to the main Disk Recovery window Specify the partition properties e Partition Letter H Label Type Primary Partition size Used space 29 GB Totalsize 102520 New Volume H 10 GB Preserve source partition size 10 GB Reduce partition size OK Cance
245. n D gPartition D 7 1 2011 5 43 59 PM WWW Full backup EAMy E S B My system My system 7 1 2011 6 32 37 PM Lad A d Fullbackup D My 4 m D Path D My backups My_system tib l Browse Next gt Cancel 2 Select the disk image to convert If the backup is password protected Acronis True Image Home 2012 will ask for it Note that the resulting vhd file will lose password protection Converting an incremental backup requires all the previous incremental backups and the original full backup Converting a differential backup requires the original full backup The result of conversion is always a full backup 3 Specify the path to the file to be created The converted file will be saved to the default location but you can select another one by clicking Browse The file can be directed to any local storage supported by Acronis True Image Home 2012 except the Acronis Secure Zone and CD DVD In addition it can be directed to an SMB share 4 Click Proceed in the Summary window When a tib image selected for conversion contains partitions for example from two physical hard disk drives the program will create two vhd files corresponding to those physical drives Acronis True Image Home 2012 cannot convert tib files containing images of spanned and striped dynamic volumes 8 10 1 2 Converting Windows backup Windows Vista and Windows 7 users can convert vhd files created by Windows Backup in
246. n a new hard disk p 186 be sure that your data is not accessible to anyone else p 63 find a backup that contains the file you need to recover p 152 3 Backing up data Acronis True Image Home 2012 includes a wealth of sophisticated backup capabilities that would please even an IT professional They allow you to back up your disks partitions files and e mail You can choose a backup feature that suits you most or use them all The sections below describe the backup features in more detail In this section The difference between file backups and disk partition images 38 Full incremental and differential backups cc cccesssscceeessseeeeesteeeeeees 38 Backing up partitions and disks eeeseeseeeeneeeerene 40 Backing up files and folders essen 42 Backing Up C Mail ssicccessccecevessiecevenccecevanccecevenceedesanscecevecedcevanccecevanseedevense 45 Using Acronis Nonstop Backup ccccssscecsssscecsesseeecsesneeeesssneeeesesneeeeeees 46 Making reserve copies of your backups 52 Backup to various places essere nnne nnne 54 Adding an existing backup to the list cccecccssececesssececseseeeeeenaeeeeeeaaes 55 Deleting backups and backup versions esee 55 Backup Options ER 56 Validating DaCKUPS onerariis 72 Consolidating backup versions esses 73 Cloning backup settings ccccssssccc
247. n the Backup Explorer When you select the file the View versions link appears below the file size information Clicking the link opens the View Versions window with a list of all versions of the file in the backup Until you select a file version the Open and Recover buttons remain disabled Selecting a file version enables the buttons 9 View Versions c to d Studio omp v W Version Backup 3 38 16 PM L 3 42 06 PM File backup 34218 PM Thursday August 12 2010 3 28 50 PM Thursday August 12 2010 3 29 12 PM j Thursday August 12 2010 3 29 22 PM Thursday August 12 2010 3 29 36 PM Select the required version by its backup time and click the Recover button This will open the File Recovery window Select the destination and recover the file version to the folder of your choice For more information see Recovering data from file level backups You can also recover the version by dragging it into a selected folder in Windows Explorer To choose the correct version you can open the version in the associated application and view the file contents Choose the version by its backup time and then click the Open button Acronis True Image Home 2012 will recover the file version to a temporary folder Then it will open the file using the associated application 4 8 Recovering to different hardware Using Acronis Universal Restore provided by separately purchased Acronis True Image Home 2012 P
248. n you click the Test connection button the computer will try to connect to the selected network share If you receive an error message check if the credentials are correct and provide the correct user name and password for the selected network share To repeat the connection attempt click the Test again button Having provided the required information click Connect 7 3 Making sure that your rescue media can be used when needed To maximize the chances of your computer s recovery you must test that your computer can boot from the rescue media In addition you must check that the rescue media recognizes all your computer s devices such as the hard drives the mouse the keyboard and network adapter If you purchased a boxed version of the product that has a bootable CD please test this CD To test the rescue media If you use external drives for storing your backups you must attach the drives before booting from the rescue CD Otherwise the program might not detect them 1 Configure your computer to enable booting from the rescue media Then make your rescue media device CD ROM DVD ROM drive or USB stick the first boot device See Arranging boot order in BIOS 2 If you have a rescue CD press any key to start booting from the CD when you see the prompt Press any key to boot from CD If you do not press a key within five seconds you will need to restart the computer 3 After the boot menu appears choose Acronis True
249. nc box contains short information about the corresponding sync process and allows you to manage this process V Acronis True Image Home e Jte JE 4 9 Acronis Get started Backup and recovery Synchronization Tools and utilities d vivolkhonsky amp yandexru 25 9 Q r A New sync Manage shared A Sort by syncs B New sync Folder C Documents and Settings tester Documents Automati Participant AT 000C2991044D CJ vxPx32sP3 GI TESTER Acronis Online Backup pdate Today at 11 50 PM Total size 40 88 MB B My sync B Sync P Documents u Folde C Documents and Settings tester Pictures Automatic syne u Participant AT 000C2991044D G TESTER pdate Today at 11 40 PM Sync toolbar This area contains the following items New sync allows you to select a folder to synchronize and send an invitation to the computer you want to synchronize your data with Manage shared syncs opens the Web page where you can manage your shared syncs Show only my favorite syncs icon filters the syncs which you have marked as favorite Expand all syncs icon expands all collapsed sync boxes Collapse all syncs icon collapses all expanded sync boxes into narrow stripes Sort by Name sorts all syncs in alphabetical order Type sorts all syncs according to their types Sync list area The area shows the boxes of the syncs you already have It provides access to all operations with the existing
250. nen ennemi nnns 81 4 5 Recovering a disk backup to a different disk under rescue media suse 85 4 5 1 Recovering a disk with a hidden partition sees tn tnnt rnnt stan nn nnn 85 4 6 Recovering data from file level backups cscccccccecsssessssececececesseaeseceeecesseseaeaeeeeseesseseaaees 91 4 7 Recovering file versions c e EH a RENE NER RR ha RUE ERE RR E ea a Ee ERES daba 92 4 8 Recovering to different hardware c ccccccccsssssssscecececessessaeceeecesseseseeaeeeeecesseesaeaeeeessessessnaeess 93 4 8 1 Recovering your system with the help of Acronis Universal Restore sese 93 4 8 2 Recovering your system with the help of Acronis Universal Restore under rescue media 94 4 9 Acronis Universal RestOFe iet oreet reo deserere veto ea eet ae ee eco aa deese ave ee oaa eeu ta ed 97 4 9 1 Purpose of Acronis Universal Restore sessi en ennt nn tents tns tn tnnt ta snnt ta erst ta snas tas nn sana 97 4 9 2 General principles of Acronis Universal Restore eese nente tentent nnne stan nn nns 98 4 10 How to use Acronis Startup Recovery Manager ccccccccccecececececececececececececeseseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 98 4 11 About recovery of dynamic GPT disks and volumes c cccsscceessecessceesseceessecesseecseeeeaeeesseeens 99 4 12 Backup protection dialog bOox ssesssssseesesee eene nennen
251. nfigure the following settings Compression level You can choose the compression level for a backup None the data will be copied without any compression which may significantly increase the backup file size Normal the recommended data compression level set by default High higher backup file compression level takes more time to create a backup Maximum maximum backup compression but takes a long time to create a backup The optimal data compression level depends on the type of files stored in the backup For example even maximum compression will not significantly reduce the backup size if the backup contains essentially compressed files like jpg pdf or mp3 Operation priority Changing the priority of a backup or recovery process can make it run faster or slower depending on whether you raise or lower the priority but it can also adversely affect the performance of other running programs The priority of any process running in a system determines the amount of CPU usage and system resources allocated to that process Decreasing the operation priority will free more resources for other CPU tasks Increasing backup or recovery priority may speed up the process by taking resources from the other currently running processes The effect will depend on total CPU usage and other factors You can set up the operation priority Low enabled by default the backup or recovery process will run slower but th
252. ng the settings you may need to change some of them to suit the new environment For example it may be necessary to change the list of items for backup backup destination etc If you want to copy some of your backups to another computer it is recommended to export the settings of those backups too Thus you will not lose some of the copied backup s functionality 9 Troubleshooting In this section Acronis System Report ener nnne nnn nnns nnns nsns 220 Acronis Smart Error Reporting ccccccccccscccececececececececececeeeeeeeeeeeeneess 220 General recommendations eese enne nns 222 Creating a custom rescue CD cccecccccccececececececececececececececesesseeseseensess 223 Viewing lOB tech et te th te e n die vc eh Re 223 Acronis Customer Experience Program cccccccccececececeeeeeseeeceeeeeeeeess 225 9 1 Acronis System Report When you contact the Acronis support team they will usually need information about your system in order to resolve your problem Sometimes getting the information is an inconvenient process and may take a long time The Generate system report tool simplifies the procedure It generates a system report containing all the necessary technical information and allows you to save the information to file When it s necessary you can attach the created file to your problem description and send it to Acronis support team This will simplify and speed up the search for a solution To g
253. nne nnns 32 Settings MENU TIERE T T drae dest ein arrausi crai 34 eue a EEEE EEEE EEO EEEE 35 Installing Acronis HOtfiXES cccccccccssececesssececseseeeceeaeeeceesaeeeeeesaeeeeeeaas 35 1 4 1 Get started tab Starting Acronis True Image Home 2012 for the first time opens the Home screen with the Get started tab selected Cerere Son Q9 4 Acronis True Image Home 4 Acronis Get started Backup and recovery Synchronization Tools and utilities y How to back up When to recover a short tour on how to back up Learn how to recaver your system and compute file abc ca Back up system amp Recover data Try sync The Get started tab will help you to begin using the main Acronis True Image Home 2012 features namely backup recovery and synchronization The program leads you through the actions required for performing those operations If you have not used previous versions of Acronis True Image Home we recommend you become familiar with the above features by going through the steps required for completing backup recovery and data synchronization After you begin using Acronis True Image Home 2012 it will start with displaying the tab that was selected when you exited the program 1 4 2 Backup and recovery tab The Backup and recovery tab provides quick access to all of the program functionality related to data backup and recovery If you have not created any backups yet t
254. nt to use password protection for the secure zone Set password choose this option if you need to protect the Acronis Secure Zone with a password Typethe password in the Password field Retype the previously entered password in the Confirm field You can also select a secret question that will be asked in case you forget the password Select a secret question from the list and enter an answer to it Click Next to continue Manage Acronis Secure Zone Wizard ES ba li G Manage Acronis Secure Zone Wizard Required steps Set or change the password for Acronis Secure Zone Action Selection S Do not protect Set password Password Finish Enter new password 000000 Confirm 99000 Secret question Answer e lies Acronis True Image Home 2012 repair or update will not affect the password However if the program is removed and then installed again while keeping the Acronis Secure Zone on the disk the password to the Acronis Secure Zone will be reset 8 3 5 4 Convert file system to NTFS When you upgrade from a previous version of Acronis True Image Home 2012 and the Acronis Secure Zone exists in your system you can convert the zone file system from FAT32 to NTFS Such a conversion will not result in the loss of backups you already have in the Acronis Secure Zone It is recommended to convert the zone file system if you plan to use the Acronis Secure Zone as the Acronis Nonstop
255. ntinue cks to see if the destination disk is free If not you will be prompted by ting that the destination disk contains partitions perhaps with useful data To confirm deletion of the partitions click OK Note that no real changes or data destruction will be performed at this time For now the program will just map out cloning All changes will be implemented only when you click Proceed If any disk is unpartitioned the program will automatically recognize it as the destination and bypass this step 8 4 6 Move method When you select the manual cloning mode Acronis True Image Home 2012 will offer you the following data move methods As is a new partition will and label The unused spa be created for every old one with the same size and type file system ce will become unallocated Proportional the new disk space will be proportionally distributed between cloned partitions Copyright Acronis Inc 2000 2012 Manual you will specify a new size and other parameters yourself Clone Disk Wizard c oJ G Clone Disk Wizard Begukred siepe Choose data moving method from old to new hard drive Clone Mode E Asis Source Disk E The data on your old hard disk will be moved to the new drive in its current state the size of the partitions Destination Disk will not be changed 2 Move Method Proportional V Finish The size of the original partitions will be respectively ch
256. nu commands In Windows Explorer right clicking on a file folder partition or disk opens the shortcut menu Along with Windows commands this menu may contain Acronis commands such as Back Up Acronis Recovery etc 1 4 8 Settings menu With the Settings menu you can make or change some settings of Acronis True Image Home 2012 To open the menu click the gear icon at the upper right corner of the program screen The Settings menu contains the following items View log opens the log of Acronis True Image Home 2012 operations Integrate True Image into Windows allows selecting the Acronis components to be integrated into Windows Customer Experience Program allows joining or leaving Acronis Customer Experience Program For more information on the program click the Learn more link in the opened window Timeout settings allows you to specify the time interval the program should wait for your response For more information see Timeout settings p 158 Log out logs you out from the Acronis account used for synchronization or work with Acronis Online storage 1 4 9 Help menu The Help menu allows you to open the program s Help perform certain operations view product s build number etc To open the menu click the question mark icon at the upper right corner of the program screen The Help menu contains the following items Help opens the program s Help Generate system report click to generate an Acr
257. nufacturer When the operation finishes proceed to MBR recovery You need to recover the MBR because the PC manufacturer could change the generic Windows MBR or a sector on track O to provide access to the hidden partition Select the same backup again Right click and select Recover in the shortcut menu Choose Recover whole disks and partitions at the Recovery method step and then select the MBR and Track 0 box At the next step select the destination disk as the target for MBR recovery click Next and then Proceed After MBR recovery is complete exit the standalone version of Acronis True Image Home 2012 Windows should not see both the new and old drive during the first boot after recovery because this could result in problems booting Windows If you upgrade the old drive to a larger capacity new one disconnect the old drive before the first boot Switch off the computer if you need to disconnect the old drive Otherwise just reboot the computer after removing the rescue media Boot the computer to Windows It may report that new hardware hard drive is found and Windows needs to reboot After making sure that the system operates normally restore the original boot order 4 6 Recovering data from file level backups You will usually start recovering files and folders from Acronis Backup Explorer When recovering a specific file version you will start recovery from the View Versions window In either case starting rec
258. o for example like to play a lot of games but for professional software testers as well to use on their testing machines Web privacy Suppose you do not want anybody to know which Web sites you have visited or which pages you have opened we all have the right to privacy But the problem is that to make your Web surfing more comfortable and fast the system stores this information and much more cookies you have received search engine queries you have made URLs you have typed etc in special hidden files And such information is not deleted completely when you clear your temporary Internet files delete cookies clear history of the recently opened Web pages using the browser s tools So snoopers may be able to view the information using special software Well there are third party programs that can wipe all your Internet activity tracks but most of them will cost you money and time required for learning to use them Now you have a much easier way to use the Try amp Decide feature Just make a couple of clicks to turn on the Try mode before launching your Internet browser When you turn on the Try mode the program creates a virtual disk While the Try mode works all changes to your system including those made by the system itself will be saved on this virtual disk So you can surf the Web as you please After you have finished using the browser make a couple more clicks to discard the changes accumulated in the system in the Try mode
259. o create a new partition as a logical drive You can have only four primary partitions per drive or three primary partitions and one extended partition Note If you have several primary partitions only one will be active at a time the other primary partitions will be hidden and won t be seen by the OS Mark the partition as active an active partition is used for loading an operating system Selecting Active for a partition without an installed operating system could prevent your computer from booting Logical choose this parameter if you don t intend to install and start an operating system from the partition A logical drive is part of a physical disk drive that has been partitioned and allocated as an independent unit but functions as a separate drive When you finish to specify the settings for the partition being created click Accept to continue 8 5 4 Add new disk summary The Add new disk summary graphically as rectangles illustrates information about the new disk layout before and after partitioning Summary Location Disk 4 Before lal Unallocated SH 200 0 GB After w D 200 GB 200 0 GB NTFS IE Primary Logical Dynamic Acronis Secure Zone Unallocated Unsupported Click Proceed to start creating new partition s Click Cancel to cancel the procedure and quit to the main program window After you click Proceed Acronis True Image Home 2012 starts c
260. o deletion of a file or subfolder This happens when both of you simultaneously delete the same file or subfolder In all other cases Acronis True Image Home 2012 will keep either one file or two files one of which will be renamed 5 4 2 How to sync two local folders On one computer you can sync any two folders you like except a folder and its subfolder This includes data synchronization with a folder on a removable or remote storage device such as a USB flash drive USB hard drive NAS etc If you synchronize data located on an NAS or USB drive then before creating a new sync make sure that connection with the NAS is established or the USB drive is attached to your computer To synchronize two local folders 1 Start Acronis True Image Home 2012 2 Onthe Synchronization tab specify your Acronis account credentials your registration e mail address and password and then click Log in Login is required only when you create your first sync Afterwards login is performed automatically 3 Click New sync In the opened window select on the directory tree the first folder that you want to synchronize and then click Next V Create New Sync mc Specify a folder to synchronize eh E My Documents a b My Music x My Pictures B My Videos p Saved Games P Searches 1M Computer Network Libraries E NAS connections m Folder C Users adm Pictures New folder Net Cad 5 Select
261. od you can save the algorithm you created This will be handy if you are going to use it again Loading an algorithm from a file If you created and saved your algorithm for data destruction while working with Acronis True Image Home 2012 software you can use it in the following way In the Select algorithm window choose Load from file from the drop down list and select the file with custom data destruction algorithm parameters By default such files have a alg extension Algorithm definition The Algorithm definition window shows you a template of the future algorithm The window has the following legend The first column of the list contains the type of operation ona disk there are just two to write a symbol to disk writing and to verify written verification the second column contains the pattern of data to be written to disk The pattern to be written is always a hexadecimal value for example a value of this kind 0x00 OxAA or OxCD etc These values are 1 byte long but they may be up to 512 bytes long Except for such values you may enter a random hexadecimal value of any length up to 512 bytes Your algorithm may also include one more value for writing that is designated as the complementary value the value that is complementary to the one written to disk during the previous pass If the binary value is represented by the 10001010 0x8A sequence then the complementary binary value will be represente
262. ode is turned on the program will display a message that Nonstop Backup cannot start while you are working in the Try mode To start Nonstop Backup you will need to finish the current Try amp Decide session You can change the Nonstop Backup settings any time To do so click the gear icon in the Nonstop Backup box and then select Edit settings in the Operations menu Save the edited Nonstop Backup settings by clicking the Save button and Nonstop Backup will immediately start working with the new settings If you have changed the Nonstop Backup destination the program will create a new full backup of the data to be protected on the new Nonstop Backup storage You can also include files and folders into Nonstop Backup by selecting them in Windows Explorer and choosing Include in Nonstop Backup in the shortcut menu that opens by right clicking on the selected item 3 6 2 Protecting your system continuously You can use Acronis Nonstop Backup for protecting entire system partition as well If you have sufficient storage space Acronis Nonstop Backup can simultaneously protect partition To protect the system partition continuously more than one 1 Click Other backups on the Backup and recovery tab and then select Nonstop Backup This opens the Nonstop Backup window Nonstop Backup o IE eR Configure nonstop backup process Source Switch to file mode m lt Local Disk C NTFS ami 15 4 GB of
263. ol Panel Home Acronis True Image Home 2012 Turn on Windows Backup Run True Image Home Add backups Disk and partition backup C Protect your computer from a disaster Nonstop Backup Protect partitions and files continuously My backups d Today at 6 14 AM Ca za Location L My backups T z _ Local disk C U v _ Documents E Location e L See also Action Center When you have created backups the Backup and Restore window will show the Nonstop Backup box and the box of your oldest disk or partition backup You can recover the backed up data refresh the backups and pause start Nonstop Backup directly from the Control Panel If you want to resume using Windows Backup click Turn on Windows Backup on the left pane This will remove Acronis True Image Home 2012 from the Control Panel and replace it with Windows Backup If later you decide to integrate Acronis True Image Home 2012 into Windows 7 again click a gear icon and select Integrate True Image into Windows Furthermore the Start menu acquires the following Acronis True Image Home 2012 items K Windows Fax and Scan mey Windows Media Center Windows Media Player 4 Windows Update A XPS Viewer tester Accessories M C ESSE Documents n 3 Pictures Acronis Web Site Music Games Computer Control Panel Dev nd Printers Default Programs Debugging Tools for Windows x86 helpan Suppo 4 Back Run
264. olders see Files and folders tab p 28 Backup version Backup name date and time Backup version contents Name of the backup Date and time when the selected Disks and partitions that the being explored backup version was created backup version contains wos O Ems Osis afd parttons Pies and folders 2 4B My system 1 11 09 4 s Available for recovery System Reserved V CE WM 2 Local Disk C 8 2 G5 used a 2 tems 83 GB Now 48 10 54 11 01 11 04 11 14 Current item The selected Time line information area backup version Contains all versions Information on the current of the backup disk partition file or folder Right clicking on a backup version opens the shortcut menu with other available operations Recover select to recover the current backup version Validate select to check the integrity of the backup version data Convert to Windows backup for image backups select to convert the backup version s TIB file to VHD file Mount for image backups select to mount the backup version as a disk Delete version select to delete the backup version the backup chain will not be corrupted View select to set up the time line to show some additional information To find a file or folder you need to recover type the file or folder name in the search field Both tabs also show backup comments and allow for adding editing and deleting comments to the selected backup vers
265. on or choose a new one if necessary To choose a new location click the Browse button 3 When you choose a new location the selected items will be recovered by default without recovering the original absolute path You may also wish to recover the items with their entire folder hierarchy In this case select the Recover absolute path check box 4 When needed set the options for the recovery process recovery process priority file level security settings etc To set the options click the File recovery options link The options you set here will be applied only to the current recovery operation 5 To start the recovery process click the Recover now button 6 6 2 Selecting a version to recover By default Acronis True Image Home 2012 selects the latest versions with respect to the date you specified However for any file you can select a specific version of the file to recover To recover a specific file version Inthe folder contents pane select the file whose version you want to recover then right click and choose View versions in the shortcut menu In the View Versions dialog window that appears select a version and then click Recover or simply drag the version to a destination in Windows Explorer lt View Versions c tajms a Corsica 024jpg bed Lj Version Backup g Wednesday Jul File backup I Wednesday Jul File backup I Thursday July 0 File backup Open Recover Cancel To
266. onis True Image Home 2012 will open the file using the associated application 1 4 6 3 Time line Usually the time line at the bottom of Acronis Backup Explorer screen shows information on the backup versions stored in the selected backup The time line provides easy navigation through backup versions and allows you to recover your data to the state it was in at a certain date and time The squares that represent backup versions have colored stripes at the bottom The color of the stripes depends on the backup types violet for disk backups turquoise for file backups green for Nonstop Backup and brown for other backups e g created by a previous Acronis True Image Home version The picture below shows various states of a time line The states vary depending on the number of backups and the time interval through which you are navigating Event in the system Now block Indicates a software TM th Today block collapsed and installations and tricies x Contains versions for the expanded software updates y current day til the last hour Contains versions for the last hour Today ee ES aa ee f nn MM Older Now Now T RR O 07 eres Ee a Tess Older Today Te ee Today CAS SITE Version pack This month block The selected Collapsed block Contains several versions Contains versions forthe backup version Click to view all the versions for the day click to view current month t
267. onis system report for sending to Acronis Customer support Customer support takes you to Acronis Customer support Web page Check for updates click to check for Acronis True Image Home 2012 updates you can also disable or enable automatic checking for updates by selecting or clearing the Automatically check for updates at startup check box Activate click to activate the product Change serial number click to change the serial number of the product Upgrade to full version click to buy the full version of the product if you are using the trial version Acronis Web site takes you to the Acronis Web site About Acronis True Image Home shows information about Acronis True Image Home 2012 including the product s serial number and build number 1 4 10 Installing Acronis Hotfixes What is an Acronis Hotfix Acronis Hotfix is a small update for Acronis products It makes changes to one or more application files or registry keys but does not change an application version A hotfix targets only a specific Acronis True Image Home 2012 build and cannot be applied to any other build Acronis Hotfixes are distributed through Acronis Knowledge Base articles which describe the problem to be fixed in detail Each article can be accessed through SER or directly by searching Acronis Knowledge Base Advantages of installing Acronis Hotfixes Hotfix installation does not require much time and resources You do not need
268. operates as follows It adds the existing online backups to the Backup and recovery tab and displays at the bottom of the screen a notification about the online backups it has found If you have not backed up data to Acronis Online Storage from the current computer and want to do this click Online Backup on the Backup and recovery tab Acronis True Image Home 2012 will prompt you to choose what you want to do Create a new online backup Selecting this item results in opening the online backup configuration window For more information on creating an online backup see Backing up to Acronis Online Storage p 124 Recover data from your existing backups or manage those backups 9 Acronis Online Backup xm Your online storage contains data from 2 computers Choose an action for this computer gt Create a new online backup Back up data from this computerto a new online backup box TESTER S Location Acrani gt Recover data or manage the online backups Explore and recover the backed up data or recreate and change backup settings on the main screen Documer Location Acronis My Docur Location Acronis Selecting the second item shows the existing online backups on the Backup and recovery tab 9 Acronis True Image Home Ec 4 E J Acronis Get started Backup and recovery Synchronization Tools and utilities A vivolkhonsky yandexru 2 QR X3 Q rre E Disk and partition Online Backup Othe
269. ory Clean the list of network places to which the user has connected using network credentials Clean the Windows prefetch directory where Windows stores information about programs you have executed and run recently Windows Vista and Windows 7 do not store information on file and computer searches Furthermore information on opened saved files is stored differently in the registry so the wizard shows this information in a different way KK Please be aware that Windows stores passwords until the session ends so cleaning the list of network user credentials will not take effect until you end the current Windows session by logging out or by rebooting the computer After you start the wizard by selecting the Tools and utilities tab and then clicking System Clean up it will search for any traces of user actions stored by Windows When the search is finished its results will be available at the top of the wizard window System Clean up cees Scan is completed 135 items found Below is a detailed list of the found items ja v ay System Clean up 4 vj amp System Components ay System Clean up V Recycle Bin Cleans all your Windows activity traces and securely v a Temporary file wipes hard disk free space V Hard Disk Free Space 2 Recently Used Documents List J amp I Windows Run List MI 9 Opened Saved Files History Vid User Credentials v Windows Prefetch Directory Please press
270. ot affect the other locations synchronized with your folder 5 5 2 Cleanup options for sync versions To control number of synced file versions stored in Acronis Online Storage you can set automatic cleanup options In this case obsolete versions are deleted automatically according to the specified rules Acronis Online Storage Cleanup Options tse Set rules for synced file versions v 4 Delete versions older than 30 Days X V Store no more than 10 recent versions T According to the current settings some existing versions will be deleted OK Cancel You can set the following cleanup rules Delete versions older than defined period Select this option to limit the age of sync versions All versions that are older than the specified period will be automatically deleted Store no more than n recent versions Select this option to limit the maximum number of sync versions When the number of versions exceeds the specified value the oldest version will be automatically deleted The last version of a file can be deleted from the storage only manually and not as a result of automatic cleanup Deleted versions cannot be restored 5 6 Synchronization examples 1 Synchronization Local folder USB drive Popular cases You are working on a project and want to keep its last version handy to be able to use it on any computer You want to have all your photos music videos etc on your USB hard drive
271. ou can specify several start times by clicking Add If you select Every choose daily operation periodicity from the dropdown list for example every 2 hours Description of the Advanced settings see in Scheduling p 149 7 6 2 Weekly execution parameters You can set up the following parameters for weekly operation execution Week days Select the days on which to execute the operation by clicking on their names Start time Set the operation s start time Enter hours and minutes manually or set the desired start time using the up and down buttons Description of the Advanced settings see in Scheduling p 149 7 6 3 Monthly execution parameters You can set up the following parameters for monthly operation execution Periodicity or dates If you select Every choose a numeral and the day of the week from the dropdown lists example First Monday the operation will be performed on the first Monday of every month If you select On choose the date s for operation execution example you may want the operation to be run on the 10th 20th and last day of the month Start time Set the operation s start time Enter hours and minutes manually or set the desired start time using the up and down buttons Description of the Advanced settings see in Scheduling p 149 7 6 4 Upon event execution parameters You can set up the following parameters for the Upon event operation execution Event User logon the
272. ou need access to other backup versions from the same backup p 226 to restore data from an incremental backup version N Nonstop backup Nonstop backup actually is a disk partition or file backup that is created using the Acronis Nonstop Backup feature This is a set of one full backup version p 227 and a sequence of incremental backup versions p 228 that are created at short intervals It gives almost continuous protection of data that is it allows recovery of previous data state at any recovery point you need Nonstop protection Nonstop protection the process that the Nonstop Backup feature performs when it is turned on O Online backup Online backup a backup that is created using Acronis Online Backup Online backups are stored in a special storage named the Online storage accessible over the Internet The main advantage of an online backup is that all backups are stored on the remote location It gives a guarantee that all backed up data will be safe independently of a user local storages To begin to use the Online storage a user should subscribe to the service R Recovery Recovery is a process of returning of a corrupted data to a previous normal state from a backup p 226 S Sync 1 The same as Data synchronization p 227 2 Syncsettings which were configured on the sync owner s computer A created sync is managed using the corresponding sync box Sync creation does not mean start o
273. our CD drive or use a USB 2 0 connection to the external target disk If that is not possible you can clone a hard disk by creating a disk image and recovering it to a new hard disk with larger partitions On program screens damaged partitions are marked with a red circle and a white cross inside in the upper left corner Before you start cloning you should check such disks for errors and correct the errors using the appropriate operating system tools For best results install the target new drive where you plan to use it and the source drive in another location e g in an external USB enclosure This recommendation is especially important for laptops We strongly recommend that you create a backup of the entire original disk as a safety precaution It could be your data saver if something goes wrong with your original hard disk during cloning For information on how to create such a backup see see Backing up partitions and disks p 40 After creating the backup make sure that you validate it To clone a disk Click Clone disk on the Tools and utilities tab of the Home screen Follow the Disk Clone Wizard steps 8 4 2 Security Please note the following if the power goes off or you accidentally press RESET during the transfer the procedure will be incomplete and you will have to partition and format or clone the hard disk again No data will be lost because the original disk is only being read no partitions are c
274. our rescue media the first boot device in BIOS See Arranging boot order in BIOS p 100 2 Bootfrom the rescue media and select Acronis True Image Home 3 Click the My Disks link below Recover on the Welcome screen to start the Recovery Wizard Then choose the backup of the system disk for recovery Because drive letters in the standalone Acronis True Image Home 2012 may differ from the way Windows identifies drives you may need to specify the path to the backup file In such a case click Browse and select the disk and folder that stores the backup 4 Choose Recover whole disks and partitions and select the Use Acronis Universal Restore check box Choose recovery method Recover whole disks and partitions 4 Use Acronis Universal Restore Using Acronis Universal Restore you ore able to recover the image of s system volume on any computer regardless of what hardware configuration it has Drivers manager Recover chosen files and folders Select files and folders to recover tram the original disk backup 95 Copyright Acronis Inc 2000 2012 5 7 If the target hardware has a specific mass storage controller such as an SCSI RAID or Fibre Channel adapter for the hard disks specify where to find the driver or drivers for the specific hardware at the Drivers manager step If the driver is stored on a diskette or CD select the Search removable media for device drivers box If some drivers are stored on a local ha
275. out the source disk partitions and unallocated space and the destination disk layout Along with the disk number some additional information is provided disk capacity label partition and file system information r Clone Disk Wizard ejes G Clone Disk Wizard HIMEN Summary Clone Mode Source disk Disk 1 Target disk Disk 2 Source Disk Destination Disk Move Method Change Disk Layout Before 16 GB New Volume D U 16 00 GB NTFS After Lj U 16GB S 2 r 5 97 GB NTFS 1 Primary Logical Dynamic i Acronis Secure Zone Unallocated Unsupported e Grose ee Click Proceed to start disk cloning Click Cancel to cancel the procedure and quit to the main program window Cloning a disk containing the currently active operating system will require a reboot In that case after clicking Proceed you will be asked to confirm the reboot Canceling the reboot will cancel the entire procedure After the clone process finishes you will be offered an option to shut down the computer by pressing any key This enables you to change the position of master slave jumpers and remove one of the hard drives Cloning a non system disk or a disk containing an operating system but one that is not currently active will proceed without the need to reboot After you click Proceed Acronis True Image Home 2012 will start cloning the old disk to t
276. overy opens the File Recovery window Let s consider recovery of files and folders from the Backup Explorer 1 Select in the Backup Explorer the files and folders you want to recover For more information on selection in the Backup Explorer see Files and folders tab p 28 Click Recover to start recovery This will open the File Recovery window File Recovery es 6 x 3 Where to recover your files Choose recovery destination for the selected 48 files and 27 folders Original location New location File recovery options d Recover now Cancel 2 Select a destination on your computer to where you want to recover selected files folders You can recover data to its original location or choose a new one if necessary To choose a new location click the Browse button 3 When you choose a new location the selected items will be recovered by default without recovering the original absolute path You may also wish to recover the items with their entire folder hierarchy In this case select the Recover absolute path check box 4 When needed set the options for the recovery process recovery process priority file level security settings etc To set the options click the File recovery options link The options you set here will be applied only to the current recovery operation To start the recovery process click the Recover now button The recovery progress will be shown in a special window You can stop the recove
277. ovided by Acronis True Image Home 2012 If so nothing will have been lost The following sections describe how to recover disks partitions files and folders In most cases you will use Acronis Backup Explorer to recover files and folders For more information see Acronis Backup Explorer p 26 In this section Recovering your system after a crash esses 75 Recovering partitions and disks eese 79 Recovering partitions protected with Acronis Nonstop Backup 81 How to recover more than one partition at once esseeeee 81 Recovering a disk backup to a different disk under rescue media 85 Recovering data from file level backups eseeeeeneennnn 91 Recovering file Versions uiii eterne er Ee eR e PERO Ee ET 92 Recovering to different hardWware ccccccccssscccssssececessseeecsesseeeeesaeeeeeeaas 93 Acronis Universal Restore cccscccessssseceeseneeceeeeaecesseaeeeeeeaaeeesseaeeseneaas 97 How to use Acronis Startup Recovery Manager esee 98 About recovery of dynamic GPT disks and volumes 99 Backup protection dialog box ccsccsessecececeesssessaeceeeeseessessaeeeeeeseesees 100 Arranging boot order in BIOS cc sssccccccecsssessseeececeseesenseaeeeeeesseessaaeas 100 Recovery options eeessessseeeeeeeeee eene e nenne nnne nenne nennen nnne 101 4 1 Recoverin
278. p explorer 4 4 How to recover more than one partition at once Here we describe recovery of two partitions If an image of a hard disk has more than two partitions the procedure is similar The following procedure is valid only for recovery to a basic disk Recovery to a dynamic disk with partition resizing is impossible 1 Click Recover on the backup box of a disk containing several partitions The Disk Recovery window appears Disk Recovery Version Todayat 1 39PM v Source New Volume D NTFS o gt 19 GB B New Volume G NTFS P oc Show MBR 2 Disk recovery options Recovering VMware VMware Virtual S 1 0 e Lees Switch to disk mode Cancel 2 Click the down arrow next to Version and then select the backup version you want to recover by its backup date and time 3 Select a partition to recover This opens the recovery destination field below the partition name label Disk Recovery Recovering VMware VMware Virtual S 1 0 Version Today at 1 38PM v Source NTFS Disk recovery options Ss Switch to disk mode Cancel 4 Click the down arrow to the right of the field and select the destination hard disk The partition to be recovered is then placed on the selected hard disk It occupies all the available disk space To reduce the partition size so as to leave enough disk space for the remaining partition click the Partition properties lin
279. p backup only suspends nonstop backup protection Recover click to recover data When a backup box is collapsed the backup and recovery operations can be started by clicking the appropriate icons These icons along with the Operations menu icon a gear appear when you move the pointer over a box area You can collapse and expand the backup box by clicking the triangle near a backup name Operations menu d Today at 11 45 PM e 7 99 GB EJ e View log Expand amp Explore and recover Open location A Edit settings Validate 3 Delete Create shortcut Consolidate versions More Clone settings Move Remove from the list Clicking the gear icon in the box of a selected backup or right clicking in the free area of the box opens an Operations menu containing the following items View log click to open the log for the current backup Expand expands the selected backup box available for collapsed boxes Collapse collapses the selected backup box into a narrow stripe available for expanded boxes Explore and recover opens the Backup Explorer window where you can select any version of the backup Open location opens the folder containing the backup files Edit settings allows editing of the current backup settings Recreate backup settings available only for backups manually added to the backup list allows configuring the settings for image file and e mail backups created
280. pace older backups will be deleted to create free space Acronis True Image Home 2012 uses the following approach to clean up the Acronis Secure Zone If you are in the process of creating a backup and there is not enough free space in the zone to create it the program will display a dialog which warns you that the Acronis Secure Zone is full You can click Cancel to cancel the backup operation In that case you may want to increase the size of the Acronis Secure Zone and then run the backup operation again If you want to free up some space in the zone click OK and the oldest full backup version of the type being created will be deleted with all subsequent incremental differential backup versions The backup operation will then recommence If deleting the oldest backup does not free up enough space you will get the same warning message again You may delete the next oldest backup if any and repeat this until all the previous backups are deleted If after deleting all the previous backups there is still not enough space for completing the backup you will get an error message and the backup will be canceled The program distinguishes only two types of backups in the zone image backups and file level backups File and E mail backups are considered as file level type backups For example if you have an e mail backup in the zone and there is not enough space for backing up a folder the program will delete the e mail backup to free up sp
281. pass 0x00 and then five times with a cryptographically secure pseudo random sequence is frat sk Logical zeros 0x00 numbers to all sectors to wipe 8 8 Mounting an image Acronis True Image Home 2012 offers mounting for images and exploring for both images and file level backups Exploring images and file level backups lets you view their contents and copy the selected files to a hard disk To explore a backup in Windows Explorer double click on the corresponding tib file When you copy files from a backup being explored the copied files lose the Compressed and Encrypted attribute If you need to keep these attributes it is recommended to recover the backup Mounting images as virtual drives lets you access them as though they were physical drives Such ability means that anew disk with its own letter will appear in the drives list using Windows Explorer and other file managers you can view the image contents as if they were located on a physical disk or partition you will be able to use the virtual disk in the same way as the real one open save copy move create delete files or folders If necessary the image can be mounted in read only mode The operations described in this section are supported only for the FAT and NTFS file systems Please keep in mind that though both file backups and disk partition images have a default tib extension only images can be mounted If you want to view f
282. pecify during your computer registration While attempting to access the encrypted data the program asks you to enter the encryption key 6 5 4 Windows account for Online backup By default Acronis True Image Home 2012 backs up data of the current user You can specify another Windows account The program will back up only the data related to the specified account For more information see Windows account p 68 6 5 5 Operation priority Changing the priority of an operation process can make it run faster or slower depending on whether you raise or lower the priority but it can also adversely affect the performance of other running programs The priority of any process running in a system determines the amount of CPU usage and system resources allocated to that process Decreasing the operation priority will free up more resources for other CPU tasks Increasing operation priority may speed up the backup process by taking resources from the other currently running processes The effect will depend on total CPU usage and other factors Online backup options bo ka Backup Performance Notifications Exdusions D Operation priority 9 Low Normal High Network connection speed limit Limit transfer rate to 0 Mbps v Save the settings as default 7 7 Reset to initial settings OK Cancel You can set up the backup process priority Low enabled by default the backup process will run slowe
283. plit only when being created Large backups can be split into several files that together make up the original backup A backup can also be split for burning to removable media The default setting Automatic With this setting Acronis True Image Home 2012 will act as follows When backing up to a hard disk If the selected disk has enough space and its file system allows the estimated file size the program will create a single backup file If the storage disk has enough space but its file system does not allow the estimated file size the program will automatically split the image into several files f you do not have enough space to store the image on your hard disk the program will warn you and wait for your decision as to how you plan to fix the problem You can try to free some additional space and continue or select another disk When backing up to a CD R RW DVD R RW DVD R RW BD R RE Acronis True Image Home 2012 will ask you to insert a new disk when the previous one is full Alternatively you may select the desired file size from the drop down list The backup will then be split into multiple files of the specified size That comes in handy when backing up to a hard disk with the view to burning the backup to CD R RW DVD R RW DVD R RW or BD R RE later on Creating images directly on CD R RW DVD R RW DVD R RW BD R RE might take considerably more time than it would on a hard disk 3 11 9 Backup validat
284. puters The Computers setting is used for cleaning up the registry search strings you have used for finding computers in the local network These strings keep information on what has interested you in the network These items should also be deleted to maintain confidentiality The Computers setting is similar to the Files setting It is a string that can contain any number of full or partial computer names separated by semicolons The deletion of computer search strings is based on acomparison with the Computers setting value according to Windows rules If you simply need to delete all local network computer search strings suitable in most cases just leave the default value of this setting To restore the default settings Select the Find Computer List component Make sure the Enable check box is selected Select the Computers setting make sure its text box is clear As a result all computer search strings will be deleted from the registry After entering the Computers setting value you can browse the search strings found by the System Clean up Wizard in the registry To do so click Show Computers You will see the window with full and partial computer names searched for in the network These items will be deleted Commands setting Here you can select the commands to remove during Windows Run List clean up This template can contain any command names or their parts separated by semicolons e g help cmd reg This will re
285. r but the performance of other programs will be increased Normal the backup process will have equal priority with other processes High the backup process will run faster but the performance of other programs will be reduced Be aware that selecting this option may result in 10096 CPU usage by Acronis True Image Home 2012 6 5 6 Network connection speed limit You can reduce the influence of the online storage connection on other network connections of your computer Set the connection speed that will allow you to send e mail or surf the Web without annoying slowdowns while online backup is running To do so Select the Limit transfer rate to check box and specify an optimal value and an appropriate measurement unit kilobits or megabits per second Online backup options eco Backup Performance Notifications Exclusions Lo Operation priority Low Normal High amp Network connection speed limit Limit transfer rate to 0 lt Mbps v Save the settings as default 7 o Reset to initial settings OK Cancel 6 5 7 Notifications You can specify an e mail account that will be used for notification of the backup process To specify the e mail settings Enter the e mail address in the E mail address field You can enter several e mail addresses in a semicolon delimited format Enter the outgoing mail server SMTP in the Outgoing mail server SMTP field Set the port of the outgoing ma
286. r Browse for Recover Create bootable f Sort by backup backups backup media 4 My Documents Continue backup here 83 Location Acronis online storage mu mur rr pe Type Online backup amp Explore and recover rsions 2 last 7 6 2011 Total size 71 14 MB a Documents on Acronis online storage Type Online backup amp Explore and recover versions 6 last Yesterday at 1 12 AM Continue backup here 83 Total size 366 49 MB You can select any one of the existing online backups and then make it active by clicking the Continue backup here button It does not matter from which computer you backed up data using this backup earlier The backed up data remains available for recovery and you can back up more data from the current computer If you already backed up data to Acronis Online Storage from the current computer the Online Backup item on the toolbar changes to Edit Online Backup settings because you can have only one active online backup at a time This backup will be shown on the Backup and recovery tab you will be able to perform all operations available for online backups Online backups from other computers will provide only recovery of the backed up data and In addition you can delete such online backups If you have five online backups Acronis True Image Home 2012 will display a dialog stating that you already have the maximum allowable number of online backups You can eit
287. r computer hardware is now detected in the recovery environment 9 5 Viewing log Most Acronis True Image Home 2012 operations write their own entries in the logs When issues with the operations occur the log entries may provide information on their causes The log can provide information for example about scheduled backup results including causes for any failures If you want to view the log of Acronis True Image Home 2012 operations click the gear wheel icon on the toolbar to open the Settings menu and then select View log You can also open the log for viewing by selecting View log in the Operations menu of a backup box In this case you will see only the log items for the last run of the selected backup Event Log o lea Q A o Lf Time period Z B Save all to file Successes Warnings Errors Event source aus Reset all 3 Delete all filters My system 29 June 2011 15 12 21 May 2011 Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa Windows Contacts 29 June 2011 15 11 56 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 adm 29 June 2011 14 38 31 8 9 10 1 12 B 14 Q3 29 June 2011 14 37 51 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 7 Windows Contacts 29 June 2011 14 35 34 2 23 24 25 26 2 28 adm 29 June 2011 14 30 30 2d a mh My system 29 June 2011 14 25 23 29 June 2011 13 53 42 June 2011 sync 00000000 0000 0000 0000 000000000000 29 June 2011 13 51 40 Su Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa Acronis Nonstop Backup Service 29 June 2011 13 51 26 1 2 3 4 Syncs All 29
288. r will change into a crosshair Hold down the left mouse button and drag the partition until you get the necessary size of the Free space before and or Free space after fields You can also set the amount of unallocated space before or after the selected partition by manually typing in the necessary value in the respective fields If you create one or more logical drives the program will reserve some unallocated space for system needs in front of the created partition s If you create a primary partition or a primary partition together with a logical one then no unallocated space will be reserved for system needs File System Choose the file system type for the partition being created Different partitions may have different type of file system You can either leave the partition unformatted or choose between the following file system types NTFSisa Windows NT Windows 2000 Windows XP Windows Vista and Windows 7 native file system Choose it if you use these operating systems Note that Windows 95 98 Me and DOS cannot access NTFS partitions FAT 32 is an improved 32 bit version of the FAT file system that supports volumes up to 2 TB FAT 16 is a DOS native file system Most operating systems recognize it However if your disk drive is more than 4 GB it is not possible to format it in FAT16 Ext2 is a Linux native file system It is fast enough but it is not a journaling file system Ext3 officially intro
289. rd disk or a network share select the Search for device drivers in the following locations box when it is not selected by default Specify the path to the driver or drivers after clicking Add Search Path Drivers manager Rub Specify additional locations where you wantto search for custom drivers of installed devices Drivers manager Search removable media for device drivers What to recover 4 Search for dewice drivers in te following locations TEMP SUPPORT Drivers When both boxes are selected at this step Acronis Universal Restore will use three sources for drivers the removable media the drivers storage folder or folders specified at this step and the Windows default driver storage folders in the image being recovered The program will find the most suitable of all available drivers and install them into the recovered system Select the system disk at the What to recover step Then specify the destination of the disk being recovered new system disk At this point the program checks whether the destination disk is free If not you will be prompted by the Confirmation window stating that the destination disk contains partitions perhaps with useful data To confirm deletion of the partitions click OK Carefully read the summary of operations at the Finish step and then click Proceed If the capacities of the source backed up disk and the destination disk are different the new disk
290. re Zone and use it as the Nonstop Backup data storage Before creating Acronis Nonstop Backup data storage Acronis True Image Home 2012 checks whether the selected destination has enough free space It multiplies the volume of data to be protected by 1 2 and compares the calculated value with the available space If the free space on the destination satisfies this minimum storage size criterion the destination can be used for storing Nonstop Backup data Managing Acronis Nonstop Backup data storage Inevitably the Acronis Nonstop Backup data storage becomes full after a period of time which depends on the selected Nonstop Backup destination and the volume and composition of the data protected by Acronis Nonstop Backup When the free space on the storage becomes less than 200 MB the program will alert you You can choose another destination without losing the previously backed up data You will be able to recover the data backed up on the old storage Note that after selecting a new destination Acronis True Image Home 2012 creates a new full backup of the data selected for protection by Nonstop Backup One more way of managing the Acronis Nonstop Backup storage is by deleting the backup versions you no longer need To clean up the storage click the gear icon on the Nonstop Backup box to open the Operations menu and then select Clean up Acronis True Image Home 2012 displays a window allowing you to select a period of time for deleting the bac
291. re your system backup on a hard drive other than your primary disk C preferably on an external one This gives an additional guarantee that you will be able to recover your system if your primary hard disk drive fails 3 Because recovery of your system after a failure in most cases will be done after booting from the rescue media you must create the rescue media see Creating bootable rescue media p 161 and then test it as described in Making sure that your rescue media can be used when needed p 139 4 It is recommended to scan your system partition for viruses before backing it up Backing up your system partition If you want to use your external drive for storing the backup attach and power it on before starting Acronis True Image Home 2012 1 Start Acronis True Image Home 2012 select the Backup and recovery tab and then click Disk and partition backup V Acronis True Image Home c tojas 4 P s I Acronis Get started Backup and recovery Synchronization Tools and utilities amp Login Q9 Q T Jg be Disk and partition Online backup Other backups Create bootable Browseforbackup Recover backup media Back up data Browse for old backups rotect computer from any disaster Add an existing backup to the list Kackapmame My tyitend 3 Select a destination for backup you can leave the default destination or browse for a destination after clicking the down arrow to the right of the curr
292. reating new partition or partitions indicating the progress in a special window If you stop this procedure by clicking Cancel you will have to repartition and format the new disk or repeat the disk add procedure Before clicking the Proceed button you can use the sidebar to navigate through the Add New Disk Wizard steps and make changes 8 6 Acronis Extended Capacity Manager The Acronis Extended Capacity Manager allows your operating system support large capacity disks with the MBR partition style You are able to use the disk space beyond 2 TB This free space will be recognized as a separate disk and will be usable by your operating system and applications as if it was a regular physical hard disk 191 Copyright Acronis Inc 2000 2012 Acronis Extended Capacity Manager wizard displays all hard disks larger than 2 TB unallocated or with MBR partition style You can see the disk space which Windows recognizes and allocates This space is called Windows Native Capacity in the wizard The space beyond 2 TB is displayed as Extended Capacity You can enable Extended Capacity Disks and once it is done this space becomes visible to the operating system and ready for disk management operations 1 To start Acronis Extended Capacity Manager select the Tools and utilities tab and then click Acronis Extended Capacity Manager If the program does not find any MBR disks with a capacity of more than 2 TB it displays a message tha
293. reation It forms a base for further incremental or differential backups It can also be used as a standalone backup 2 Incremental Only those files will be included which have been changed since the LAST backup 3 Differential Only those files will be included which have been changed since the last FULL backup We suggest you to choose one of the following three approaches of using the backup methods Full A standalone full backup might be an optimal solution if you often roll back the system to its initial state or if you do not like to manage multiple files Incremental These are most useful when you need frequent backups and the ability to roll back to a specific point in time Having created a full backup once if you then create an incremental backup each day of a month you will get the same result as if you created full backups every day of the month As a rule incremental backups are considerably smaller than full or differential backups Such a backup scenario may consist of a weekly full system backup with intermediate daily backups that cover data that was changed since the LAST backup This scenario while requiring less storage space and time for the daily backups will require more work for the program to provide recovery after a system crash In the event of a Thursday crash the program would have to recover the Wednesday Tuesday and Monday incremental backups and the last FULL backup Differential is an inte
294. rences in content and appearance though most of the following information is applicable to those operating systems as well Indexing Options 31 986 items indexed D Indexing complete Index these locations Included Locations Exclude S Local Disk C Application Data Default User a Microsoft Outlook Express M amp tib Hs 1 5 21 1645522239 Modify Advanced Close Click Advanced select the File Types tab and then make sure that the tib extension is selected and tib IFilter is shown in the Filter Description field Select Index Properties and File Contents Advanced Options Index Settings File Types Add UNC Location Extension Filter Description E sy Null filter E sym Null filter E sys Null filter tab Plain Text Filter E tar Null filter cdi Plain Text Filter text File Properties Filter E tgz Null filter E theme File Properties filter tib mum e tif Null filter im tiff Plain Text Filter esi tis File Properties filter dieu lull filtar How should this file be indexed O Index Properties Only IN RP IE ST ST IST ST IST ST ST C C3 Index Properties and File Contents Click OK and while the Indexing Options window is open check that the disks where you store your backups are shown in the Included Locations list If the list does not contain those disks the backups will not be indexed To include the disks click Modify and sel
295. rmediate between the first two approaches Each differential backup includes all the files changed since the last full backup It takes less time and space than Full but more than Incremental The good thing is that recovering is simpler than for 2 the program will have to recover the last differential backup and the last full backup To choose a desired backup method you usually need to configure a custom backup scheme For more information see Custom schemes p 59 An incremental or differential backup created after a disk is defragmented might be considerably larger than usual This is because the defragmentation program changes file locations on the disk and the backups reflect these changes Therefore it is recommended that you re create a full backup after disk defragmentation If you lose an incremental backup or it becomes corrupted all later incremental backups will be unusable 3 3 Backing up partitions and disks To back up partitions or disks click Disk and partition backup on the Backup and recovery tab This opens the Disk Backup window Partition disk mode switcher Allows you to select partitions or whole disks Disk Backup o reJuM Configure disk backup process wv Source Gatch to hsi mode System Reserved 7 a What to back up p A 5o apt backup source Select the partitions or New volume whole disks you want to u back up New volume E o Selection mode switcher
296. rn the computer off 8 7 4 Hard Disk Wiping methods Information removed from a hard disk drive by non secure means for example by simple Windows delete can easily be recovered Utilizing specialized equipment it is possible to recover even repeatedly overwritten information Therefore guaranteed data wiping is more important now than ever before The guaranteed wiping of information from magnetic media e g a hard disk drive means it is impossible to recover data by even a qualified specialist with the help of all known tools and recovery methods This problem can be explained in the following way Data is stored on a hard disk as a binary sequence of 1 and 0 ones and zeros represented by differently magnetized parts of a disk Generally speaking a 1 written to a hard disk is read as 1 by its controller and O is read as O However if you write 1 over O the result is conditionally 0 95 and vice versa if 1 is written over 1 the result is 1 05 These differences are irrelevant for the controller However using special equipment one can easily read the underlying sequence of 1 s and O s It only requires specialized software and inexpensive hardware to read data deleted this way by analyzing magnetization of hard disk sectors residual magnetization of track sides and or by using current magnetic microscopes Writing to magnetic media leads to subtle effects summarized as follows every track of a disk stores an image of
297. ronization If you found out that one of your files contains an undesirable change you can view previous versions of this file and then choose and rollback to its correct version See details in Reverting to a previous file version p 119 By default this option is turned off Acronis True Image Home 2012 starts to store versions of synced files from the moment you turn this option on All versions are stored in the Acronis Online storage which is accessible via the Internet To use the Acronis online storage you must have a subscription to the Online Backup service If you do not have a subscription a trial subscription with 250 GB of storage space will be automatically provided See details in Subscription information To delete obsolete versions you can set automatic cleanup rules See detains in Cleanup options for sync versions p 120 When you turn off the option of storing versions all the versions except the latest one are deleted from the server If you use a trial version of Acronis True Image Home 2012 all the stored versions including the latest one are deleted from the server when the trial period expires Each user turns the option on and manages file versions independently of other users If you sync some data with a friend who uses different Acronis account you decide for yourself whether you want to turn the option on or not Version storages allocated on the server are also separate 5 5 1 Reverting to a prev
298. rs adm AppData Local Temp data E c i ometimes Windows e bars A orapplications use files QJ C Users adm AppData Local Temp data tnd gt E Opened sq for a specific purpose and BJ C Users adm AppData Local Temp F10226E4 B294 40EF 91 C Users adm AppData Local Temp Low Qi C Users adm AppData Local Temp msdt C Users adm AppData Local Temp VMwareDnD C Users adm AppData Local Temp VMwareDnD d3d810b7 might have been stored is completely gone Qi C Users adm AppData Local Temp WPDNSE a C Users adm AppData Local Temp 4649C409 8F03 4248 C Users adm AppData Local Temp 4649C409 8F03 4248 Qi C Users adm AppData Local Temp 8032DEA8 A045 4EDE 4 m D Under the Windows operating system a search string can represent a full or partial filename A search string can contain any alphanumeric symbols including commas and Windows wildcard symbols and can have values similar to the following to clean all files with any file names and extensions goc to clean all files with a specific extension Microsoft document files in this case read to clean all files with any extensions and names beginning with read read to clean all files having five letter names and any extensions names beginning with read the fifth letter is random The last search string for example will result in the removal of read1 txt ready doc files but readyness txt will remain
299. rs by dragging them to your Desktop or into a selected folder in Windows Explorer You cannot recover files by dragging them to an FTP recordable CD DVD or other optical media as well as mounted ISO files Selection rules Check boxes that correspond to the items may be in the following states Selected check mark in square this state indicates that the item is selected for recovery A selected folder means that all items in the folder are selected Cleared clear square this state indicates that the item is not selected Mixed filled square this state is available for folders only and indicates that some items in the folder are selected and the others are not Note that you cannot set the state by clicking the check box but you can change it to a cleared or selected state Selecting a disk partition file or folder to make it the current item in a list does not mean selecting it for recovery p Acronis True Image Home jw s Home gt My system Search P xj W oem a Acronis Tools ilities MI Try ecide elp v 4 r Tools amp Utiliti Qi Try amp Decid Hel Disks and partitions Files and folders g My system August 18 2010 12 15 42 vg w Wer a Name Size Type Date E J Searches 7 HISTORV TXT 78 KB TXT file 01 Jan 07 6 56 00 f Ji Saved Games 7 KEYBOARD TXT 9KB TXT file 01 Jan 07 6 56 00 gi J Pictures V NOBAR 1KB BAR file 01 Jan 07 0 00 0
300. rties duplicated in the context menu opened by right clicking objects displays the selected partition or disk properties window This window contains two panels The left panel contains the properties tree and the right one describes the selected property in detail The disk information includes its physical parameters connection type device type size etc partition information includes both physical sectors location etc and logical file system free space assigned letter etc parameters 181 Copyright Acronis Inc 2000 2012 8 4 5 Selecting a destination disk After you select the source dis k you have to select the destination where the disk information will be copied to The previously selected source becomes grayed out and disabled for selection Clone Disk Wizard G Clone Disk Wizard Required steps Clone Mode Source Disk Destination Disk At this point the program che the Conformation window sta Select the target hard disk from the list below WE Disk properties Capacity Model Interface 16 GB VMware VMware Virtual S 1 0 SCSI 16 GB VMware VMware Virtual S 1 0 SCSI 16 GB VMware VMware Virtual S 1 0 SCSI Drive Disk1 Lr yl Disk3 irre New Volume D 16 00 GB NTFS oO Primary Logical Dynamic Acronis Secure Zone Unallocated Unsupported Cancel Next gt Select the destination disk and click Next to co
301. rver com Port User name Password To check your settings click the Test connection button The computer will try to connect to the specified FTP server If the test connection has been established click the Connect button to add the FTP connection The created FTP connection will appear in the folder tree Select the connection and browse for the backup storage that you want to use Please be aware that the mere opening of an FTP server s root folder does not bring you to your home directory An FTP server must allow passive mode file transfers For data to be recovered directly from an FTP server the backup must consist of files no greater than 2GB each The firewall settings of the source computer should have Ports 20 and 21 opened for the TPC and UDP protocols to function The Routing and Remote Access Windows service should be disabled 71 2 2 Authentication settings If you are connecting to a networked computer in most cases you will need to provide the necessary credentials for accessing the network share For example this is possible when you select a backup storage in the Browse for destination window The Authentication Settings window appears automatically when you click a networked computer name To open it manually click Specify credentials for this locations on the toolbar If you need to specify the user name and password User name enter a user name Password enter the user s password Whe
302. ry by clicking Cancel Please keep in mind that the aborted recovery may still cause changes in the destination folder How to recover mail application settings and system state This refers to recovering data from your E mail backups Application settings and system state can be recovered only from old backups created by an earlier Acronis True Image Home version for instance Acronis True Image Home 2010 Let s see how you can recover data from e mail application settings and system state backups 1 Select a required backup version in the Acronis Backup Explorer and click Recover to start recovery This will open the File Recovery window File Recovery L Where to recover your files Recovery options d Recover now Cancel The system state files will be recovered to the original location 2 Such data can only be recovered to the original location Therefore you can only change the recovery options To change the recovery options click the Recovery options link The options you set here will be applied only to the current recovery operation 3 To start the recovery process click the Recover now button 4 The recovery progress will be shown in a special window You can stop the recovery by clicking Cancel Please keep in mind that the aborted recovery may still cause changes in the original location 4 7 Recovering file versions If you need to recover a specific version of a file select the file i
303. ry on the toolbar If you have only disk and partition backup Recovery Wizard also starts and the recovery procedure is similar In such a case you need to select Recover chosen files and folders at the Recovery Method step n Select a backup at the Archive location step and then click Next Flacowary wizard La Q Recovery Wizard Required steps Select a backup from which to recover Archive selection Name Created Com Rating Method Images My system Nonstop Backup Storages amp amp Nonstop backup File Backups a amp Pictures 3 Pictures 3 1411 11 21 34 AM WWW Full backup 4 m D Path F Pictures tib Browse When recovering files with the rescue CD you are able to select only a new location for the files to be recovered Therefore just click Next at the Location selection step After the Destination window opens check that all your drives are shown under My Computer If you store your backups on the network you should also check that you can access the network If no computers are visible on the network but the Computers Near Me icon is found under My Computer specify network settings manually To do this open the window available at Tools amp Utilities Options gt Network adapters N If the Computers Near Me icon is not available under My Computer there may be problems either with your network card or with the card driver provided with
304. s the initial full backup version and subsequent incremental backup versions once a week For more information see Scheduling p 149 3 11 10 Backup reserve copy You can create reserve copies of your backups and save them on the file system a network drive or a USB flash drive To make a reserve copy Select the Create a reserve copy of my backups check box Click Set location and specify a location for the backup copies Choose one of the reserving methods duplicate the backups as tib files make reserve copies as zip archives copy the files and or folders to a specified location as is If you choose reserve copies to be made in the tib format all backup options such as backup compression backup splitting etc will be inherited from the source backup You can also protect the tib backup reserve copy with a password To do so click Set password and specify a password for the reserve copy A reserve copy always contains all the files selected for backup that is when creating a reserve copy the program always makes a full backup of the source data You cannot make a reserve copy in the form of an incremental or differential backup even in tib format Also remember that you will pay for the enhanced convenience and increased security of your data by the time required for performing the backup because normal backup and reserve copying are performed one at a time and not simultaneously Please be aware
305. s Linux If you do not have a spare drive please at least validate the image in the recovery environment A backup that can be read during validation in Windows may not always be readable under Linux environment When you use the Acronis True Image Home 2012 rescue media it creates disk drive letters that might differ from the way Windows identifies drives For example the D disk identified in the standalone Acronis True Image Home 2012 might correspond to the E disk in Windows It is advisable to assign unique names labels to all partitions on your hard drives This will make finding the disk containing your backups easier 2 Users of the Enterprise and Ultimate editions of Windows 7 can test whether they will be able to boot from the recovered system partition Acronis True Image Home 2012 allows booting from a tib file containing a system partition image So if you are able to boot from such a backup you almost certainly will be able to boot after an actual system recovery from that backup When you choose a tib file to boot from Acronis True Image Home 2012 temporarily converts it to a vhd file Your hard disk must have enough free space for storing it The program will then add a new item to the Windows boot loader list When you select the tib file in the boot loader list your computer will actually boot from that temporary vhd file After ensuring that the tib file stores a bootable backup you can remove the file from the boo
306. s NEW VOLUME L cs New Volume K d cs New Volume L cs New Volume S 4 rr _ Estimated backup size 143 5 MB Destination Ly TA A NTFS 186 45 GB of 186 54 GB free Backup name My Documents Add comment Nonstop backup options Start now Cancel To protect your data continuously 1 5 Click Other backups on the Backup and recovery tab and then select Nonstop Backup This opens the Nonstop Backup window Select on the directory tree in the What to back up area an item to be protected by Nonstop Backup The right side shows the item contents with all the files and subfolders selected There you can unselect the files you do not need to protect If you need to protect more items just continue selecting items on the directory tree in the same way Select a destination for nonstop backup you can leave the default destination or browse for a destination after clicking on the current destination Select a suitable destination from the dropdown list For more information on selecting and managing Nonstop Backup storage see Acronis Nonstop Backup data storage p 50 The Nonstop Backup will get a default name but if you would like to assign another name type the name in the Backup name field Click the Start now button to start protecting the selected data immediately Nonstop Backup and Try amp Decide cannot work simultaneously If you click the Start now button when the Try m
307. s otsynchronized files eoe tete teet teretes eve tenete 118 5 5 1 Reverting to a previous file version esses nennen nnne rnnt nnns tnn nns nn tnnt nn tintas tasas nns nn 119 5 5 2 Cleanup options for sync versions 5 6 Synchronization examples a enrian aea eene nnne enne nnns nnne sentiri nnns assess tania nns Using Online backup ssisss cesses cisscecuedesvens 123 6 1 What is Acronis True Image Online ussssesssseseseeee nennen enne niin nns 123 6 2 Subscription information ii rere ee eet dee E Peta den te ee RE Ego a en de a 6 3 Backing up to Acronis Online Storage 6 4 Managing online DaCkups irienn anas a a a a daia ae aa A e a aaae 6 5 Online backup options ete etre tote t de in E electives cett da eiaa ik 6 5 1 Online storage connection attempts ssessssssesseeeee nennen ennt nn nnne nnn 6 5 2 Online storage cleanup 6 5 3 Encryption KGy eee ertet ee t e e RE PERRO NER REX VN rot RAS 6 5 4 Windows account for Online backup essent 6 5 5 Operation Priority inganni sa eea tec Ga dans ere eR EDS FREE PERS 6 5 6 Network connection speed limit eese ener nn nnne nnn 6 5 7 INQEIFICATIONS eo eter ted est be etico tete ee pelis n rca e eee RE Ed eto Eae dos 6 5 8 EXCIUSIONS M 6 6 Recovery from Online storage cccccccccccsesssssssecececes
308. s the metadata it uses for managing the backed up data Because the metadata information volume is significantly less than the backed up data volume consolidation requires much less time and system resources Disaster recovery Recovering from a disaster usually requires a rescue media and a backup of the system partition Acronis True Image Home 2012 provides for recovery from a disaster caused by system data corruption viruses malware or other causes If the operating system fails to boot Acronis True Image Home 2012 will recover the system partition The boxed product comes with a rescue CD Other legal owners of the program can create a rescue media by using the Media Builder tool Scheduling For your backups to be really helpful they must be as up to date as possible This means that you should run backups on a regular basis say once a day Although creating an Acronis True Image Home 2012 backup is quite easy on occasion you may forget to do a backup With the scheduler you do not have to remember You can schedule automatic backups ahead of time Your data will be backed up as long as there is sufficient storage space Understanding these terms and concepts will be helpful when using the program s features 1 1 4 New in Acronis True Image Home 2012 Data synchronization With this feature you can keep data identical in two or more synchronized folders which may be located on different computers a removable storage
309. s to disks or partitions with Ext2 Ext3 Ext4 ReiserFS and Linux SWAP file systems Please keep in mind that the backups created by the later program version may be incompatible with the previous program versions Due to this reason we strongly recommend that you create a new bootable media after each Acronis True Image Home 2012 upgrade When booting from the rescue media and using a standalone version of Acronis True Image Home 2012 you cannot recover files and folders encrypted with use of the encryption available in Windows XP and later operating systems For more information see File level security settings for backup p 68 On the other hand backups encrypted using the Acronis True Image Home 2012 encryption feature can be recovered 8 2 1 1 Rescue media contents selection You can select which components of Acronis programs you want to place on the bootable media If you have other Acronis products installed on your computer such as Acronis Disk Director Home the bootable versions of these programs components will be offered as well Acronis True Image Home 2012 offers the following components Acronis True Image Home includes support of USB PC Card formerly PCMCIA and SCSI interfaces along with the storage devices connected via them and therefore is strongly recommended Acronis System Report the component allows you to generate a system report that is used for collecting information about your system in case of
310. service you can go to https www acronis com my online backup and select a suitable subscription plan To change your tariff renew the subscription or unsubscribe go to the same subscription Web page 6 3 Backing up to Acronis Online Storage You can have only one active online backup on the current computer Let s consider how to configure an online backup if you have not used Acronis Online Storage yet To create an online backup 1 Click Online Backup on the Backup and recovery tab of the Home window 2 Enter the E mail address and password of your Acronis account in the login window and then click Log In Fem Enter your Acronis account credentials E mail tester acronis com Password eeccccccce Forgot your password Create account Computer name TESTER SET Login Cancel If you have already logged in to your account for example in order to use the Sync feature this window will be skipped If you Have forgotten your password click Forgot your password and follow the instructions on the opened Web page A new password will be sent to you by e mail Do not have an Acronis account click Create account and then fill in the appropriate fields on the opened Web page to create your account See details in Subscription information To use the Acronis Online Storage you must have a subscription to Acronis True Image Online If you do not have a subscription a trial 1 month
311. sesesneseeececeseesesaeseeeeecessesaaaeseeeessesseseaaeees 6 6 1 Recovering data from Online storage esses eee nete tnt tn snnt nn tratta stairs stata stas rs sns 6 6 2 Selecting a version tO TECOVER ee eerte eee HR GrH ea arrai ear EL eR Tenn ea eia dad 6 7 Removing data from Online Storage ccccssssscccecessssesseseeeeecessessaeseeeeeeessesaaaeseeeeseessesnaaees ETICHETTE TCI UI TIMES 135 74 Prot cting your system see tete cepe estes dk cu eats easet ageing e eee eget sage g eda caves 135 7 2 Deciding where to store your DaCkUPS ccccssccccecessesesseceeececeseeseaeseeeescessesuaeseeeessesseseaaeeas 137 7 2 1 FTP COnectlOn ste rre hi OT ER Ce e e UE Pete eter o bene re per re 138 4 2 2 AUTHENTICATION SETTINGS 1 assert eite ert anann eite e P ener de rt hd rettet 138 7 3 Making sure that your rescue media can be used when needed susss 139 7 3 1 X Selecting video mode when booting from the rescue media 142 7 4 Testing that your backups can be used for recovery eese 143 7 5 Trying system changes safely cccccccccccscssssssssecececesscsesneaeeececeseesesaeseeeescesseseaaeseeeessesseaaaeess 143 TBA Mhatis Iry amp Decide nn err erre eere e ete ice odas nto en eire 144 4 5 2 Starting thie Toy mode sedeo ede ced ee deer edle peer tid eee n de acted e Re vo 7 5 3 Stopping the Try mode reete ettet ir eee ede ene a degere EHE lee een
312. sing Discard changes will return your system to the state it was in before turning on the Try amp Decide Choosing Apply changes with reboot will speed up applying the changes Limitations in using Try amp Decide If you use Windows Vista or Windows 7 please be aware that in the Try mode the program may use free disk space quite intensively even when your computer is idle This is due to housekeeping activities such as indexing that run in the background Please note that while working in the Try mode you will experience slowing down of the system performance Furthermore the process of applying changes may take a long time especially if you leave the Try mode turned on days on end Please be aware that Try amp Decide cannot track changes in disk partitions so you will be unable to use the Try mode for virtual operations with partitions such as resizing partitions or changing their layout In addition you must not use the Try amp Decide and disk defragmentation or disk error checking utilities at the same time because this can irreparably corrupt the file system as well as make the system disk unbootable 145 Copyright Acronis Inc 2000 2012 When the Try mode is started you won t be able to use the previously activated Acronis Startup Recovery Manager Rebooting the computer in the Try mode will allow you to use Acronis Startup Recovery Manager again Try amp Decide and Nonstop Backup cannot work simultaneously Starting the Try
313. sk drive onto another hard disk drive The operation allows you to transfer all the information including the operating system and installed programs from one hard disk drive to another without having to reinstall and reconfigure all of your software Acronis True Image Home 2012 does not provide for cloning a single partition You can only clone the entire drive You can also transfer all the information from your hard disk drive to another one by backing up the entire old hard disk and then recovering the backup to the new disk Backup file format Acronis True Image Home 2012 usually saves backup data in the proprietary tib format using compression This reduces the amount of needed storage space When creating a tib file the program calculates checksum values for data blocks and adds these values to the data being backed up These checksum values allow for the verification of data integrity The data from tib file backups can be recovered only through the Acronis True Image Home 2012 program This may be done in Windows or in the recovery environment However Acronis True Image Home 2012 is also able to save data in the well known zip format This allows you to retrieve files from backups anywhere without using Acronis True Image Home 2012 The most widely used operating systems Microsoft Windows and Mac OS X have built in support for the zip file format Acronis Nonstop Backup uses a special hidden storage for data and metadata T
314. solates your real operating system from changes to the temporary operating system duplicate made by updates Because of this you can safely install system updates when they appear When Windows Update informs you that updates for the system and Microsoft applications are ready for installation turn on the Try amp Decide and then proceed to install the updates If you encounter any sort of problem discard the changes and leave your real operating system and applications untouched You can leave the Try amp Decide turned on as long as you like because this mode survives across reboots of your operating system When your computer reboots for whatever reason while working in the Try mode before booting of the operating system starts you will be shown a dialog offering you two choices stop the mode and discard changes or continue working in the mode This will allow you to discard the changes that have resulted in a system crash On the other hand if you reboot for example after installing an application you can continue working in the Try mode after starting Windows Continue in the mode P Stop and discard Acronis Try amp Decide When you decide to turn the mode off click the Try amp Decide icon The program will show a dialog where you should decide what to do with the changes to your system made in the Try mode apply or discard Choosing Apply changes will allow you to keep the changes made to the system and choo
315. solution to your problem in the KB or the suggested solution s does not help feel free to contact Acronis Customer Central at http www acronis com support When your issue is an error encountered during Acronis True Image Home 2012 operation the error message box will contain the Knowledge Base button Clicking the button will take you to a Support KB article offering solution s for the issue that caused the error The error message box will also have a link to the Acronis Support KB This link may be useful when the KB does not have the appropriate article yet Clicking the link will take you to a Web form There you can enter the event code displayed in the error box to search for a solution in the entire KB For more information see Acronis Smart Error Reporting p 220 System report Acronis Support personnel may request you to provide the system report To create the report select Generate system report in the Help menu then save the report and send it to Acronis Customer Central For more information see Acronis System Report 9 4 Creating a custom rescue CD In most cases you can use a Standard rescue CD created with a help of Acronis Media Builder For more information see Creating bootable rescue media p 161 If the recovery environment cannot detect some of the hard disk drives the network adapter the mouse or the keyboard usually there is a problem with the drivers So when the standard rescue CD lacks some of your
316. subscription with 250 GB of storage space will be automatically provided The trial period and the amount of storage space may be changed without prior notification 3 Logging in opens a window where you can configure online backup settings Online Backup Le Ea Configure backup process w Source amp Categories Name Size Type B B cite e Floppy Disk Drive A Local Disk Wc T amp Local Disk C Fixed Disk Dr E EE computer cs FAT32 E Fixed Disk Dr Network i Librari cs FAT16 F Fixed Disk Dr ee cs exFAT G Fixed Disk Dr cs New Volume H Fixed Disk Dr cs New Volume q Fixed Disk Dr cx NEW VOLUME J Fixed Disk Dr 4 2 m i ated backup size 929 MB Destination Acronis online storage 97 7 GB Add space rd B fre Schedule Off Turn on Backup name Documents i m g Backup options ca Back up now z Cancel 4 Specify items to include by selecting the corresponding check boxes You can include both file categories and individual files and folders For more information on categories see Data categories If you do not want to keep the custom contents of the current backup by creating a data category simply select the files and folders 5 You can exclude from online backups hidden or system files folders and files matching the criteria you specify For more information see Excluding items from backup 6 The destination for the backup will be Acronis Online Storage The des
317. sult in removing commands with names corresponding to or containing any of the names or parts of names you entered E System Clean up Se You can view and change the current settings for the selected item lt lt wen een 4 B System Clean up Show Co n 4 BY System Components You can see a list of the commands to be removed from b Recycle Bi 4 a bn t the list according to your mask emporary file Hard Disk Free Sp X Recently Used Do Show Commands 4 Windows Run List vem item Windows Run aeree Search is completed 1 items found Gi Commands t E Opened Saved Fil Windows remembers the i programs that you have executed q User Credentials and run Here you can clean up Windows Prefetch this list 10 1 176 72 Network places filter Here you can enter separated by semicolons any hostnames or IP addresses of network places servers FTP servers network shares etc to which you have made connection by supplying network credentials a user name and password While entering hostnames and IP addresses you can use and wildcards Click Show network places to view the list of network places that you visited using the credentials you want to delete 8 7 3 4 Preview When the scanning is finished its results will be available in the upper part of the wizard window By default all system components are scanned for clean up If you want to customize which
318. t 1 Local disk C Search results By default Acronis True Image Home 2012 performs the search in all the sources where it can search information That is it searches files in all backups and their versions on all local storage devices Acronis True Image Home 2012 cannot perform search on network shares Acronis Online Storage and devices that are recognized by Windows as Devices with removable storage The Files and folders tab shows results of searches for files and folders in tib backups Double clicking on a filename opens the file You can recover the file by right clicking on its filename and choosing Recover in a shortcut menu This shortcut menu also enables you to open the file or the parent folder that contains that file When searching files in backups you can type all or part of the filename and use the common Windows wildcard characters For example to find all batch files in the backups type bat Typing my exe will allow you to find all exe files with names consisting of five symbols and starting with my It should be noted that search is case insensitive i e Backup and backup is the same search string When a file is included in several backups and it has been modified the search results will show the number of file versions in the appropriate column Clicking on the number in this column opens the View Versions window where you can select the version you want to recover Please no
319. t the entire disk space is accessible and you do not need to use Acronis Extended Capacity Manager 2 Acronis Extended Capacity Manager shows the Extended Capacity available for allocation r Extended Capacity Manager pa Allocate Extended Capacity Disc WDC WD25EZRS 00 99B0 Windows Native Capacity Extended Capacity m 227TB D Unallocated 2TB 0 27 TB You can access this storage by Add New Disc or Windows disc management tools You can create Extended Capacity Discs on this storage Q l Cancel Allocate space S 3 Click Allocate space to see the possible disk space allocation in the next step After clicking the Apply button an Extended Capacity Disk will be emulated on your physical disk If your physical disk s capacity is more than 4 TB and your operating system does not support the GPT partition style the program creates several MBR Extended Capacity Disks Note that Extended Capacity Disks are not bootable though most of their properties are the same as that of physical disks 4 Click Close to exit the Acronis Extended Capacity Manager After allocating the space you can temporarily switch off the Extended Capacity Disks by clicking Temporary switch off Extended Capacity Disks This makes the Extended Capacity Disks invisible for disk management tools though the disk space will remain allocated and you will be able to make these partitions visible again later To do this
320. t from the one in place when the system was originally backed up 4 3 Recovering partitions protected with Acronis Nonstop Backup You can recover partitions protected by Acronis Nonstop Backup as follows Let s first recover a data partition in Windows 1 Start Acronis True Image Home 2012 Click Explore and recover in the Nonstop Backup box on the Backup and recovery tab Select the backup version you want to recover on the time line at the Disks and partitions tab Select the partition to recover and click Recover u pw N The further operations are similar to those performed when recovering data partitions or disks from a classic image backup For further information see Recovering partitions and disks p 79 Depending on the circumstances recovery of the system partition may be performed both in Windows and after booting from your rescue media e g when Windows does not start Recovery in Windows is similar to recovery of a data partition However you will need to reboot Usually it is safer to recover the system partition using the rescue media When using the rescue media the recovery procedure is very similar to the procedure used for recovering the system partition from a classic disk or partition backup The only difference is the Recovery point step that allows you to select the point in time from which you can recover the system partition Recovery points correspond to backup versions shown on the time line of Backu
321. t loader list and delete the temporary vhd file For more information see Booting from a tib image of your Windows 7 system partition p 217 7 5 Trying system changes safely In this section What is Try amp Decide esses enne ener nnnnns 144 Starting the Try mode esses enne nennt nnns nnn 146 Stopping the Try MOdC ccceeeesssseeececessessaececececessesseaececeessessesseaeeeeess 146 Try amp Decide options and notifications esesesessseeeeeeeneren 147 Try amp Decide typical use cases sssss esee ene 148 7 5 1 What is Try amp Decide The Try amp Decide feature allows you to create a secure controlled temporary workspace on your computer without requiring you to install special virtualization software You can perform various system operations without worrying that you might damage your operating system programs or data If you make virtual changes that you want to keep you may apply them to your original system Among the operations you may attempt with this feature is to open mail attachments from unknown senders or visit websites that might contain potentially troublesome content For example if you visit a website or open an email attachment that puts a virus on your temporary duplicate you can simply destroy the duplicate and no harm will be done the virus will not appear on your machine It is important to remember that if you download e mail fro
322. te et cei ex ph A PL e e ete en 161 8 2 2 Creating BartPE disc with Acronis True Image Home 2012 ssssesesseseeseeeeee entente nnt nnt nnne 166 8 2 3 Creating WinPE based rescue media esses enne eene tne tn snnt tn etna istis a stas nasa enia 168 8 3 Working with Acronis Secure Zone 8 3 1 Acronis Sec re ZOFnme nae tq rte ir tere eee toe Pere ue ene esta 8 3 2 Acronis Secure Zone loCatiOFri icut Go Inte eee tere eae ret ede De a e reete 8 3 3 Selecting partitions a eere erret eee eed E FER nea E rese eere ore Ree an RD vod ruined 8 3 4 Size of Acronis Sec re Zorne ires nt e eH Ep Re n eae ea EnaA EAA BESVARAR eret ied eoe iege 8 3 5 Managing Acronis Secure ZONE ccsccsscesessscsssesecssessecsscesecesccsecesscseseccsesusesecsuscaesessenesesecarsesseneseneeaesensens 8 3 6 Acronis Secure Zone SUMMALSY sccsscesscsscssscsssesececssseecesecsesseessesesecseseasesssessceuseaeesseseceuseasssseaesenseaeeneseas 8 4 Cloning a hard diskret rete tesa rete tee treten e eta ee a 8 4 4 General INFOrmation ecesceseessecesceeeseecesesesecsseecsceseseseeseseeecseeeeseeecaeeeeseeeseseeeeseeesaes 8 4 2 SOGUIIEY e ERE EUR D US 8 43 Selecting clonermiode iere ie p Para eee 8 4 4 Selecting a source disk esses eene tnn tn tnnt natns tns nn stains 8 45 Selecting a destination disk esses eene ener nn nnne nn nns 8 4 6 Move methodist enir niso eaea P Pe Pee DR Ee RE RR Rer ven
323. te it during that period all the program functions become unavailable except the recovery You can activate Acronis True Image Home 2012 either on your computer or from another computer if your computer is not connected to the Internet Activation on a computer connected to the Internet If your computer is connected to the Internet you can activate the product either automatically or from within the program To activate the product automatically 1 Start the installation procedure See details in Acronis True Image Home 2012 installation p 14 2 At the Serial number step select the Activate Acronis True Image Home 2012 automatically check box In this case Acronis True Image Home 2012 will try to perform activation during the first start after installation To activate the product from the main screen 1 Start Acronis True Image Home 2012 2 On the main program screen click Activate now on the information bar If the computer where you install Acronis True Image Home 2012 does not have Internet connection or if the program cannot connect to Acronis Activation Server you may select one of the following actions Try again select this option to try to connect to the Acronis Activation Server again Retry automatically later Acronis True Image Home 2012 will try to connect to the Acronis Activation Server every hour without the user interaction Activate from another computer you can activate the program manually fro
324. te that Acronis True Image Home 2012 does not search files in encrypted and password protected tib backups nor in the password protected Acronis Secure Zone In addition the program does not search files in zip backups created by Acronis True Image Home 2012 7 7 2 Using Windows Search with Acronis True Image Home 2012 If you use any edition of Windows Vista or Windows 7 that has built in Desktop Search functionality or Windows Desktop Search 3 0 or later you can enable indexing for tib files If you do not have Windows Search installed but would like to use it you can download Windows Search 4 0 for free from Microsoft s Web site To download click http www microsoft com download en details aspx id 23 Double click on the downloaded file and follow the instructions for installation Acronis True Image Home 2012 has a plug in for Windows Search To speed up searches in your backups you can install the plug in for indexing the backups After indexing you will be able to search backup content by entering a filename into the Windows Search query field without opening Acronis True Image Home 2012 Using the search results you can Select any file and open it for viewing and or save that file back to anywhere in the file system not in the backup or where it was before See in which backup a given file is stored and recover that backup In addition to indexing the files in backups by their names Windows Search provides Acronis True
325. tem without actual recovery Booting can be done only when running Acronis True Image Home 2012 in Windows If you have Windows 7 Enterprise or Ultimate and want to test whether your Windows 7 system partition backup will recover to a bootable operating system proceed as follows 1 Open Acronis Boot Sequence Manager by clicking Boot Sequence Manager on the Tools amp Utilities screen 2 Click Add on the toolbar of Acronis Boot Sequence Manager and browse for the required tib file then click OK 3 Because actual booting is performed from VHD the program needs to convert the selected tib file so the appropriate dialog will appear 4 Click OK if you want to save the converted file to the default location with the same name or browse for another location Saving to another location allows you to change the name of the vhd file Booting is possible only when the vhd file is located on an NTFS formatted local hard disk If there is not enough space for the converted file in the selected location the program will notify you You can delete unnecessary files and click Retry or cancel the conversion and repeat the operation choosing another location for the converted file 5 Afterthe conversion process finishes a new line with the vhd filename will be added to the Acronis Boot Sequence Manager To use the VHD for booting the partition with the converted vhd file must have sufficient free space Tib files are converted into dyna
326. that built in support of zip files in Windows does not cover operations with multivolume zip archives and with zip archives exceeding 4GB in size or which contain files of more than 4GB each Also remember that CD DVDs are not supported as locations for reserve copies 3 11 11 Removable media settings When backing up to removable media you can make this media bootable by writing additional components to it Thus you will not need a separate bootable disk The following settings are available Place Acronis True Image Home on media Acronis True Image Home includes support of USB PC Card formerly PCMCIA and SCSI interfaces along with the storage devices connected via them and therefore is strongly recommended Place Acronis System Report on media Acronis System Report the component allows you to generate system report that is used for collecting information about your system in case of any program problem Report generation will be available before you start Acronis True Image Home 2012 from the bootable media The generated system report can be saved to a USB flash drive Place Acronis One Click Restore on media Acronis One Click Restore is a minimal addition to your bootable media allowing one click data recovery from an image backup stored on this media This means that when booting from the media and after clicking Recover all data will be silently recovered to its original place No options or selections such as r
327. the MBR check box If you recover the entire disk the Recover disk signature check box appears Disk signature is a part of a hard disk MBR It is used for uniquely identifying the disk media We recommend that you select the Recover disk signature check box due to the following reasons Acronis True Image Home 2012 creates scheduled backups using the signature of the source hard disk If you recover the same disk signature you don t need to re create or edit the backups created previously Some installed applications use a disk signature for licensing and other purposes We recommend that you clear the Recover disk signature check box when You use an image backup not for disaster recovery but for cloning your Windows hard drive to another one In this case Acronis True Image Home 2012 generates a new disk signature for the recovered hard drive even if you recover to the same drive Disk recovery options click to set up additional parameters for the disk recovery process Use Acronis Universal Restore click to use Acronis Universal Restore technology during recovery Acronis Universal Restore provided by separately purchased Acronis True Image Home 2012 Plus Pack will help you create a bootable system clone on different hardware for more information see Acronis Universal Restore p 97 Choose this option when recovering your system disk to a computer with a processor motherboard or mass storage device that is differen
328. the dependent versions will be deleted as well because data recovery from such versions becomes impossible If you delete a full backup version the program will also delete all subsequent incremental and differential versions till the next full version If you delete an incremental backup version or a differential backup version the program will also delete all subsequent incremental versions till the next full or differential version 3 11 Backup options In the Disk Backup Options File Backup Options E mail Backup Options Nonstop Backup Options and Online Backup Options windows you can configure options for a disk partition file e mail nonstop and online backup processes respectively To open the options window click the appropriate link After you have installed the application all options are set to the initial values You can change them for your current backup operation only or for all backups that will be created in future Select the Save the settings as default check box to apply the modified settings to all further backup operations by default Disk Backup Options EEG Backup scheme Advanced Performance Notifications Exdusions amp Image creation mode Back up sector by sector Back up unallocated space Bl Pre Post commands Y Backup splitting Y f Validation Y 9 Backup reserve copy Y i Removable media settings v j Backup comment v is Screenshot settings v 5 Error handling v
329. the process may load CPU for some time After the check is done and all the modified data is backed up Acronis Nonstop Backup goes back to normal Can I have Acronis Nonstop Backup storage on an FAT32 partition of a local hard disk No only an NTFS partition can be used as the storage This limitation is due to the fact that Acronis Nonstop Backup needs the sparse file attribute to function for example to perform autoconsolidation The sparse file attribute was introduced in NTFS Can set up Acronis Nonstop Backup storage on a network share or NAS Yes Acronis Nonstop Backup supports network shares mapped drives NAS and other network attached devices with one limitation they must use the SMB protocol How does manual clean up of Acronis Nonstop Backup storage work You can clean up Acronis Nonstop Backup storage by deleting the backed up data for a certain period of time For example you started Acronis Nonstop Backup of your system partition on August 15 2011 It has been protecting your partition since that day Let s suppose that today is December 15 2011 and your Acronis Nonstop Backup storage is almost full You decide to clean up unnecessary data to free up some storage space To clean up the storage click the gear icon in the Nonstop Backup box to open the Operations menu and then select Clean up Acronis True Image Home 2012 displays a window allowing you to select a period of time for deleting the backup versions created
330. then on another computer Note that only the sync owner can change settings of the sync invite other users to the sync delete the sync etc Let s consider how to sync two local folders and a folder on your friend s computer If you need to sync two local folders and your other computer perform 7 steps on computer 1 see below and then on your computer 2 perform steps described in How to sync data between your computers p 110 Steps to perform on computer 1 that will own the sync Start Acronis True Image Home 2012 On the Synchronization tab specify your Acronis account credentials your registration e mail address and password and then click Log in Login is required only when you create your first sync Afterwards login is performed automatically 3 Click New sync In the opened window select on the directory tree the first local folder that you want to synchronize and click Next V Create New Sync Ix Specify a folder to synchronize eh E My Documents p My Music My Pictures B My Videos B Saved Games dE Searches 1E Computer E Network J Libraries El NAS connections m Folder C Users adm Pictures New folder Next Cancel 5 Select both Other computers and online storage and Local folder as an object with which you want to synchronize your data and click Next E Ee EL You may protect your data and sync from unauthorized access To do this click Set password
331. tination field shows your quota of the storage space on Acronis Online Storage and the approximate amount of data to be backed up 7 To set an online backup schedule click the Turn on link next to Schedule For more information on scheduling your online backup see Scheduling p 149 To run the backup on the schedule click the down arrow to the right of the Back up now button and select Later in the drop down list The backup with the settings you have made will run according to the schedule The backup will run even after you log off the Acronis Online Storage 8 Click the Back up now button if you want to run backup immediately You can also delay the backup start for up to six hours by clicking the down arrow to the right of this button and selecting a delay interval from the dropdown list The first online backup may take a considerable amount of time to complete Further backup processes will likely be much faster because only changes to files will be transferred over the Internet 6 4 Managing online backups You can have up to five online backups from up to five different computers but only one online backup can be active at the same time When you log in to your Acronis account Acronis True Image Home 2012 tries to find out whether you already have online backups If you already have online backups created under your account for example performed on another computer or with Acronis True Image Online the program
332. tions and files Create bootable media If your computer cannot start use bootable rescue media to run the standalone version of Acronis True Image Home 2012 and recover your system from a previously created system partition backup Browse for backup Click this item to browse for backups on your computer and add them to the backup list This may be useful when you have backups created by a previous Acronis True Image Home 2012 version which are not shown in the backup list Recover Show only my favorite backups ww au Expand all backup boxes Collapse all backup boxes Date created Date updated Total size Scheduling type Explore all backups Validate all backups More features Remove from the list Update backup list Click this item to recover data from your backups and then select the backup that contains the required data This icon filters the backups which you have marked as favorite This icon expands all collapsed backup boxes This icon collapses all expanded backup boxes into narrow stripes This command sorts all backups by types The order is as follows disk backups file backups e mail backups nonstop backup application settings backups system state backups Windows backups ZIP archives This command sorts all backups in alphabetical order This command sorts all backups starting from the newest down to the oldest This command sorts all backups by date of the
333. tions or hard disks and not only the sectors that contain data Note that the Back up unallocated space check box is available only when the Back up sector by sector check box is selected To make a sector by sector backup check the Back up sector by sector parameter By default the program copies only the hard disk sectors that contain data However sometimes it might be useful to make a full sector by sector backup For example you have deleted some files by mistake and want to make a disk image before trying to undelete them because sometimes undeleting may create problems in the file system Please note that this mode increases processing time and usually results in a larger image file because it copies used and unused hard disk sectors The Back up unallocated space option becomes available if you have selected the previous parameter Back up sector by sector By default while performing sector by sector backup unallocated space is not included into the backup file Enabling this option will include all unallocated disk space into the backup 3 11 6 Backup protection A backup file can be password protected By default there is no password protection for backups To protect the backup Enter the password for the backup into the Password field A password should consist of at least eight symbols and contain both letters in upper and lower cases preferably and numbers to make it more difficult to guess Retype the previous
334. to Acronis backups This may be needed if you want to keep the earlier Windows Backup files but decide to convert them into tib files to save storage space The converted tib files are smaller than the corresponding vhd files due to compression Do not move vhd files from the folder to where they were saved by Windows Backup by default the folder has the name WindowslmageBackup Otherwise the operating system may be unbootable after recovery of the system partition from the converted tib file The virtual to physical conversion is done as follows 1 5 6 Click Windows backup conversion on the Tools and utilities tab fF G Convert to Acronis Backup Required steps Select a Windows backup Archive selection Name Created Com Rating Method Path Windows Backups a Partition D Partition D 7 1 2011 6 49 19 PM Akk k Fullbackup E My 4 n Path EXMy backups Partition_D vhd Browse Next gt Cancel Select the vhd file to convert Specify the path to the tib file to be created By default the converted file will be created in the same location as the file to be converted However you can select another location by clicking Browse The file can be directed to any storage supported by Acronis True Image Home 2012 except for Acronis Secure Zone The next step allows you to set options for the tib backup to be created You can protect the backup with a password
335. to the opposite order To select columns to view right click in the right pane and select Choose Columns in the shortcut menu Then flag the columns you want to display You can also change the display order of columns using the Move Up and Move Down buttons You can change the width of a column by dragging its borders with the mouse 7 9 Backup information The backup information window provides detailed information about the selected backup Path the location where the backup is stored In case it is an incremental or differential backup the location may be different from the location where the full backup is stored Backup method may be full incremental or differential For more information about types of backup see Full incremental and differential backups p 38 Backup file type either Acronis tib or zip compressed type Zip extension belongs only to files and or folders backups while tib extension may belong either to disk partition or file folder backups Created the date and time when the backup was created Comments if you have entered comments they will be shown here 7 10 Timeout settings Sometimes when the program performs an operation an error message or a warning message may interrupt the operation progress To resume the operation some additional information or a decision is required from the user For example such a situation may occur during a backup operation when the storage spa
336. to wait until the next product update to fix a particular issue Ahotfix package is much smaller than the product installation package though it may include files from previous hotfixes for consistency You can install only necessary hotfixes if several hotfixes are available All changes from hotfixes released between updates will be included in the new product versions updates or upgrades How to install Acronis Hotfixes To check whether new Acronis Hotfixes are available click Check for updates from the Help menu A list of available hotfixes for the current build will be displayed in a table where you can select those you want to install When you select an Acronis Hotfix its release notes changes and enhancements to be applied to the product will be displayed below Note if a new Acronis True Image Home 2012 update is available Acronis Hotfixes will not be displayed since each update contains all hotfixes released before After selecting Acronis Hotfixes you want to install click Download and Install button Also if you select Do not notify me about the unselected hotfixes in the future option a hotfix window will not appear at the program startup until a new hotfix is available Though if you check for updates manually Help gt Check for updates the window will appear even when this option is selected After all selected Acronis Hotfixes are installed click Close and run True Image button to start t
337. tomatically reset When not interfered with Acronis Nonstop Backup performs six restart attempts per day The restart attempt count can be reset by doing any of the following Restarting Acronis Nonstop Backup service Rebooting the computer Restarting Acronis Nonstop Backup service will only reset the restart count to O If the system is still overloaded Acronis Nonstop Backup will pause again An Acronis Support Knowledge Base article at http forum acronis com forum 14958 describes the procedure for restarting the Acronis Nonstop Backup service Rebooting the computer will reset the load and the restart count If the system overloads again Acronis Nonstop Backup will pause Why does Acronis Nonstop Backup sometimes cause a high CPU load This is the expected behavior of Acronis Nonstop Backup This may happen on restart of a paused Acronis Nonstop Backup if a considerable amount of protected data has been modified during the pause For example if you manually pause the Acronis Nonstop Backup that you use for protecting your system partition and then install a new application When you restart Acronis Nonstop Backup it loads the CPU for some time However the process afcdpsrv exe then goes back to normal This happens because Acronis Nonstop Backup needs to check the backed up data against the data that have been modified during the pause to ensure protection continuity If there was a considerable amount of data modified
338. tory You can always find the latest up to date list of the third party code and the associated license terms used with the Software and or Service at http kb acronis com content 7696 Table of contents 1 uuhbnajcncoe m 9 8 LL Droduch TREES EICHENSEER 8 1 1 1 What is Acronis True Image Home 2012 ssssssssesseseeseeene tenerent tn snnt testa stats istas tassa stas tasa sata 8 1 1 2 What is Acronis True Image Home 2012 Plus Pack esses enne nnn tnn nn nnns 9 1 1 3 Acronis True Image Home 2012 basic concepts cccscescescssessesesssssesscescsesseesesseeseseeecseseessesseesesesseeeesenees 9 1 1 4 New in Acronis True Image Home 2012 enne nn nennen nnns tnn stantes rn inanes itane rn stas e nain 11 1 1 5 System requirements and supported media esses eene enne enne tn tnnt tnnt n stata inen 12 LL66 Technical SUPP OM REPRE IRE OE DR 14 LLZ Trial Version E ie dtr uL 14 1 2 Acronis True Image Home 2012 installation esses 14 1 3 Acronis True Image Home 2012 activation eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eene nnn nnn nnn nnn nnn an nana 16 TA PROBA WORKSPACE terreri a dete orm tette e a eesti ees 18 LAr Getstarted tab ouo eben enun Rande nime ain inima 18 1 4 2 Back p and recovery tab ih eite an tH EAEE N ERE EEE ETT VURERO eR RETE XE RVEVEVE V YERE 19 1 43 Synchron
339. troy data on your disk Click the Tools and utilities tab and then click Acronis DriveCleanser Follow the Acronis DriveCleanser wizard steps 8 7 1 1 Data selection First you must select the hard disk partitions where you want to destroy data Required steps Select drives and partitions with data to erase Source selection Algorithm selection e O W 5 BA a hj 16GB S C UA 3 15 96 GB NTFS 5 Q E 16 GB U C o JE 16 GB New Volume E U 16 00 GB NTFS mnm oO Primary Logical Dynamic 8 Acronis Secure Zone Unallocated Unsupported Next gt Cancel To select a partition click the corresponding rectangle You will see a red mark in the upper right corner indicating that the partition is selected You can select an entire hard disk or several disks for data destruction To do this click the rectangle corresponding to the hard disk with a device icon disk number and capacity You can simultaneously select several partitions located on different hard disk drives or on several disks as well as unallocated space on disks Acronis DriveCleanser cannot wipe partitions on dynamic and GPT disks so they will not be shown in the Source selection window Click Next to continue 195 Copyright Acronis Inc 2000 2012 If the disks and or partitions you have selected include the system disk or partition you will see a warning window
340. ttings of the folder where they will be recovered to This option is effective only when recovering files from file folder backups Set current date and time for recovered files you can choose whether to recover the file date and time from the backup or assign the files the current date and time By default the file date and time from the backup will be assigned 4 14 5 Overwrite file options Choose what to do if the program finds a file in the target folder with the same name as in the backup This option is available only while restoring data from file level backups Selecting the Overwrite existing files check box will give the files from the backup unconditional priority over the files on the hard disk though by default the more recent files and folders are protected against overwriting If you want to overwrite those files and folders too clear the appropriate check box If you do not need to overwrite some files Select clear the Hidden files and folders check box to enable disable overwriting of all hidden files and folders Select clear the System files and folders check box to enable disable overwriting of all system files and folders Select clear the More recent files and folders check box to enable disable overwriting of new files and folders Click Add specific files and folders to manage the list of custom files and folders that you do not want to overwrite To disable overwriting of specific f
341. ty settings for backup 68 Windows Teoo Vm 68 Performance of backup operation eeesssseeeeeeeeenerene 69 Notifications for backup OperatiOn ccccscccsscesssecseeecsseeeestecssaeeeseees 70 Excluding items from backup eese 71 3 11 1 Backup schemes Backup schemes along with the scheduler help you to set up your backup strategy The schemes allow you to optimize backup storage space usage improve data storage reliability and automatically delete the obsolete backup versions Backup scheme defines the following parameters Backup methods that will be used to create backup versions full differential or incremental Sequence of the backup versions created using different methods Version cleanup rules Disk Backup Options e boks Backup scheme Advanced Performance Notifications Backup method Incremental X incremental backup version stores the changes that have occu t versic Create only incremental versions after the initial full version Q Create a full version after every 5 incremental versions Old version cleanup rules 9 Delete version chains olderthan 7 gt days Store no morethan 10 recent version chains Keep size of the backup no morethan 1 Z Do not delete the first version of the backup Turn off automatic cleanup 7 Save the settings as default Acronis True Image Home 2012 allows you to choose the followin
342. u by displaying an appropriate message The message offers you three choices to ignore it and proceed with the backup to browse for another location for the backup or to cancel the backup If the free space becomes less than the specified value while the backup is being run the program will display the same message and you will have to make the same decisions To set the free disk space threshold Select the Show notification message on insufficient free disk space check box In the Size box type or select a threshold value and select a unit of measure Acronis True Image Home 2012 can monitor free space on the following storage devices Local hard drives USB cards and drives Network shares SMB NFS The message will not be displayed if the Do not show messages and dialogs while processing silent mode check box is selected in the Error handling settings This option cannot be enabled for FTP servers and CD DVD drives E mail notification You can specify an e mail account that will be used for notifying you of the backup process To specify the e mail settings Select the Send e mail notifications about the operation state check box Enter the e mail address in the E mail address field You can enter several e mail addresses in a semicolon delimited format Enter the outgoing mail server SMTP in the Outgoing mail server SMTP field Set the port of the outgoing mail server By default the port is s
343. u want them to be accessed by any user after recovery Otherwise only the user who encrypted the files folders will be able to read them Decryption may also be useful if you are going to recover encrypted files on another computer If you do not use the encryption feature available in Windows XP and later operating systems simply ignore this option Files folders encryption is set in Properties gt General Advanced Attributes gt Encrypt contents to secure data These options relate only to file folder backups In addition they are unavailable for zip backups 3 11 17 Windows account When you create a backup you can specify a Windows account under which this backup should be performed This may be useful if your computer is used not only by you but also by your relatives In such a case each user often has personal documents e mail accounts settings and other personal data By default Acronis True Image Home 2012 backs up data of the current user We recommend that you change this setting if the Windows account under which you are currently working is not yours The program will back up only the data related to the specified account Data of all other accounts will not be backed up To change the current Windows account 1 Select the Run backup as different Windows account check box 2 Type the account name and password in the appropriate fields 3 11 18 Performance of backup operation On the Performance tab you can co
344. ue media 1 Arrange the boot order in BIOS so as to make your rescue media device CD DVD or USB stick the first boot device See Arranging boot order in BIOS p 100 Boot from the rescue media and select Acronis True Image Home Select Recovery Disk and Partition Recovery in the main menu Choose the image backup of your system disk that you want to use for recovery Before continuing with the recovery you need to know the sizes and physical order of all existing partitions To see this information click Details on the wizard s toolbar Acronis True Image Home 2012 displays information about the backup This includes a graphical view of all partitions the disk contains and their physical order on the disk jare Inira Backup information Detailed information on the selected backup Path GAMy backupslviy System disk tib Name My System disk Backup method Full Backup file type tib Created 2 18 11 11 22 50 AM 00 MEE 16 GB S System disk C3 1 15 9 GB NTFS oO Primary Logical Dynamic L1 Acronis Secure Zone Unallocated Unsupported 2 4 Select Recover whole disks and partitions at the Recovery method step 5 At the What to recover step select the boxes of the partitions to be recovered Do not select the MBR and Track 0 box because this will result in selecting the entire disk for recovery Recovering the entire disk does not allow you to resize partitions manually You will b
345. und the symbols If the event code s is not recognized in the Knowledge Base the base does not yet contain an article to resolve the issue In such cases please open a trouble ticket with Acronis Customer Central 9 3 General recommendations The below information may help you in troubleshooting issues encountered during installation and use of Acronis True Image Home 2012 Quite often the cause of an issue may be trivial For example a loose connection of an external hard drive Before trying other solutions described in this chapter it is advisable to check if the issue is caused by one of the following loose connections to the external drive poor quality connecting cable When using an external USB hard drive try the following additional suggestions if the drive is connected through a hub connect it directly to a rear connector of your PC to prevent conflict with other USB devices attached to your PC try disconnecting all the USB devices except the mouse and keyboard You can try to find the solution to your problem in the Acronis Support Knowledge Base KB To access the Support KB click on the following link http kb acronis com Then use the Search function Enter the key words related to your problem into the appropriate field and click Search The KB may have recommendations on solving your specific problem Acronis Support team continuously adds new articles to the KB If you are not able to find the
346. up its name date of creation type and comments is displayed on the right pane of the window Click Next to continue 3 13 3 Result location Specify the place where you want to save the archive copy and its name By default the program suggests the same location and the source archive name Your original archive will be overwritten To specify another location for the consolidated archive Select the New location item and click the Browse button Specify the location where you want the consolidated archive to be stored to from the drives tree Ji If required you can create a new folder in the selected location by clicking the 4 Create new folder button or delete the unnecessary folder by clicking the Delete button Inthe File name field enter a name for the consolidated archive or click the v Generate name button to generate the name automatically If you don t need the original archive you may delete it by selecting the Delete the original archive check box Click Next to continue You cannot choose another location when consolidating backups in an archive located in Acronis Secure Zone 3 13 4 Consolidation summary The summary window contains a list of briefly described operations that Acronis True Image Home 2012 will perform after clicking Proceed If some parameters need to be changed choose the necessary step in the left part of the window and correct the parameter Click the Proceed button to
347. urrent Acronis True Image Home 2012 version does not support consolidation of backups created in the zip format Acronis True Image Home 2012 cannot consolidate backup versions created when editing partition images mounted in the Read Write mode To consolidate backup versions in a backup Select a backup for consolidation on the Backup and recovery tab Click the gear icon on the selected backup s box point to More and then click Consolidate versions Follow the wizard s steps You cannot choose another location when consolidating backup versions located in the Acronis Secure Zone 3 13 1 Archive to consolidate protection The archive you chose is password protected in order to prevent it from unauthorized access You need to specify the previously entered password to obtain access to the archive To specify the password Type in the password in the Password field If you enter the wrong password the consolidate archive procedure will not be able to continue m Click OK to continue 3 13 2 Backup selection The Backup selection window displays a list of backups belonging to the selected archive with the backup creation date and time like in the Recovery wizard The top backup is the full backup the rest are incremental backups To select the backups you want to keep Select the backups you want to keep The other backups will not be included into the consolidated archive Information on the selected back
348. utton if you want to run backup immediately You can also delay the start of backup for up to 6 hours by clicking the down arrow to the right of this button and selecting a delay interval from the dropdown list When you need to change the default backup options click File backup options and set the options you require You can also change the default backup scheme by clicking on the appropriate link For more information see Backup schemes p 57 If you want to run the backup on a schedule click the Turn on link to set up a schedule for more information see Scheduling p 149 To run the backup on the schedule click the down arrow to the right of the Back up now button and select Later in the drop down list The backup with the settings you have made will run according to the schedule You can also start the backup manually later on the Backup and recovery tab The program allows you to back up files by categories For more information see Data categories You can exclude hidden or system files and folders from backup as well as files matching the criteria you specify For more information see Excluding items from backup 3 4 1 Data categories The program allows you to back up files by categories When selecting the file category ies you automatically select for backup all files of associated types found on the computer s hard drives You can use the following default categories Video Music Images Finance E Books and Documents
349. vacy Tools Acronis True Image Home 2012 contains utilities for secure destruction of data on an entire hard disk drive and individual partitions It can also erase individual files and eliminate traces of user system activity When replacing your old hard drive with a new higher capacity one you may accidentally leave personal and confidential information on the old disk This information could be retrieved even if you have reformatted the disk The Acronis DriveCleanser provides for the destruction of confidential information on hard disk drives and or partitions with the help of techniques that meet or exceed most national and state standards You can select an appropriate data destruction method depending on the importance of your confidential information The File Shredder provides the same capabilities for individual files and folders Finally the System Clean up wizard ensures elimination of all of the traces of your computer activities When working on a PC you leave thousands of bytes of evidence showing your actions You may not even be aware of these traces This could include user names and passwords as well as other personal information that could be used to steal your identity if it fell into the wrong hands This utility wipes them all completely away from the disk drive The data destruction methods are described in detail in Hard Disk Wiping methods p 209 of this guide In this section Acronis DriveCleanser
350. veral disks select one of them and click Next to continue You can add the other disks later by restarting the Add New Disk Wizard If there are any partitions on the new disk they must be deleted first If the added disk contains partitions Acronis True Image Home 2012 will warn you by displaying the warning message Click OK to delete the existing partitions on the added disk gt Add New Disk Wizard Required steps Select your hard disk from the list below Disk selection gt Dist properties Initialization option Capacity Model Interface Disk 1 200 GB VMware VMware Virtual S 1 0 SCSI k Disk 2 Dynamic 200 GB VMware VMware Virtual S 1 0 SCSI Disk 3 Dynamic 200 GB VMware VMware Virtual S 1 0 SCSI k Disk 5 16 GB VMware VMware Virtual S 1 0 SCSI 200 Gg Unallocated 200 0 GB E Primary Logical Dynamic QF Acronis Secure Zone Unallocated Unsupported e ies You can also see the properties of all the hard disks installed in your system for example the name and the model of the selected disk drive its capacity file system and its interface 187 Copyright O Acronis Inc 2000 2012 8 5 2 Selecting initialization method Acronis True Image Home 2012 supports both MBR and GPT partitioning GUID Partition Table GPT is anew hard disk partitioning method providing advantages over the old MBR partitioning method If your operating system supports GPT
351. want to recover on the Disks and partitions tab and then click Recover 3 When the Disk Recovery window opens select the system partition s check box and choose the recovery destination 4 Select the Use Universal Restore check box Then click Settings to open the Drivers manager window 5 Ifthe target hardware has a specific mass storage controller such as an SCSI RAID or Fibre Channel adapter for the hard disks specify where to find the driver or drivers for the specific hardware If the driver is stored on a diskette or CD select the Search removable media for device drivers box If some drivers are stored on a local hard disk or a network share click Add custom driver locations Then browse to the driver or drivers location After you finish specifying the drivers locations click OK Acronis Universal Restore does not support search for drivers on FTP servers In most cases Acronis Universal Restore will use three sources for drivers the removable media the drivers storage location or locations specified at this step and the Windows default driver storage folders in the image being recovered The program will find the most suitable of all available drivers and install them into the recovered system 6 To start recovery click the Recover now button 7 When a warning appears that you need to reboot the computer to continue the operation click Reboot to continue During recovery the program ma
352. word of your Acronis account Also we recommend that you name your computer You may type any name you like not necessarily the name assigned for the operating system Ex Enter your Acronis account credentials E mail Password Forgot your password Create account Computer name Log in Cancel If you do not have Acronis account click Create account and fill in the registration form on Acronis Web site If you have forgotten your password click Forgot your password and follow the instructions on the opened Web page A new password will be sent to you by e mail After providing the required information click Log in 5 2 What you can and cannot synchronize You can synchronize data stored in two or more folders Let s consider where these folders may be located and what data they may contain Storage types A synchronization process may be established between Two local folders on the same computer except a folder and its subfolder A local folder on a computer and a folder on a storage device such as a USB flash drive USB hard drive NAS etc Two folders on two storage devices Two or more folders on two or more computers Within one sync process you may assign only one sync folder on every computer and storage device except a sync between two local folders You cannot select for synchronization a single file To synchronize the file select for synchronization the folder
353. y be unable to find some driver in the specified sources and will display an error message In this case you can click Ignore to continue recovery or click Cancel to cancel the process and then try to find the required driver You can then continue with the recovery process Acronis Universal Restore patches the registry and installs the new drivers after the system is recovered Therefore make sure that the driver location will still be available For example do not specify the search path for the drivers on the same disk to which you are recovering the backup We recommend that you place the drivers on a separate USB hard disk USB flash stick or on a network share After successfully recovering the system partition boot to the recovered Windows During the first booting Windows will display numerous Found new hardware pop up messages and will then ask you to reboot the computer If you use Acronis Universal Restore for recovering a backup of multiboot configuration with two or more editions of Windows the most critical drivers will be replaced for all Windows installations 4 8 2 Recovering your system with the help of Acronis Universal Restore under rescue media In most cases it is preferable to use your bootable rescue media for system recovery The rescue media must include Acronis Universal Restore add on Therefore you need to re create the rescue media after installing the Acronis True Image Home 2012 Plus Pack 1 Make y
354. y to previous pass pattern As during the second pass of the U S standard each disk sector is filled with hexadecimal values that are complementary to those written during the previous pass Therefore you should set the switch to the Write complementary to previous pass pattern position and click the OK button You will be taken to the algorithm definition window again In this window the second record looks like this write complementary to previous step pattern Verify Following the U S data destruction standard specification define third and fourth data overwriting passes In the same way you can create any data destruction algorithm to match your security requirements Saving custom algorithm In the next Saving Custom Algorithm window you will be able to save the algorithm you have created This will be useful if you are going to use it again In order to save your algorithm you need to give it a filename and define the path in the Select file field or locate an existing file on the disk Each custom algorithm is stored in a separate file with its own name If you try to write a new algorithm to an already existing file the existing file s contents will be erased 8 7 1 3 Post wiping actions In the Post wiping actions window you can select actions to be performed on the partitions selected for data destruction Acronis DriveCleanser offers you three options No action just destroy data using the algorithm sel
355. y tree click OK and then click Add To delete a criterion for example added by mistake click the Delete icon to the right of the criterion 3 12 Validating backups The validation procedure checks whether you will be able to recover data from a particular backup version so when you select for validation on the time line a full backup version the program validates the full backup version only adifferential backup version the program validates the initial full backup version and the selected differential backup version anincremental backup version the program validates the initial full backup the selected incremental backup version and the whole chain if any of backup versions to the selected incremental backup version If the chain contains one or more differential backup versions the program validates in addition to the initial full backup version and the selected incremental backup version only the most recent differential backup version in the chain and all subsequent incremental backup versions if any between the differential backup version and the selected incremental backup version This information can be helpful for example when you find out that a backup comprising a full backup version and a chain of incremental ones is corrupted To troubleshoot the backup do as follows First of all validate the full backup version by selecting it on the time line right clicking and choosing Validate in the shortcut

Acronis True Image Home 2012

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents